《Maou the Yuusha》 Chapter 1: A Maou is Born For a moment all I see and know is black. I don¡¯t question the darkness; I¡¯ve never known anything else. That moment seems to end all too soon, as lethargy takes its place making the time I spent without feeling seem more and more like a dream. I feel as though I am falling for a moment, before I hit the ground with a slam. ¡°Welcome Maou-sama, would you like some tea to help you wake?¡± I hear in front of me Why not offer me help? Why not ask if I am okay? Somehow even though I didn¡¯t have emotions moments ago, I already understand fully that this guy annoys me. I open my eyes intending to glare at him, but surprise showed on my face instead. He¡ didn¡¯t look human¡ or demon¡ it¡¯s hard to say in fact what he did look like. He was taller than the average man, and he wore a butler¡¯s outfit. He¡ didn¡¯t have a face though, his skin looked kind of metallic, and he had a gem in the center of where a face would usually be. The gem rested on a porcelain looking flat mask-like thing that replaced a face ¡°Maou-sama?¡± He said cocking his head and extending his hand I¡¯ll be honest, he freaks me out. He called me Maou is that my name? ¡°You! Who are you?¡± I say with a sense of authority, don¡¯t know why it somehow feels natural. ¡°I am Gero, I was constructed by Maou-sama¡± he responds taking the hand he had extended and placing it on his chest to bow. I created him? I made someone who freaks me out as much as he does? ...I don¡¯t buy it. ¡°¡And I am Maou-sama correct?¡± gero gero ¡°Correct¡± When he answers I can hear a small creak in his head This is getting us nowhere, if he thinks I built him that makes him my servant at the moment like it or not. ¡°You! Explain why I am here, as well as where ¡°here¡± is¡± I demand as I get up. gero ¡°Gladly, Maou-sama. You are ¡°Maou¡± meaning you exist when a ¡°Yuusha¡± has been summoned. The humans of this world believe that every hundred years Maou-sama will return in an attempt to destroy the humans, therefore they summon a Yuusha into the world a year before a century has passed since the last Maou was defeated¡± ¡ So Maou isn¡¯t my name¡ it¡¯s my title. ¡°You are in a country known as Teslagr, it has prominent trade for metals and Bel fruit. The city states that exist within this country number at 5 starting with¡¡± ¡°I get it!¡± I get the feeling whatever I am doing I don¡¯t have the time to have a history lesson on this country. I am the supposed destroyer of the human race? Why in the world would I have any intention to do that? ¡°So if the people are sending in the big guns cause they think I am going to destroy them, then all I have to do is tell them I have no intention to, correct?¡± I mean, if I don''t plan to destroy them everybody should be happy right? gero gero ¡°two Maou have tried this in the past, both were defeated by Yuusha. The first came out right at the beginning of his reign, and was killed by a village assisted by the Yuusha. The second learned of the first¡¯s experience and decided to gain loyal human followers who would vouch for him. In both scenarios the humans believed the Maou was attempting or succeeded in tricking humans into believing he was not evil to kill them all without resistance." ¡ Great the humans are annoying as well. I would probably find this a bit harder to cope with¡ but I have nothing to put it into reference. I know that it all seems weird somehow, but I have no memories of anything up to the point where I woke up on this floor ¡°Hmm I wonder what I should do then¡± I say as I fall back onto a chair that was located nearby. This entire room seems to resemble a dining hall¡ it''s big too. ¡°Most Maou take advantage of the unique ability they hold over the Yuusha¡± Gero says. I shoot into attention ¡°I have a unique ability?¡± I say half excitedly. Fighting seems like my only real option I guess, I mean if this ¡°Yuusha¡± guy finds me he will most likely kill me. If I am going to have to fight anyways I might as well use whatever I can get my hands on. Am I a bit too excited about this? Meh, whatever. gero ¡°Maou-sama holds the ability to summon minions in exchange for an amount of own strength. By partitioning off power, Maou-sama can gain loyal allies equal in strength and intelligence to the amount of power partitioned. You may do so by holding your right index finger on your left palm and imagining how much of yourself to give to the new minion.¡± As Gero is saying the instructions I am trying them. The moment I place my finger on my palm and focus the entire world flies away and I am left in a dark space void of anything. I freak out for a moment but soon calm as I remember the ritual. He said to imagine how much of me to give to them¡ I don¡¯t really like the idea thinking of a literal part of me to give them. It seems like it will be easier to imagine if I think of the percentage of myself to give¡ It might be a bit risky to use high numbers before I know more about what could happen. For now I should make enough for a party¡ lets go with two at 5 percent each. Ya, 10 percent sounds like a good number. As soon as I decide the number and the percentage, the world floods back in around me and I am hit with another sense of lethargy. In front of me now are four things, Gero and 3 Imp-like¡ things. ¡°What are those?¡± I ask in a in a confused and somewhat sarcastic tone. gero ¡°That species is what is known commonly as a half imp, they are intelligent enough to understand language and powerful enough to fight a normal bandit in groups. They will learn magic after becoming more powerful, and have the ability to be summoned at will by their contractor.¡± A case of literary theft: this tale is not rightfully on Amazon; if you see it, report the violation. Why are there three? Before I have a chance to ask what a contractor is one of them speaks up ¡°Preeeeetty lady¡± ¡°Ya, ya, master sooo pretty!¡± another says wrapping his arm around the first ones neck. It hadn¡¯t even occurred to me yet that I never questioned what gender I was or what I looked like yet. ¡°Bring me a mirror¡± I demand at Gero, but surprisingly it¡¯s the imps that follow the order instead. They return with a hand mirror surrounded in a gold casing¡ I can probably sell this. I look into the mirror to find that I am a Japanese-looking female; I have long black hair with two small horns hardly poking out of the sides. I don''t know if I would call myself particularly attractive, but I''m not ugly either. My eyes are a rather unnatural color of red, I would go as far as to call them crimson. I''m dressed in clothing that I am not familiar with, a black dress with white frills on the cuffs and bottom. I dont know if I like frilly dresses yet... but I certainly don''t mind what I have on ¡°What¡¯s up with the horns?¡± I ask aloud to see who answers. It seems like the imps tried but none of them understood the question. ¡°The horns are a symbol of the power you have at the moment, they are to help you understand how much power you have to partition for minions. They are quite small right now because you used a fairly large amount of power to create those demons. Might I advise against that in the future?¡± Gero responds after noticing that the imps don¡¯t know. A LOT?! 10% was a lot?! Man I am glad I didn¡¯t do something stupid like trying out a big number. Wait how weak am I that these three are a lot of my power? I suppose I should be glad that doing this has made these horns smaller¡ I can¡¯t really cope with the idea of large horns protruding from my head. I decide to ask something that has started to bug me ¡°Gero, why do you wait for the imps to finish before answering?¡± gero ¡°The previous Maou decided that the chain of command would go as thus: The newest creatures retain the lowest rank, but members of the same rank would refer to the latest created demon as an officer as the latest created demons tend to be more powerful and more intelligent. The imps where created at the same time so all three hold a higher authority than me.¡± Don¡¯t speak unless you¡¯re spoken to, huh? I can kind of see where the last Maou was coming from, but there are so many holes in that system ¡°Ya, ya. We big dogs!¡± one says as he climbs Gero and stands on his shoulder ¡°We do what we want¡± one of the other two says as he kicks Gero¡¯s foot. All the while Gero is still standing upright and ignoring them ¡°I don¡¯t have time for this¡ Gero is now the second highest authority second only to me! Imps retain the lowest authority of peon!¡± I demand, as I do Gero kicks the one who was kicking him with the side of his foot as if shooing him away, and flicks the one on his shoulder off. Was that revenge? I can¡¯t really blame him I would have done worse had they been doing that to me. He stays in his usual upright stance after he finishes shooing off the imps. I notice the last imp who has remained quiet has a smirk on his face. ¡°You! Why haven¡¯t you said anything yet?¡± I ask as I point to the final imp. He looks back at me and says ¡°because I¡¯ve yet to have anything I really wanted to say¡± He doesn¡¯t say it in a disrespectful way, but at the same time he doesn¡¯t snap to attention to answer. ¡°You seem more intelligent than the other two. Why?¡± He looks back at me and shrugs. ¡°I can sense that you gave him twice as much power as the other two¡± Gero responds. Double? Is it because I thought about the total amount I was spending in the end? Man that ritual is finicky, I should figure out how much I am going to spend before I use it from now on. Wait, that means I used 20 percent on these imp things! These things are a fifth of my power?! How weak am I?! ¡°You, intelligent imp, what''s your name?¡± I say pointing again at the third imp ¡°I don¡¯t have a name I was just born¡± he says in response. I am getting impatient. ¡°Name yourself¡± I say with my lack of patience obviously showing in my tone. His eyes seem to snap once he notices this and he starts thinking quickly. ¡°Um¡ well¡" he says before pausing again. You can really see that he is agonizing over this¡ I can understand the difficulty in the request though, I was born moments ago as well and I can¡¯t think of a name for myself either. Wait, was I just born or was I summoned? I remember Japan and a fair few other things I don¡¯t think exist in this world¡ but I have no memories about whom or what I even was. ¡°How about Bik?¡± the imp asked bringing my attention back to the conversation. ¡°If you are satisfied with it, then Bik it is. From now on Bik, you are the leader of the imps." As I say the words Bik¡¯s face seems to flush with happiness. I¡¯ll be honest I think some of this is a bit cool, but at the same time I don¡¯t have the kind of wanderlust or sadistic nature these imps seems to show. How are their personalities determined if they aren¡¯t just part of me? Man, I am getting a bit sick of all the things I don¡¯t understand in this world. Chapter 2: A Disobedient Maou ¡°So I have summoned some monsters, what do the other Maou typically do past this point?¡± I say pointing my attention back towards Gero. gero ¡°Typically they send out parties of their monsters to hunt demons, absorbing them after they become strong enough¡± So there are demons out there I don¡¯t control? Man the Maou sure seems to get a bad rap for a lot of nothing, all I can do is power up like the Yuusha it seems. ¡°I can absorb the monsters back into me? Can I absorb other demons as well?¡± I don¡¯t really like the idea of absorbing monsters, but I am in a bit of a bind if that Yuusha fights me right now since I am at 80% strength. gero gero gero ¡°There are no recorded incidents of other Maou having been able to do so in the past¡± This time when Gero responds his head cocks and twitches once. ¡°So the Maou typically levels by making an army of demons gain experience, then absorbs there power after they level up? The Yuusha on the other hand gets a few select allies and levels up by himself with those allies? It really does seem to follow typical RPGs.¡± I respond, half talking to myself. Man I really hope I am not one of those bosses that has three transformations. I can¡¯t even cope with protruding horns, how in the world could I handle turning into a giant bat thing?! gero gero ge¡ko ¡°Two Maou have used terms such as those in the past, would you like me to apply the knowledge I received about those terms to my explanations?¡± Gero says¡ He freaks me out when he is thinking. It seems some of the other Maou also come from my world¡ or maybe just similar worlds. Oh well if you got something might as well use it. ¡°Please do¡± I respond I can¡¯t figure out if he feels futuristic or ancient. He reminds me of a robot, but he gives off a steam-punk vibe. gero ¡±The Yuusha gains levels slowly by forming parties and going on quest for gear, whilst the Maou gains levels quickly by sending out armies to grind, taking the gear off of adventurers and bandits they kill! Obviously I am going to win! ¡° Gero says in what is obviously not his voice, but that of an 18 year old guy. ¡°This was the statement after the explanation about absorbing demons, from the 8th Maou¡± Gero finishes in his own voice. ¡°How many instances have the Maou won in the past?¡± I ask out of curiosity of the man¡¯s fate. gero gero gero ¡°There are no recorded incidents of other Maou having been able to do so in the past¡± ¡ Well I guess I know how that guy''s plan went. ¡°In that case how many Maou have attempted to level up like the Yuusha does?¡± I continue gero gero gero ¡°There are no recorded incidents of other Maou having been able to do so in the past¡± Gero responds¡ He seems to like that phrase. ¡°In that case I know what my plan is¡± I say as I stand again ¡°We will happily be absorbed to assist your reign Maou-sama!¡± Bik says as he bows, followed by the other two who seem less noble in the way they bow. What happened to him? A couple minutes ago he was acting like he couldn¡¯t care less. All of a sudden he is acting like a loyal vassal. ¡°No, you don¡¯t need to worry about that¡ I am not actually fond of the idea of absorbing any of you. Hey Gero where are some gear for me and the imps?¡± geko! ¡°Maou-sama! I must insist that you revoke that policy! These imps carry a large portion of you, if you do not recover it once it has become stronger than you will forever fight without that portion of your power!¡± Gero seems adamant about this¡ but my policy stands. ¡°Gero I understand your concern but this is a policy of mine and I will not have you arguing with it¡ it was by my hand these three were given life, and as I don¡¯t feel right about taking it away, I will bear the consequence of that action. Now take me and these imps to get armored immediately¡± I command at Gero Unauthorized tale usage: if you spot this story on Amazon, report the violation. ¡For some reason I am quite used to giving commands and orders. It feels¡ Natural, comforting, pleasing even. I sure hope this Maou thing hasn¡¯t turned me into a sadist. gero gero ¡°¡Understood, right this way Maou-sama¡± Gero lead us down a long hallway plastered in large portraits. None of them seem to look like demons, Yuusha, or Maou. As we walk two peon imps are riding on parts of Gero, and Bik is walking slightly behind me to my side at the same pace as me. He seems¡ way too formal. ¡°Bik why are you acting so formal?¡± I say, this seems to surprise him. ¡°Maou-sama has been so kind as to give me a title, and allowed me to name myself. I will make myself worthy of the kindness I was shown. I would be honored to be absorbed by Maou-sama¡± Bik says as he regains his composure walking again like he was a noble ¡°Fool! If I absorbed you then both my giving you a title and your name would both be forgotten. Would you have my kindness wasted so half-heatedly? Stop acting so formal as well, I am not your commander I am your friend¡± When I say this Bik all but has a heart attack. He then stops and prostrates himself. He then yells ¡°Maou-sama I beg you to take that back! I could never hope to live up to that much kindness!¡± We all stop and turn to him. ¡°Bik!¡± ¡°Yes Maou-sama!¡± ¡°You are a part of me and yet you say you can¡¯t live up to something as small as the kindness of being made my friend?! This act of disrespect will not be forgiven! Your punishment is that from here forward you are never allowed to act formal in my presence without my command to do so.¡± I say before turning back and continuing to walk with Gero ¡°Y-yes Maou-sama¡± Bik says before standing up and sprinting to catch up with us. He seems confused and worried¡ well whatever its better he got used to this early. We reach the arsenal of the castle. The imps quickly don gear, but I don¡¯t see anything I really feel happy with. ¡°Is this all of our gear?¡± I ask Gero. gero ¡°Unfortunately we do not have any gear, this is just the gear that the previous owners of this castle had for their soldiers¡± Gero responds ¡°Wait, this isn''t even my castle?! I had assumed this was the previous Maou¡¯s fortress.¡± I respond in surprise. Now that I look at the imps the gear they are wearing is far too big and they are tying things together by leather straps to make them stay up. gero gero ¡°History shows that 80% of the time the first place that a Yuusha will search when attempting to find the Maou is the castle where the previous Maou resided¡± ¡I honestly can¡¯t argue with that, if I were looking for me that¡¯s where I would look as well. ¡°In that case do we have any money?¡± I ask Gero ¡°We have 216,000 Odins¡± ¡ I have no idea about this world''s economy ¡°What would that buy?¡± I ask trying not to seem too clueless gero gero gero ¡°When the previous Maou died it would be enough to have bought one country and to build a new capital city¡± ¡¡¡¡¡¡¡THAT MUCH?!! I have all the money I could every want! I can buy an army! Why hasn¡¯t any other Maou used their money if there is that much waiting for them when they get summoned? Was the last guy just a huge money hoarder or something? ¡°In that case let¡¯s go buy some gear! No use in using this stuff if we have enough money to buy quality gear. What¡¯s the nearest town Gero?¡± I ask enthusiastically. I''m rich! Maybe I can just buy a villa and hide for the rest of my life! gero ¡°The nearest town is the town of Jin, would you like for me to prepare the wagon, Maou-sama?¡± Still in the sweet bliss of being rich I raise my hand to the sky and say loudly ¡°Right away!¡± Chapter 3: A Maou’s Journey We walk out to the horse stables of the borrowed castle with Gero so that we could depart. Gero leads us to a carriage that doesn¡¯t look like it has been in used in several years¡ I am worried that it won¡¯t carry all of us safely. ¡°So do you use horses to carry the carriages, or is there a type of demon you typically use?¡± I remember in some RPGs large birds or cow-like creatures were sometimes used in the stead of horses. gero gero gero ¡°I unfortunately have no record as to what a ¡°horse¡± is, the creatures used to pull carts and carriages commonly is what is known as an Ina. A large member of the canine family, it is very obedient to whoever has last fed it. When in possession of an Ina it is wise to keep a muzzle on it in order to stop it from eating something off the ground, returning it to a state of being wild.¡± Large dogs huh¡ I¡¯ve got to say I didn¡¯t see that coming. I don¡¯t see any of those large dogs in the stables. How are we going to pull the carriage? ¡°Do we have an Ina?¡± I ask as I look around some more gero ¡°Unfortunately we do not have an Ina, as I was unsure when Maou-sama would be summoned. Today I will be making the cart move¡± Does he intend to move it with magic? Or has he managed to make it move under its own power like him? We all get in the carriage except for Gero who is loading our luggage. gero ¡°The town is half a day¡¯s journey away, we will not be stopping to camp along the way. Would you like me to put a hunting expedition on the agenda?¡± Gero says as he walks to the front of the carriage ¡°No thank you, I won¡¯t be able to fight very much until I have some gear. However, plan one or two for the journey back¡± gero ¡°As you wish Maou-sama¡± Gero says as the front of the cart lifts up. Gero is now holding the front of the cart like it is a rickshaw ¡°Wait, you couldn''t mean to-¡°is all I get out of my mouth before Gero takes off like a bullet. The cart is bouncing on every rock it hits; the imps and I are flying all over struggling to keep inside. ¡°Gero!¡± I desperately yell ¡°Yes, Maou-sama?¡± Gero says calmly, but loudly enough that it can be clearly heard over the extreme rattling of the cart ¡°Stop the carria-oohf!¡± I cry out as I hit the bottom of the carriage once more knocking the air out of me ¡°As you wish Maou-sama¡± Gero says as he turns completely around and catches the cart bringing it to a dead stop. I hit my head rather hard on the carriage as it stops. I get out of the carriage and sit on a nearby rock while I nurse my wound. ¡°Gero!¡± I demand angrily ¡°Yes Maou-sama?¡± Gero replies. Somehow even without a face to show an expression I can still see that he feels guilty. It¡¯s obvious that he knows he did something wrong, but I can see he is quite confused as well. ¡°From now on we use proper transportation!¡± I demand once more, my anger waning without a proper target My head pangs hard with pain, my hand reflexively went to nurse it again. I¡¯ve decided. Healing magic is a priority. If a monster had attack us, rather than getting hurt in the cart, we would probably die before we made it somewhere to get fixed up¡ now that I think about it, does this world even have proper healing facilities? It seems to be a variation of the mid-ages. I think that back then a large gash on a leg would require amputation in order for the person to survive. I shudder at the thought. ¡°Gero, get me a map. Plans have changed and I want to plan out a route. Imps, start throwing out anything that we don¡¯t need¡ leave one bag of fine clothes¡± The clothes that were packed for me just look so nice and it feels like it would be a shame to throw them away at the first issue we came across. gero ¡°Would Maou-sama like an explanation on how to use inter-dimensional storage?¡±Gero says as he splays the map before me on the ground Inter-dimensional storage? I wonder if he means that I have a hammer-space? ¡°Please include an explanation about what inter-dimensional storage is as well¡± I say as I look over the map. gero gero ¡°As you command Maou-sama. The inter-dimensional storage is a space created by the 3rd Maou, for the sake of storing items during travel. Its use is exclusive to those who perform the binding ritual.¡±You could be reading stolen content. Head to Royal Road for the genuine story. So¡ I am not the only person who can use it. I¡¯ll need to be careful about who I give access to it. ¡°Note: The Inter-dimensional storage has also been referred to as ¡°Inventory¡± by past Maou. The space is proportional to the amount of magical energy held by its owner. Under the conditions that the magical energy flow is cut off, the items within the storage simply cease to exist.¡± As Gero continues his explanation, he began to mark key points on the map, such as monster locations and where we currently are, on the map. He does so by touching his index finger to the map, when he does a blue dust like stuff seems to seep into the cloth. I want to ask him how he is doing it, but I don¡¯t want to interrupt his explanation ¡°I would like to carry as much of the luggage in our cart as we can so please explain the binding ritual so that we can proceed as soon as possible¡± I say as I look over the map. We don¡¯t seem to be very far from the village we were headed to. I wonder what Gero meant by ¡°half a day¡±? Did he overestimate the time it would take? Out of nowhere I start to feel a kind of bloodlust towards us. I notice the forest either side of the carriage and begin to wonder about our safety ¡°You simply need to recite the incantation the first time, when you do so, perform a hand motion. This hand motion will summon the Inter-dime-¡± ¡°Just call it my ¡°Inventory¡±¡± I interrupt. I am getting a little impatient, and I don¡¯t have a good feeling about where we have stopped. I want this done as soon as possible. gero ¡°As you wish Maou-sama. The incantations to create the hand gesture are as follows: Arc, Meta, Demi.¡± I think for a few moments. What kind of gesture could I do that would feel natural, but at the same time I wouldn¡¯t do regularly? I mean I don¡¯t want to go to my inventory every time I give people directions¡ Would a swiping motion work? I am used to getting new menus in games by swiping upwards on touch screens, and I doubt I will ever perform the motion in day to day life¡ Screw it, if I keep thinking about it like this then I will never come up with something I like. ¡°Arc-Meta-Demi¡± I recite, as I do a magic circle swells beneath me. gero ¡°Now perform the gesture you wish to bind the magic to¡± Gero explains. I follow this instruction and swipe my finger from where I would think a menu would possibly appear downward. When I do, to my actual surprise, a menu comes down just as I had imagined it. Inventory is a tab at the top along with a few other menus. Status, Party, inventory, Skills, Pets, and Journal are what written on the tabs. I feel a rush of strength drain from me, and I no-longer can keep myself standing. I fall to the ground looking to the sky. I try to speak or move to no avail. gero ¡°Please wait patiently whilst your mana regenerates back to a point where you can move again¡± Gero says whilst attempting to bow at me on the ground. I¡¯ll be honest he is really beginning to annoy me with these things. I am going to have to start asking about side effects of the things he offers to help me with. The screen has not disappeared, and it is opened on the status tab. It displays my current health and mana, as well as my current stats. It also shows a diagram of my body that seems to be some kind of 3d model. I see my MP bar as it is labeled quite slowly going up. Looks like it is going to take somewhere near 20 minutes to fill back up. I wonder how long it will take till I have enough to move again. My health has taken a bit of damage. Looks like about 20 percent% of my health got knocked down by the cart. There isn''t a number anywhere on or around my health bar indicating how much there is, just a bar that¡¯s filled to about 80%. My MP however displays ¡°7/200¡± and is filling up slowly. I take a look at the rest of my stats. Level: 1 Attack: 80 Defense: 80 Intellect: 80 Wisdom: 80 Speed: 80 Dexterity: 80 ¡That¡¯s odd; all my stats are the same. Does this make me able to do anything, or bad at everything? I suppose it does give me the freedom to choose what kind of fighter I am going to be since my stats don¡¯t have a particular bias. I wonder if I will be able to choose how my stats grow at all? I worry about the possibility of whatever was pointing the bloodlust at us. A bit of time goes by without anything eventful happening. I suppose I may just be imagining things. I still can¡¯t move, but my MP now displays 120/200. It was at about 50/200 when I finished looking over my stats¡ I am getting a bit annoyed at the fact that I can¡¯t check my other menu windows. I would like to check the status of my imps as well. To my surprise as the thought crosses my mind the menus switches over to the Party screen. I¡¯m happy and all but I wish these surprises would just cut it out already, I¡¯m getting tired enough to sleep for a week and I¡¯ve not even made it to the first town. I see three members not including myself in the party list. At the top of the list is ¡°Bik- Half imp leader¡± where the next two are simply ¡°half imp¡±¡ Should I allow the other two imps to name themselves as well? ... I worry that I am going to be walking around with people toting names I would be embarrassed to say if I do. Maybe I should allow Bik to name them¡ Each member has their HP and MP displayed on the list, with nothing else other than a button with a small magnifying glass on it next to them. I desire to press on the button but doing so doesn¡¯t make it open. As I focus more intently on doing so however it opens up a menu displaying their stats in full. It seems as though just the desire to do something isn¡¯t enough. I will need to concentrate in order to move through these menus if I don¡¯t have my hands available. I begin by looking at Bik¡¯s Stats. Level: 1 Attack: 15 Defense: 15 Intellect: 15 Wisdom: 15 Speed: 15 Dexterity: 15 Skills: Small Fireball(S), Teleport Wow this is more than 10 percent isn''t it? Did he get a bonus to his stats when he was created? This could work out in my favor considering I don¡¯t plan to absorb him back into me. I am amazed he can already use magic as well. Excited, I look at the other two imps'' stats, which seem to be identical to one another. Level: 1 Attack: 10 Defense: 10 Intellect: 10 Wisdom: 10 Speed: 10 Dexterity: 10 Hmm they don¡¯t seem to have any skills, I wonder if it¡¯s because I used more power on Bik? Whatever, I am still ecstatic that they are as powerful as they are¡ Though I seem to still be several times more powerful than all of them, and I feel like I couldn¡¯t even take on a wild dog on my own. How in the world did the previous Maou¡¯s monsters ever level up without help? Suddenly I feel all the power rush back into my body, and I can move again. I look at my MP bar ¡°200/200¡± is displayed. I had to wait for all of my MP to return to be able to move again? That could really be dangerous, I''ll need to keep that in mind when using magic in the future. Chapter 4: A Maou Fights The feeling of bloodlust still hasn¡¯t disappeared, and it is really beginning to bother me. I feel that it''s time to leave. ¡°From now on we will be walking until we can obtain proper transportation. Gero what route do you suggest for getting us to the nearest village quickly?¡± I say dusting myself off and standing before the rest of my party. gero gero ¡°There is a route which passes through the forest to our left which would make the journey no more than 15 minutes, would you like to take it?¡± Gero says while pointing in the direction of a path a short ways up the road that leads into the forest. There is little difference from using the road or the forest as far as I can see. We can¡¯t take the cart anyways, and this road isn¡¯t populated nearly enough to ensure our safety. To some level I am grateful for that; otherwise someone would have seen us bolting down the road at breakneck speeds. We have a year before they think I am going to come back, might as well enjoy the peace and keep a low profile. gero ¡°If you would like to take this route it is advisable to allow me to survey the path before heading down it. I don¡¯t have records of any kind of dangerous monsters in the area, but as I¡¯ve not heard any local rumors for nearly 3 years it would be best to confirm¡± Gero says interrupting my thought. Maybe peace isn¡¯t the best word for it¡ ¡°Go ahead, the imps and Iwill wait at the carriage until you arrive. Walk though! We don¡¯t need anybody knowing that I am around just yet, so don¡¯t go drawing attention to yourself¡± gero ¡°Very well Maou-sama it should take me roughly 20 minutes if I keep a brisk pace. Please wait patiently until I return¡± Gero says before turning towards the path and walking slightly faster than a normal person would in a very natural fashion ¡Asking him not to attract attention might be a bit of a stretch. I turn back and try to put some stuff into my inventory. I pick up a dagger that fell out of one of the trunks we brought with us as well as a few clothes and put them into my inventory. The process seems to be as simple as shoving them into the menu while the inventory tab is open. When I do, they disappear and become a line of text describing what they are on the menu. I attempt to put a full trunk into the inventory but it went right through the menu rather than going into it. When I take the items out of the trunk however, it goes in without an issue. ¡°Sweet! Seems your body guard ditched ya!¡± I hear from behind me. I turn to see three guys all of which wearing tattered leather armor and holding knives. They don¡¯t seem to be very old but they aren¡¯t children either. Are they adventurers? ¡°I don¡¯t have time to play with you, and if you¡¯re looking for monsters I haven¡¯t seen any¡± I say as I go back to putting away items. ¡°What are you stupid lady? We obviously want what¡¯s in your cart there. So if you don¡¯t step away from it,I''mafraid we are going to have to get violent and I¡¯m sure you wouldn''t want that.¡± The one in the middle who seems to be the leader of the group says, while obviously trying to be intimidating. Damn seems as though these guys are the source of that bloodlust I''ve been feeling. I step back from the cart, position myself to defend my goods. ¡°Ho, ho look at this! Little girly thinks she¡¯s gonna be a big hero!¡± one of the two goons says. I¡¯ll admit, they are pissing me off. ¡°Stop!¡± Bik says as he and the other two imps jump in between us and the bandit. Bik is holding a dagger in either hand, where the other imps are holding a dagger with both hands. ¡°Shit she¡¯s a monster tamer!¡± the leader says and he and the other two get into a stance to fight. A monster tamer? I might be able to use that to take my monsters into town. ¡°Hold them off whilst I pack up the rest of our stuff¡± I yell at the imps as I turn back to the cart and start packing up the valuables. ¡°Guys we really shouldn¡¯t get into this, monster tamers are serious business.¡± The leader says as he wavers a bit. ¡°Stop being such a wimp man, we are getting that loot!¡± one of the goons yells back at him aggressively. As he does, he rushes forward at one of the weaker imps. Bik jumps at him and meets his weapon with daggers. The clash knocks the goon back a bit, and while he stumbled backwards the two weaker imps slashed at his arms with their daggers¡ Wow, they are really holding their own aren''t they? ¡°Idiot! Why did you rush in!¡± the leader yells. The last goon looks at him with a foul look and rushes in himself. ¡°Wha-¡± Is all the leader gets out of his mouth before the other goon getsa face full of fireball. Are you two stupid or something?This book was originally published on Royal Road. Check it out there for the real experience. ¡°Screw this I¡¯m not letting you two get me killed!¡± The leader says as he turns back towards the forest and runs away. His goons have already started running by the time he gets the words out of his mouth. As I finish packing stuff up I hear ¡°Maou-sama get him!¡± from Bik who is chasing after the leader. Bik appears to be slower than him. I look towards my menu and see the skills tab, I quickly open it and use the first thing on the list. ¡°Tei-Va-Tera Bind!¡± I say thrusting my hands towards the leader. As I do, vines stretch from the earth and wrap around him. Leaving him tied up squirming around. ¡°Dammit, guys help!¡± He yells out¡ but no one responds. ¡°You guys suck!¡± he yells out still squirming. ¡°You three drag him over here¡± I say calming down. I was worried there for a bit, if any of us got hurt there is no telling how devastating it would have been. I start searching the cart for anything I¡¯ve missed. ¡°Oufh¡± The imps toss the leader into the side of the carriage. ¡°Never heard of gentle then? It¡¯s a quaint word with a simple meaning¡± He says looking at me. Sarcasm exists in this world¡ good. Don¡¯t know how well I would fare if people didn''t understand the concept. ¡°You guy are horrible bandits you know. We have never fought anything before and we still kicked your butts.¡± I say not even looking in his direction. ¡°Says the monster tamer, doesn''t mean much for you to call me weak. Also don¡¯t lie. If those imps belong to you, that means you must be several times stronger than them. You could have taken us alone if you had half the mind to. Also what newbie to combat doesn''t even stop messing with their goods while being attacked?¡± He says while squirming to face me in full while still leaned against the cart. Does he mean that I would have had to beat these imps before taming them? I should see about learning more about monster tamers before claiming to be one. ¡°Seriously though, you guys were awful. I don¡¯t even think I could get a reward off of turning you in.¡± I say as I finish up with the carriage. I walk in front of him, sitting before him. ¡°What you¡¯re a monster-tamer and a guard?¡± he says getting comfortable and cocking an eye brow. ¡°Nope¡± I say simply. I have no idea why, but it¡¯s not hard to be casual with him. Is it because he is weak? Or maybe it¡¯s the fact that he calmed down so quickly once I started talking to him. ¡°Well you¡¯re certainly not the Yuusha, he was summoned in Meto. Why would you be compensated for turning me in? Im not on the bounty board.¡± Really? I don¡¯t even get rewarded for taking down bandits unless I am the Yuusha? ¡°Che! You''re useless to me then? Man why did we even go through the trouble?¡± I say standing back up and looking to see if Gero was on his way back. ¡°Hey, why did that imp call you Maou-sama?¡± I freeze when he ask me this. Then I start glaring at Bik, who has an apologetic look on his face. Shit¡ Seems I get to see how good of a liar I am. ¡°He didn¡¯t, you misheard. My names Mano, I can see how you would misunderstand. What is your name?¡± I say, my voice wavering slightly. He cocks his eyebrow once more and answers. ¡°Kiel, and I''m not ¡°useless to you¡± I¡¯m pretty good with a sword¡ I need to leave town anyways. Why not take me along? ...you know, wherever you¡¯re heading¡± I¡¯ll be honest¡ I¡¯m not terribly against the proposition. I can¡¯t imagine too many situations where I wouldget new party members and I could use a bit more man power considering I don¡¯t even know how to hold a knife yet. I could go through the trouble of hiring mercenaries¡ but I don¡¯t know what the state of this country is in yet. I would prefer not to have a party that requests to pillage every village we pass ¡°I don¡¯t know, you look like you eat a lot, I¡¯m not sure you''re worth the food wage¡± I say looking him up and down. ¡°Woah brutal! Gentle and delicate seem to be missing from you¡¯re dictionary as well. Any other words you need me to teach you on the way?¡± I can¡¯t quite tell if I find him charming or annoying¡ I never knew there could be such a fine line. ¡°Know any magic, or have any talent in crafting?¡± I want him in my party, but first I want to see what he has to offer before joining, since he himself wants in. ¡°Do I look noble to you? I don¡¯t know how to read, much the less the magical language. I¡¯m able to make some stuff out of leather¡ Nothing good though.¡± He responds in a somewhat dejected fashion. ¡°Perfect, you¡¯ll make good monster bait then!¡± I say with a sinister smile. ¡°Pffft, you know it¡¯s pretty funny to see a girl like you acting like a villain.¡± He responded laughing a bit at my expense¡ I''m going tolet that ¡°girl like you¡± comment slide for the moment. ¡°Fine, in that case use me as bait for whatever monster you think you can take. I also do a fine job as a body guard¡ though I doubt you will need one.¡± As he says this he cuts himself out of the vines and extends his hand to me. ¡°Deal?¡± He says with one eyebrow cocked again ¡I swear I¡¯m going to graft that eyebrow up permanently if he doesn¡¯t stop looking at me like that. ¡°Where did you get the knife?¡± I say staring at him intently ¡°Hey it¡¯s not my fault you assumed I only had one knife on me, granted this one is for skinning animals.¡± I don¡¯t really like being tricked like this. I don¡¯t shake his hand but instead start walking down the path Gero went down. ¡°Hey c¡¯mon! You would have attacked if I had come out earlier!¡± He says as I leave him behind ¡He is enjoying this too much, I can hear it in his voice. As I leave the imps follow me. Gero ¡°Ah Maou-sama, I¡¯ve finished surveying the path.¡± Gero says as he comes into view. I quickly run up to Gero and whisper to him ¡°Gero shut-up! From now on refer to me as Mano!¡± gero ¡°Understood¡± . ¡°Oi, wait up! Seriously we just teamed up and you¡¯re already trying to ditch me! That¡¯s harsh.¡± Kiel yells forward as he runs after me. ¡°There you ar- oh holy kuga! ¡I never got a good look at your friend here¡ he¡¯s pretty freaky¡± Kiel says flinching at the sight of Gero. He continues to look him up and down until Bik says ¡°You don¡¯t exactly have a royal mug either y¡¯know¡± I giggled at this. Bik blushed and Kiel looked at me in surprise. What? I can¡¯t even laugh? ¡°Enough! We are headed into town.¡± I say as me and Gero start walking down the path. ¡°Wait what about the stuff in your carriage!?¡± Kiel yells not moving just yet ¡°Forget it, I only had junk on me anyways!¡± I yell in return. I am not sure how common the inventory spell is¡ I don¡¯t really feel like telling him I took it all with me. ¡°Seriously!? I risked my life fighting a monster tamer for stuff she was gonna leave behind anyways!? Figures.¡± He says as he jogs back up to us and matches our pace. Chapter 5: A Poor Maou It doesn''t take long before we are in town. The town is quaint. It¡¯s on the smaller side, but it¡¯s not without its fair number of people. The town is organized in such a way that the shops are all arranged on streets running off one main road that passes directly though the town. Going down the road every shop is visible, but as they are all on side roads I doubt they would ever stop traffic despite all being together. Houses can be seen further away from the main road than the shops in both directions. There is also a manor in the place of a few shops to the left hand side of the road. ¡°Gero, as I¡¯m not sure what people will think when they see you, stay around the entrance to the village and try not to be seen. I will retrieve you before we leave the village.¡± gero ¡°Understood Mano-sama¡± Gero says as he bows before leaping quickly out of sight. ¡°Who''s your friend? I¡¯ve never seen clothes quite like that, is he from some distant clan or something?¡± Kiel asks as we walk into town. ¡°More importantly you¡¯re from this village right?¡± I ask dodging the question ¡°Well, ya¡ kind of¡± he responds dejectedly. Did I step on a land mine there? I''ll avoid mentioning that in the future. ¡°In that case I need you to point me in the direction of the blacksmith, inn, and the tavern.¡± I notice people looking at my imps as we walk through town¡ ¡°Well the blacksmith everybody goes to is that one right there to the left¡ but the stuff there is expensive, and the old lady in there is super rude. I suggest the one in the back, right of the shopping district near the exit. The man who runs that shop is super nice, and his stuffs not too expensive. In regards to the inn and tavern, I know just the place. I''ve been staying at the old owl¡¯s tavern for ages, good booze, and they have always have a couple rooms available.¡± Kiel says enthusiastically. It seems he likes this village¡ I wonder what the issue is. I won¡¯t delve too deeply into it though, I''ll just listen if he wants to talk about it. ¡°In that case go and secure us a room at the tavern. I''m going to make my way up to the blacksmith.¡± ¡°Aren''t you paying?¡± he asked in a confused manner. ¡°You still haven¡¯t thanked me for not turning you over or killing you for attacking me, you''re treating us to a room tonight as your thanks.¡± I''ve got plenty of money, but it¡¯s about the principle. He doesn''t seem the kind of guy that would rob me if he was making enough to make his way for a while. He also doesn''t seem stupid enough that he would only attack somebody once he had nothing left to eat with. He looks into a small pouch he had tied to his side before frowning and saying ¡°Fine! Guess I don¡¯t need this anymore¡± He walks away in the direction he stated the tavern was located. I can see him dump the contents of the pouch into his hand before discarding the pouch itself. Sheesh, seems he still was cutting it a bit close. I start walking in the direction of the blacksmith. On the way I see tons of stalls with energetic owners and quite a few engaged customers. I wouldn''t usually take this town for one that had a very lively economy¡ especially with how empty the road here was. I may need to stop by the lord of this village and see why the road here was so deserted. I reach a shop with a sign hanging above the door in the shape of an anvil. On the sign was some kind of lettering that I didn''t recognize. I order the imps to wait by the door and not to cause trouble before walking in. When I walked in I found something I didn''t quite expect to see. There was a man of a different skin color to everybody I had seen so far. It was a dark brown with a light tint of red mixed in. He was a rather tall man with a shiny bald head. Initially he was reading a book with his feet propped up on the counter, but upon entering the shop, he snapped to attention. ¡°Welcome to Tea¡¯s Blacksmith and Refinery!¡± he said in quite a loud deep voice. Despite the fact that he looks incredibly friendly, his voice and volume give off a somewhat intimidating tone. ¡°Hello, I''ve recently taken to traveling. As it can be quite dangerous on the road I¡¯m looking for gear suit to protecting me and my companions. I''ve not fought often in the past so I¡¯m looking for your recommendations¡± He looks somewhat happy, but mostly surprised at my statement. Is he suspicious? I still don¡¯t know much about this world, I was hoping that my story would work regardless though. ¡°Of course I would be more than happy to, could you describe everybody who you would like gear for? As well as how they typically fight if you have that information at hand¡± He said, placing his hands together and bowing slightly obviously trying to be as courteous as possible. ¡°Well as far as humans go there is me, and a skinny adolescent named Kiel. A-¡± ¡°Kiel is going to travel with you?!¡± He interrupts excitedlyEnsure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on the original website. ¡°Oh, uh¡ yes, he entered my group just a little while ago. He is the one who sent me here¡± I respond shyly. It was difficult to keep up a professional stature with his intimidating voice in the first place. When he excitedly questioned me, I was taken aback too much to do so any longer. ¡°I see¡ That¡¯s good. I am so glad for him. Kiel has been trying to leave this village for quite some time¡ I was worried that he was going to get himself into trouble trying to do so.¡± His voice becomes so much softer as he talks about Kiel¡ He seems legitimately touched that Kiel is leaving. ¡°I already know how Kiel fights so leave the armor and weapons for him to me. How about you missy?¡± He says as he walks up to me, grasp my hands, and looked me in the eyes enthusiastically. ¡°¡Well¡ I''m not really good, or bad for that matter, in any particular field. I already have four allies who are going to be attacking the targets, but nobody taking the brunt of the enemy attacks just yet. What I really need is a weapon that supports me attacking in short bursts so I can get in and out at will.¡± As I explain what I want, I gain my composure once more. I pull my hands out of his without being rude about it. ¡°You look of noble birth, might I assume you know some magic as well?¡± He says as he walks back to the counter. He picks up the book again, and starts flipping through the pages looking for something as I answer him. ¡°Yes that is part of the reason for my weapon choice; I would like to give support when I can. I would also like the freedom to give my forward line a rest for a moment, or counter the enemy when I see an opening.¡± His face lights up as he reaches a page in the book. ¡°In that case I have just the thing for you, a rapier with a shock stone imbedded in the tip. Usually the attack power would be quite weak, making the stone nearly useless. You however can use magic therefore by covering the enemy in water, or launching any kind of electrical attack prior to striking the stone will be twice as affective.¡± He explains enthusiastically. He holds the book up to me showing me the page he was looking at¡ Unfortunately it¡¯s in a language I can¡¯t understand, so I can¡¯t grasp what he was trying to show me. ¡°Oh, uh, as far as armor goes, I would suggest getting ahold of some magic fiber clothing that¡¯s easy to move around in. For now I can sell you some super light armor that I have in stock cheap.¡± I find his awkwardness and earnest love toward his work charming. I am quite glad I came to this store instead of the popular blacksmith. ¡°That all sounds great¡± I say making a motion for my coin purse. ¡°In that case between you and Kiel that will be a total of 15 Urik coins¡± ¡ Oh no. ¡°¡Just out of curiosity, how many Odins would that cost?¡± I let out in a shy manner once more. The confused expression has made a complete return on his face as he responds ¡°It¡¯s illegal to buy or sell anything with an Odin coin anymore, so I don¡¯t really know how to answer that.¡± ¡Crap. A second ago I was rich¡ now I am dead broke. Dejected I ask ¡°Hypothetically, if all somebody had was Odin coins, how much exactly could they get out of them?¡± His surprise turns to shock as he realizes my meaning. ¡°Missy do you mean to say that all you have are Odins?! The exchange period on those coins ended decades ago!¡± He said putting his arm on my shoulder, with a worried expression. ¡°Yes¡ well¡ It seems nobody told the person responsible for keeping my money that¡¡± I say becoming more dejected by the moment. I remember all of a sudden the prank I had seen often before in my world. The one where someone would give you a lottery ticket, it would win, and then they would tell you it was fake¡ Suddenly that seems like a kind of torture to me. ¡°Hmm¡ Hmmmmmm¡ HMMM!¡¡± The shopkeeper starts making this noise while he tilts his head back and forth obviously pondering something. It¡¯s quite the sight really, but it confused me none the less. ¡°Fine! I¡¯ve decided that your order is free! I couldn¡¯t help Kiel when he really needed my help, and I really do feel sorry for you missy! I¡¯ll work twice as hard to make up for the loss, so you better remember how good of a blacksmith I was!¡± He finally says as he slams his hands onto both my shoulders and gives me an extremely determined expression¡ Usually I would turn down his kindness¡ but with how determined he is, I doubt I could convince him to charge me if I put his life on the line at this point. ¡°In that case¡ I suppose I will accept your offer.¡± I say whilst trying my best to distance my face from his. He seems to like to include touching people into his conversations when he gets exited¡ I''ll have to remember that should I ever come back here. ¡°I should have everything ready for you by tomorrow evening¡± He says as he jogs to the back room of the shop. ¡°In that case I will leave you to it!¡± I yell back at him, turning to leave the shop. ¡°Wait a moment!¡± He yells back. His deep voice strikes again, as I freeze in place. For a moment the only thing running through my head was ¡°What did I do?¡±. ¡°Take this! It¡¯s a linked communication stone. It''s linked to me. So¡ if you would, call me every so often and tell me how Kiel is doing.¡± He says as he hands me a rough quarts-like stone. There is a gold ring lining the thickest portion and a faint glow in the center that¡¯s hardly visible ¡I promised not to pry, but what exactly did happen to Kiel? Either this shop keeper is the ¡°Mother bird letting go of her chick¡± kind of person, or he was seriously worried about what would happen to Kiel if he stayed. ¡°I promise to do so, in return try to keep informed about what is going on around town. I¡¯ve become interested in it, and I would like somebody to keep me up to date about what going on.¡± I respond. Honestly all I really want to know is whether or not the Yuusha has passed through town. Who¡¯s to say just how much he knows. He might already be searching for me while I¡¯m still weak¡ If he is, I want to be ready. ¡°Little missy you have made my day 3 times over now!¡± He says as he begins to cry and wipe the tears from his eyes in a somewhat exaggerated fashion. ¡°Very well I will keep you as informed as I can!¡± He says clenching his fist¡ he still hasn¡¯t stopped crying either. ¡°Well I need to go and see about getting some gear for my imps as well. I may have some metals and used gear to trade in here shortly¡± I say in an attempt to escape. I like this guy and all, but he is honestly starting to creep me out even more than Gero¡ and that¡¯s saying something. ¡°Ah! In that case there is a monster egg seller just up the road. Imps are rather small so that might be the best place to look.¡± He yells as I leave the shop. I don¡¯t bother stopping¡ I feel if I get caught up in his pace again I won¡¯t escape for a long time. I walk down a nearby alley till I¡¯m out of sight, and take a few deep breaths to regain my composure. ¡I don¡¯t consider myself anti-social, but he is hard to deal with once he gets excited. Chapter 6: A Maou’s First Quest I pull out one of the trunks that I was finally allowed to put into my inventory once emptied. I make sure once more that nobody can see me before I start taking all of the knifes and armors that we had taken from the castle and start fitting what I can of them into the chest. I had taken a chest or two full of armor with me when we left as a precaution¡ fat chunk of good they did in the end. At least it gives me something to sell so that we can get some basic goods to travel with. I order the imps to go and sell it to Tea and to meet me at the monster egg shop when they finish. I would have gone myself¡ but I don¡¯t think I could take anymore of him until he calms down a bit. I decide to wander around town a little before going to the egg shop. As expected I still didn¡¯t see anybody of the same race as Tea. Is he from a foreign country? How distant must his country be that he¡¯s the only one in the village? My thought is interrupted by Kiel who has just seen me and started running my way waving. ¡°Hey Mano-san! Did you find old man Tea¡¯s shop?¡± He yells in my direction. I blush slightly, as many of the merchants and customers from the nearby stalls have stopped to look at him. Out of the corner of my eye, I catch one of the merchants giving him a rather malicious look. What is that about? ¡°Mano?¡± Kiel asks with his face now only about a foot away from mine. I jump back as I wasn¡¯t paying attention and was surprised by his face suddenly being so close. ¡°Why are you blushing? What did my suave divenere seduce you?¡± He says as he steps back, giving me a smug look. ¡°No it¡¯s because I¡¯m embarrassed to be seen with you in public. What the status of our room?¡± I say turning away and beginning to walk in the direction of the egg shop. ¡°Fine, fine, the rooms are reserved. How did it go with Tea? He can be a bit cheap at times, but I¡¯m sure he gave you a good deal on whatever you bought.¡± Kiel says as he follows. ¡°Our stuff is actually on the house, compliments of Tea. You¡¯re going to have to go and thank him later. I forgot to ask if this town had a library or any kind or a record keeper. Where might I be able to find such a thing?¡± I decide to check my menus while I walk, unless other people can see it I should be fine. I wait a moment for an answer before turning to see Kiel stopped in the street looking stunned with surprise ¡°Wait a moment YOU managed to get that cheapskate Tea to make you free armor?!¡± Kiel yells and point at me. I¡¯m tired of falling into his pace, so I start walking again without answering forcing him to jog after me. ¡°In that case maybe you actually could use the town library¡± He says as he catches back up with me. ¡°What do you mean, are only certain people allowed to use it?¡± It would be a pain if I had to become a big name in this town just to get some info for a good cover story. ¡°Well¡ kinda. The books in town were mostly bought up by the merchant¡¯s guild. Usually they charge a fair bit of money for anybody that¡¯s not a member of their guild to be able to read them, but trained merchants are nothing in the face of that stubborn old cheapskate.¡± ¡I didn¡¯t really do anything to convince Tea. ¡°A town as small as this has a merchant¡¯s guild?¡± ¡°Hmm? Here I thought we were a bit more famous than that. Ya, instead of a lord, our town is run by a merchants guild. It¡¯s a branch of the Merchants federation. Since Jin is directly at the center of Teslagr, it¡¯s easy to know what people want or something like that¡± Kiel says, it seems like he is trying to repeat something he was told in the past. I¡¯ve got to give him props for remembering it that much I suppose. ¡°There are a few things I wanted to ask the person who ran this town anyways. I¡¯m going to go and have a word with them.¡± I suppose I will head there first if there is a chance that I will be able to use the library. ¡°Where can I find them then?¡± I ask.If you find this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the infringement. ¡°You mean you want to go now?¡± Kiel asks looking a bit frightened¡ ¡°Yes, I would like to do some research if at all possible before my next task. It would be profitable to know more about what¡¯s going with this town before making any big purchases as well.¡± The look on Kiel¡¯s face is no less frightened but it shows less now through the confusion that couples it. ¡°Is there something weird about this town?¡± Kiel asks. ¡°I¡¯ve got a feeling that something weird is going on. It may be nothing. Now¡ where am I headed?¡± I say looking around to see if there is any kind of city center I missed. ¡°It¡¯s in that big manor you passed on your way into town, that place makes me feel uneasy so I¡¯m gonna let you nobles have some time alone¡± Kiel says with a snarky smile like usual¡ but it somehow seems forced. He walks away without any of the energy I had seen moments ago. That settles it; call me nosey all you want I¡¯m going to learn what¡¯s up with him. I make my way to the manor looking through my menus again. As I get closer to the manor I notice how impressive it looks. It looks like it could accommodate half the village, and a road leads directly out of a warehouse that can be seen behind the manor. ¡°Welcome madam, how may we accommodate you¡± A man said as he opened the doors to the manor for me. He was wearing an outfit similar to Gero¡¯s, but it looked different from anything I had seen before. ¡°I was told that there were merchants running this town, I have come to have a discussion with them.¡± I say as I walk through the door attempting to keep whatever air of nobility I have about me. ¡°Very well then, please take a seat wherever suits you and we will send someone to escort you shortly.¡± He says as he bows and snaps his finger to another house servant. This servant promptly walks off. There are only a few servants populating the manor, and many people can be seen briskly walking around the building with papers. All but the man at the door are dressed in somewhat more common clothing. I try and keep my composure as I wait. The servant that was sent off returns soon enough and bows at the man at the door. ¡°Please come right this way then, madam.¡± The man at the door says before leading me into a room on the second floor. Before me sits a man with a full beard in his 40s or so I would say hunched forward, beside him stands the man from the door. ¡°To have caught the attention of my mentor¡ you must be quite an impressive person.¡± He says looking me up and down, doubt showing in his eyes. ¡°Mentor? I¡¯ve yet to speak to anybody but you as of yet.¡± I say, but I am soon interrupted. ¡°Guhuhuhuhu¡± the door man laughs with his hand attempting to hide his mouth. ¡°What have you told her?¡± The bearded man turns to the door man and asks. ¡°Nothing I assure you, but I suppose introductions are in order.¡± He says regaining his composure ¡°My name is Faurch Batlier, and this is my apprentice, and current head of Jin¡¯s merchant guild Harum Keite.¡± I struggled not to show the surprise on my face at the fact that the person I assumed to be a servant was of such importance. ¡°I apologies, your attire is similar to what servants wear in my land. It seems I misunderstood your position.¡± I say debating in my mind as to whether I should bow or not. I suppose I should learn the etiquettes of this country before claiming to be a noble. Looking closely he seems to be quite on in his years, but with a body that has quite a youthful condition. He sports a white mustache and goatee, as well as brushed back stark white hair. ¡°To openly insult my mentor¡ I suppose you are impressive one way or another. So why have you come then?¡± Harum asks, he is assessing my every action. It wasn¡¯t my attempt to insult him¡ but I suppose I did just say he looked like a servant. ¡°I have come to ask for permission to your library as well as to hear the state of this town. I have noticed some odd things, and was hoping for some clarification.¡± I say trying hard not to insult them further. ¡°Very well¡± The person who speaks next wasn¡¯t Harum, but rather Faurch. ¡°Mentor I-¡± Harum attempts to interject ¡°As far as the state of this town, you are correct. We do indeed have an issue at the moment.¡± Faurch interrupts. He gives Harum a rather intimidating look out of the corner of his eye before continuing. ¡°We have some goblins that have taken to camping quite near the main road leading in from the capital. A rather unfortunate event, as they attack every cart that passes. Goblins spend most of their early lives hunting in nearby forest you see, meaning we can''t simply establish a new route around them either. It would simply take too long to go all the way around the area one could expect to find goblins.¡± ¡°Why don¡¯t you wipe the goblins out then?¡± I interject ¡°We have sent a messenger to the capital to send a party here to clear the path, but as the camp is quite close to Jin with will take another 2 weeks minimum for the messenger to get there and return with a party. It has distressed us a great deal, not being able to do business for so long¡± He wipes his eyes with his hand even though he hasn¡¯t shed a tear. I can see where this is going easily enough. ¡°In that case I will clear the path for you, in return for letting me use your library.¡± I say, dropping my shoulders. He has obviously seen through me, at least enough to know I am not nobility. ¡°You can¡¯t mean to take out a goblin camp by yourself! Goblins are commonly level 5!¡± Harum interject staring hatefully at his mentor. So the common folk know about the stat menus then? Good, it was going to be a pain to talk around that. ¡°That should be simple enough, if you want to increase the reward for the task however I certainly don¡¯t mind.¡± I suppose for these people level 5 means five times their own strength. I can see why they wouldn¡¯t want to send some random noble to take them out. ¡°Hmph, fine! Go then, we can discuss your ¡°reward¡± when you have returned¡± Harum says as he gets up and stares out the window, prompting my leave I suppose. ¡°Well then shall I show you the door?¡± Faurch asks keeping his image of a servant close at hand. Chapter 7: A Maou Goes Shopping As I leave the manor I notice that Bik followed by the other two imps who are both carrying pouches about the size of my fist are headed my way. I might mention that the imps themselves come out to about my knees in terms of height. Bik is slightly larger than the other two, but not enough so that you would notice unless you looked at them closely. ¡°Mao- I mean Mano-sama! We have traded in the gear you gave us.¡± Bik says as he motions for the other two to hand me the bags. They both hoist the bags as high above their heads as possible, struggling to keep their balance due to the weight. Both smile at me like children, exposing the large canines in their mouths. ¡°Oh, that¡¯s right! Bik, I would like you to name these two. Whatever you think is appropriate is alright.¡± I say as I attempt to stealthily put the bags in my inventory. The bags have a weird item description when put in Coin purse (46 coins) Coin purse (36 coins) ¡°Please allow me some time to think on the matter Mano-sama. I wish to give them good names¡± Bik says. He catches himself trying to bow, and bolts back into a standing position. I¡¯m glad he remembers not to act too formally, but maybe I should have worded that order better. I drop the matter as it doesn¡¯t seem to be a pressing issue at the moment. ¡°Go and collect Kiel. We are going on a small expedition and I wish for him to come along.¡± I say. ¡°I¡¯ll get right to it Mano-sama,¡± He says struggling to find informal words he¡¯s comfortable saying. He runs off quickly taking the other two by their pointy ears. Are these three really not drawing that much attention here? I¡¯ve not seen any other monsters, much the less ones running around town. I stop worrying about it when I realize I can just ask the egg shop owner about how common it is. Finding the egg shop was not nearly as easy as the blacksmith was. I had to ask for directions 2 times more than my pride wants me to admit before I managed to actually find the place. I couldn''t help getting lost really; they kept giving me instructions like ¡°The one with a monster sign¡± or ¡°The one next to the tailor¡±. I can¡¯t tell them that I can¡¯t read considering my current cover is that I¡¯m a noble. I finally stand before a rather plain, if not a bit run down shop. It has no windows, and the overall size from the front hardy takes up the space of a stall. In front of it hangs an oval sign with an unfamiliar language. ¡°What''s up?¡± I hear as I walk through the door. I would find this much less weird had it been for the fact that I couldn''t actually see anybody in the shop. My head darts left and right as I try to find which part of the room the voice was hiding in. I nearly had a heart attack when I looked up and a frog-like face stared back at me. ¡°Sorry ¡®bout that¡ haven¡¯t had many customers lately, so I was testing out some new toys I came up with¡± It said as it climbed down the wall and stop upright in front of me. It wasn¡¯t a frog person at least. Instead what stood before me seemed to be a 15-year-old girl with very short red hair. She wore a hat that resembled a frog-like creature that was a bit cartoonish in appearance. She looked at me with eyes half closed and a grin that was just a tiny bit creepy. I hope I don¡¯t develop some kind of frog trauma from this. ¡°So what¡¯cha in the market for? I got some good hides in earlier today if you want em¡¯¡± She says as she meanders over to the counter near the back, sits down, and sets her head on her arms. She carries herself like she could fall asleep at any moment. ¡°I¡¯ve got some monsters in my possession that I would like to gear up. Three half imps, one of which can use magic¡± I say as I look around the shop. It¡¯s not what I expected for sure. The walls are lined with monster parts, most of which have some kind of stick or other man-made implement attached to them. At the front counter, there is a glass casing with multiple large eggs, along with an array of crystals, as well as a tall vial of crimson liquid. ¡°Oh ho! Sounds interesting¡¯. You a tamer then?¡± she asks perking up slightly. It¡¯s obvious that she not suspicious of me yet¡ but I don¡¯t want to risk it. She is obviously going to know her stuff on this subject and my cover is going to get blown away pretty quickly if I test my luck. ¡°Somewhat, I learned a few things in my home country before I set off. I want to learn more about this country''s methods though, so if you have any books I could buy on the subject that would be helpful.¡± I say as I wander over to what seems to be a horn on some kind of gauntlet. It was quite a brightly colored horn, so it caught my eye. ¡°Must be a place really far away if you don¡¯t even know what a Horned Igna is¡± The girl says with a wry smile as I touch the horn.Enjoying the story? Show your support by reading it on the official site. As I touch the horn a flame engulfs it. My finger is caught up in the flame as well¡ or so I thought. Looking at my hand there isn¡¯t a scratch on it. ¡°I¡¯ll go get you some ointment.¡± The girl says as she gets up and turns towards a door behind the counter. ¡°No it¡¯s okay I pulled away in time,¡± I say showing my untouched hand to her. She seems to squint her eyes further when she turns back to look at me, it was over so quickly that I can¡¯t tell if I was imagining it. ¡°That¡¯s good. In that case, summon your imps and ill find ya some gear.¡± She says waving her hand at me, and returning to her resting position at the counter. ¡°In that case, I¡¯ll go and retrieve them I will be back shortly,¡± I say turning to leave the shop. ¡°What you can¡¯t summon them?¡± she says raising an eyebrow at me. Is she mocking me? ...Well, she¡¯s not wrong. ¡°How would I do that? I never learned.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry. It''s siii~mple. Just focus on a space nearby where they can fit, and imagine them showing up there.¡± I do as she instructs and focus on a space. I imagine Bik and the other two suddenly popping up there¡ but nothing happens. I begin to hear the girl snicker. I look sharply at her and her snickering gets slightly louder. ¡°I¡¯m leaving,¡± I say turning swiftly to exit the shop. ¡°Oh cmo~n, I¡¯m just having a bit of fun. You can summon any monsters ya¡¯ contracted by saying "Summon" while imaginin¡¯ which monster, or monsters ya want.¡± She says beckoning me with her hand. I look at her sharply with distrust but decide to try it anyway. ¡°Summon!¡± I say while imagining the three imps. The word seems to resonate when I say it and it sends a shiver down my spine. This time all three imps show up. This is quite interesting I wonder how I could use this. By the way, the imps, including Bik, are all looking around the room in surprise. ¡°Cool, three Imp-nots. The big one the one that knows magic?¡± She says pointing at Bik. Bik¡¯s not much bigger than the other two, for her to notice so quickly is pretty impressive. Also what in the world is an imp-not? Gero referred to them as half-imps. Even the menu referred to them as half imps. Does the menu just call them whatever I know them as? ¡°Correct¡± I respond. I give a few quick hand gestures to the imps to wait quietly for a moment. ¡°Kay¡¯, in that case, they can go ahead and go back to whatever they were doing,¡± She says waving them away as if shooing them off. ¡°Can I send them back like I summoned them?¡± I ask. ¡°Nope, one-way street,¡± she says as she roots around for something around the bottom of the counter. ¡°Here I¡¯ll call you when you order is ready, I¡¯ll prepare something for you to learn more ¡®bout taming as well.¡± She says as she tosses me a communication stone. It looks a lot like Tea¡¯s but the quarts is jagged in different parts, a lot of how normal rocks look different from one another. ¡°That¡¯s it?¡± ¡°That¡¯s it.¡± I look at the imps who look back at me in confusion. ¡°I suppose we will be leaving then,¡± I say as the imps and I slowly leave the store. ¡° ¡¯Kay¡± we hear her say as we go out the door. She was easier to deal with than Tea but¡ are all the people in this town as weird as this? Or do I have the devil''s luck? ¡°Did you manage to get to Kiel before I summoned you?¡± I ask the imps attempting to realign myself. ¡°Yes we were following him here when we suddenly appeared next to you,¡± Bik says, still scratching his head. I guess nobody gave him the memo about summoning either. ¡°Oi!¡± I hear in a voice that I¡¯m already far too used to yelling towards me. I see Kiel running in my direction, full of vigor once more. He sure bounces back quickly for whatever it is that he keeps getting depressed over. Once again he is attracting the eyes of lots of people on the street. I was joking before, but he would really make excellent bait with how loud and attention-grabbing he is. ¡°Never a dull moment with you lot is there?¡± He says and he jogs to a stop next to us. ¡°Funny I was just thinking the same about you,¡± I say as I try to figure out what to do with the communication stone. ¡°I was told we are headed out, did the geezers at the manor already chase you out of town?¡± He said wryly while poking me with his elbow. ¡°No. We are going to do a favor for the merchant¡¯s guild in return for the use of their library. We are going to go and exterminate a goblin camp north of here.¡± I respond ¡°...¡± There is silence between us as he looks at me in disbelief. ¡°You¡¯re trying to get us killed aren''t you? How are we going to take out a goblin camp exactly? They are going to outnumber us like 12 to 1 even if we catch them off guard!¡± He says now pacing back and forth with his head in his hands. What? Are goblins meant to be that strong? They were a stable weak monster in RPG¡¯s from what I can remember. Though, in most games, they were meant to be strong in numbers. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, we aren¡¯t going to go straight there. First, we are going to a nearby hunting ground and we are going to train.¡± I say attempting to re-assure Kiel Our equipment won¡¯t be ready until tomorrow anyway, and I¡¯ve completed my errands for today already. I¡¯ve been anxious to see how good I am in a fight. I have this weird compulsion to fight. I can¡¯t tell if it has something to do with being the Maou or if I¡¯m just a bit of a battle maniac. ¡°Ah I see. I would like to leave the town soon, but I suppose we have to get a bit stronger before heading out.¡± He says relaxing visibly ¡°Ya, we can¡¯t head to the camp till tomorrow. Tea should be done with our gear in the morning, we can have till lunch to get used to the new gear and head out.¡± I respond looking through my menus to see if there is a clock anywhere. Surprisingly there is, it¡¯s currently 4:58 which makes sense considering the position of the sun. The clock is surprisingly in the status tab I checked earlier. I don¡¯t remember it being there before. I wonder if it showed up because I was looking for it. There is also a timer next to it currently counting down from 271h:02m:42s. Off the top of my head I can say that a little over ten days from now. Before I have too much time to ponder what this timer represents, I notice Kiel staring at me like I just told him unicorns exist¡ Wait in this world they might. ¡°I can¡¯t believe you think we can get strong enough to beat a goblin camp in one night¡" He says as he goes back to pacing. " ...Screw it if you think it can be done then I suppose I¡¯m going to have to believe you. I mean you didn¡¯t even stop messing with your cargo when we attacked you, you must have some reason to be so confident.¡± He says stopping any sighing. I suppose he finally decided to resign his fears. ¡I don¡¯t want to tell him my confidence is mostly baseless, it may make him start panicking again. If I think we can¡¯t handle it though, I¡¯m not going to have us attack the camp. And with that, we set out to fight our first monsters. Chapter 8: An Overzealous Maou We headed out of the village the same way we came in. After we gained enough distance from the village I decided to call for Gero. ¡°Hey Gero, you can come out now,¡± I say trying not to be too loud. ¡°At your service Mano-sama¡± Gero says as he suddenly appears dropping from the canopy of leaves above us. Needless to say, I was startled. Can¡¯t anybody just walk up and say ¡°hello¡±? Must everybody make some kind of entrance in this world? ¡°I need you to arrange for us to do some training with minimal gear. Kiel has a sword, the imps have their daggers, and I will take down the enemies using magic so pick a monster that you think we can handle and still get some good experience.¡± I say as I shove the communication stone I¡¯ve been carrying around in my hand into my inventory at last. Gero immediately starts laying out a map. It¡¯s the same map that he used before, but for some reason, the markings he put on it have disappeared. I suppose they aren¡¯t permanent. gero gero ¡°The most efficient places for Mano-sama to accumulate battle experience are areas with the Chikai. There are two locations where they may be found, the first is to the south of the village near the river, and the second is towards the north of the village scattered across the entire area.¡± I have Kiel describe a Chikai to me before continuing. It seems they are short plump birds that resemble chickens. ¡°They look dumb, plump, and tasty but they are really quick. If you happen to get unlucky enough to run into a bunch of them, be prepared for them to knock the stuffing out of you¡± Kiel said Seems they don¡¯t cause much trouble when unprovoked, but they are higher tier than the local hunters or villagers can handle. They don¡¯t sound like they will be too much trouble if we are smart about how we hunt them. The problem is where they are located. The southern location is close but it has little land to hunt and the population of Chikai there seems sparse. The northern location, however, is quite a bit farther away and it borders where the reports say the goblin camp is. I don¡¯t think we will run into anything we can¡¯t handle, but I don¡¯t want to throw away caution either. ¡°For now we will head up to the north, if it¡¯s too much for us to handle then we will fall back and rethink our approach,¡± I say pointing to the place on the map. I try and make that blue stuff come out of my finger, but as expected nothing came out. I figured as much, there must be some kind of trick to it. gero ¡°Very well Mano-sama, it should take us 45 minutes at a brisk pace.¡± Gero says as he packs the map back into what seems to be a coat pocket. Gero begins to walk at a much faster pace than a person normally would in a very natural fashion. I, however, decide to walk at a normal speed. After a while, Gero turns and notices that I am no longer with him, and slows to match my pace. gero gero ¡°Time till arrival re-calculated 1 hour and 35 minutes until arrival,¡± Gero says in what seems to be a dejected tone. I decided to check the skills tab that I had been saving. I didn''t want to look through them in town because it would have killed me having to wait to test them out. I also didn''t want to rush through important deals because I was anxious about trying them out. Skills: Bind: The earth entangles a target for a short duration Fireball (S): Creates a ball of fire proportional to the amount of magical power of the owner. Haste: Makes target 10% faster Restore: Restores an object to a previous state by undoing the ravages of time. Fire Resistance (M) (Passive): Resistance to flames and burning. Born Leader (Passive): Raises growth and stats of monsters and allies. Nature¡¯s Knowledge (Passive): Ability to communicate with any intelligent monster/animal. Wow I actually have a rather nice arsenal. The things that interest me the most are ¡°Born Leader¡± and ¡°Nature¡¯s knowledge¡±. I suppose born leader explains why my imps could so easily take down Kiel and his goons when they attacked. Does Kiel get any kind of boost from it as my ¡°ally¡±? I switch over to my ¡°party¡± tab and check for his name. Oddly enough it doesn''t show up. The only ones in my party at the moment are the imps. Would you like to add ¡°Kiel¡± to your party? Yes No As I start to search for how to add party members this window pops up. I didn¡¯t manage to find a button or anything for it, so I suppose it¡¯s another one of those things where I just need to focus for it to work. I select yes and see Kiel¡¯s name show up on the list. He is listed as ¡°Bad bandit leader Kiel¡±. I struggle not to laugh when I see his title. Kiel looks back at me as I do everything I can to keep it to a giggle. I decide to look at his stats Level: 2 Attack: 8(+6) Defense: 5(+5) Intellect: 4(+3) Wisdom: 4(+1) Speed: 10(+8) Dexterity: 9(+6) Skills: Conceal, Back-slash, Escape When I see how low his wisdom and intellect stats are I cant hold back my laughter anymore. I suppose the numbers next to his stats are what is added by "Born Leader". With the additions his speed stat is even higher than Bik''s. It might be a bit rude, but I''m glad he is still at a low level. Since I can influence his growth, it would be a waste if he was at a high level already.If you encounter this narrative on Amazon, note that it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. "You know that makes you look like you''ve lost it right?" Kiel says looking back at me with what almost looks like pity. "I just saw something funny in my menu." I say looking back at him with the rightful spite his pity look deserved. "Minyuu? Is that some kind of magic from you homeland? Speaking of which where are you from anyways" He says, his curiosity piqued. They don''t have menus? How do they know what level something is then? "I''ll tell you my past when you tell me yours." I say dodging his question. I have had way too many people ask me questions I don''t know how to answer already. I imagine that''s one question that''s always going to trip me up. I have no idea what amount of knowledge somebody is going to have about the country I use for my cover story. More than likely I''m going to run into at least one or two people that know more about that country than I, even if I do extensive research. "Fair enough" He says a bit quietly dropping his head and bit and staring forward again. Maybe that was a bit of a crude card to use to get out of that. "If this country doesn''t use the menu then how do you asses something''s level?" I ask trying to get off the subject as soon as possible. "Oh uh, we don''t really use a magic for it or anything. Nearly everybody born here has an inherit ability to learn aspects about enemies. If you stare at something re~al hard, focus, and say ''status''. Then you can see info like a targets health or level. Some people can see even more about the target like an aura or its name... but not everybody believes in stuff like that." He says acting it out as if he spotted an enemy and tried to inspect their level. So they don''t have menus, but rather just see the basic information? Curious as to how it works I decided to try it out. I spot a nearby bird focus on it and say "Status" As I do a number and a small red bar appears over the birds head. The bird is level 1 apparently. I don''t see any name or extra colors, so I guess I don''t have either of those abilities. I repeat the process on all the members of my party. Everything was just as the status menus told me, but there was one thing that surprised me. Gero didn''t have a level. In place of a level over Gero''s head "???" appeared. Is he so high level that I can''t even tell how powerful he is yet? I suppose this explained why the bandits thought that Gero was my bodyguard. It may not be that he is strong but rather that he is an entirely different being all together though, so I should keep him out of combat until I know what all he is capable of. We walked for quite some distance after that with very little worth mentioning occurring. We noticed that we arrived because as if on cue a Chikai appeared before us. It did indeed look like a plump chicken, but certain aspects were quite different. The neck was much shorter, and the legs were almost completely hidden by its plumage. The color was a distinct yellow, with little to no discoloration. We began to sneak up on it and got quite close. Kiel jumped forward when he was close enough and swung down his sword at the Chikai. It was almost ridiculous how easily the Chikai saw Kiel''s attack and jump out of the way, landing in a full sprint away from us. ¡°Tei-Va-Tera Bind!¡± I incite thrusting my hand at the chikai. The Chikai manages to deal with the vines much better than Kiel when he and I previously fought, managing to avoid the first couple vines that came after it. The 4th or so vine managed to wrap itself around one of its legs though, slowing the Chikai down enough to let the other vines finish the job. "Eeii" One of the smaller imps yelled as he rushed forward and slit the plump chicken''s neck. I had mixed feelings looking at this. I was quite happy that we had managed to defeat the enemy without much of a hitch, but watching the blood flow from its neck was much more gruesome than I was prepared for. I resolved myself by remembering that I would be sharing its fate if I didn''t continue to get stronger, by the hands of the hero. "Gero, as we take down Chikai, start prepping the feathers and meat to be eaten and sold," I say walking over to the Chikai and positioning it where the blood wouldn''t flow into the feathers. "Understood Mano-sama. I will get started right away then." He says as he grabs the Chikai and jumps away. I don''t know if he is much of a combatant but that speed and jumping ability with be useful for something I''m sure. From there we continued to hunt Chikai rather fruitfully. I would start the fight by launching a fireball at the Chikai, often it would be just fast enough to only get grazed by the spell. After which it would be slow enough that Kiel could catch up with it and take it down. Under the condition that it wasn''t fast enough the fireball that was about the same size as the Chikai would engulf the bird entirely and it would meekly burn to a crisp. Whenever we ran into multiple Chikai at once they would turn aggressive. Without their attempts to run away, the imps could quite easily each handle a Chikai on their own. The last Chikai would typically try and run away, but Bik would Teleport in front of it and take it down. As soon as we defeat one it would be quickly swiped up by Gero who seemed to be gathering them up somewhere else. Like that we all steadily gained levels. It seems we only gain experience when we deliver the killing blow. So far I have gained 3 levels, Kiel has gained 6, Bik has gained 6, and each of the smaller imps has gained 4. Every time I come across a Chikai I inspect its level, typically they are about level 2-3. "Wow my body feels so light today, did you use some kind of magic or something?" Kiel says as he jumps a couple times to get a feel for his new strength. "Kinda, I use a constant spell on those around me to make them stronger. By now though you should be several times stronger and faster than you were even without it." I say as I open the party menu again. Level: 8 Attack: 46(+12) Defense: 41(+13) Intellect: 34(+5) Wisdom: 32(+4) Speed: 50(+15) Dexterity: 48(+14) Skills: Conceal Back-slash Escape Pounce Wow! I didn''t expect him to be 6-7 times as strong as he was before. Leveling up is rather generous, isn''t it? He also gained a new skill "Pounce". I wonder what my- "Gyeaaaayk!" I hear screamed at me from the right. I look in the direction of the scream, and there stands a green man with thin limbs and an ugly face glaring at me. He is wearing clothes that resemble tribal wear. His fore-arm and calve are both oddly large and muscular for his thin arms and legs. He is carrying a stone ax and a worn wooden buckler. The stone ax in particular looks like it was strung up by the goblin himself, as the handle looked like a weak stick, and the rock looked like those we can see at our feet. He dashes forward in my direction screaming again with his ax raised. As he jumps for my face, he is met mid-air by Bik who slices the head of the ax clean off by its handle. The sudden charge surprised me, but the opportunity in front of me brings me back to attention. "Tei-Va-Feir Fireball!" I say aiming at where the goblin is about to land. "Eiyeyak!" It yells as it swings its unnaturally large calves over its head to land about a foot further back from where I aimed. Did it use the weight of its weird proportions to dodge? How intelligent are these goblins? Or is it that they are dumb but naturally good in a fight? I get ready for another charge but am surprised by the goblin once more. When it landed instead of charging forward, it bolted in the opposite direction, dropping what was left of the ax that he was holding. Is it going for help? We can''t take more of these things just yet! I charge after it. "Ai-Meta-Ei Haste!" I yell running after it. I feel the spell engulf me, and my speed increases accordingly. The goblin ducks below a bush with thick foliage over it. Usually, it would have escaped but with my current speed, I can bust right through. I jump to avoid the bush and smash through the foliage. "Maou-sama no!" I hear Bik yell. Before I have time to think about what he was saying I''m blinded by a bright light. I attempt to look at the ground to adjust my eyes... but the ground wasn''t there. In its place, I see a canopy of trees about a 100 meters below me. Chapter 9: A Maou’s Mistake There¡¯s a moment where I think I made a mistake. What''s that noise? is that wind? Falling. I''m falling? The continuous wind rushing past my ears snap me out of my stupor... I''ve been tricked! I try to think, but I''ve become lightheaded. I have no skills to fly, and the ground is coming at me fast. Think. Think. Think! gero ¡°All is for you Mano-sama¡± I barely hear in a calm voice that¡¯s coming from right next to me. I look to my right and I see Gero, I¡¯m elated and relieved at the thought of him saving me. He too is falling. How does he plan to-¡! ¡°Whatever your plan is, do it now!¡± I yell as the ground rushes towards us, only seconds away. ¡°As you wish Mano-sama¡± I hear him say. Chirik! Ki!... I¡¯m too afraid to open my eyes for several moments¡ Afraid to think that I may have met my demise. ¡°Are you alright Mano-sama¡± I hear Gero say meekly. No longer thinking of my own well-being my fear and worry instantly turn to Gero¡¯s fate. As I open my eye I see that I am hoisted above a kneeling Gero. I attempt to shift my weight¡ Chirk ¡ and hear cracking sounds. Ge¡e¡ero ¡°I isolated the force of the fall within myself to assure your safety¡ please tell me if you are hurt anywhere.¡± He says putting me down in front of him¡ more cracking sounds can be heard as he does. He stays on one knee, but still attempts to bow. ¡°Fool!¡± I yell fuming with anger. I ball up a fist to hit him¡ but looking at him I can¡¯t bring myself to hit him. The porcelain-like mask, as well as the gem implanted in it, are both cracked. All over his outfit, you can tell that parts have cracked clean-through as pieces can be seen hanging in sleeves, and leaned against the fabric from the inside. The knee planted on the ground seems to have shattered completely from his knee cap down. I push him to lie on the ground attempting to be gentle¡ but being a little too rough because of how angry I am. ¡°Mano-sama¡¡± Gero says softly before attempting to resist. He is helpless though, as he has lost the ability to right himself or get up. ¡°Tei-La-Tu Restore!¡± I yell closing my eyes and thrusting my hands towards him. ¡°You are never allowed to sacrifice yourself! Ever!¡± I yell at him, now too worried that the spell might not be working to open my eyes I don¡¯t know if spells would work with whatever he is supposed to be. I''m incredibly angry at him¡ but in the end, this is my fault. He wouldn¡¯t have needed to save me if I had been more careful. ¡°Maou-sama!¡± I hear desperately yelled behind me I turn and see Bik teleporting repeatedly, his head dashing left and right. About two more jumps to landing safely he stops teleporting and falls the rest of the way. When he hits the ground he immediately scrambles to get on his feet and starts searching desperately ¡°Over here!¡± I yell. He frantically dashes his head around to find the origin of my voice, looking slightly more comforted when he sees me alright. ¡°Are you hurt Maou-sama?!¡± He says running as quick as he can in my direction He runs over and looks at Gero ¡°How did he get this hurt?¡± He says staring at Gero I turn back to look at Gero and see pieces of porcelain floating back into place. Cracks are beginning to be undone, and tears in his clothing are stitching themselves back up. ¡°New order¡ From now on nobody is allowed to sacrifice themselves¡ nobody.¡± I say resolutely Bik lowers his head and stares at Gero silently. He seems to have gotten the message and waited quietly. ¡It¡¯s easy to forget that you were born so recently when you start with memories of another world. I don¡¯t remember a single soul, including myself from the world I remember though. The only friends I have ever known are the people I have met today¡ and already I¡¯ve nearly gotten one killed. I took this world for a game¡ I underestimated death. It¡¯s a mistake I won¡¯t be making a second time. I feel a tug on my sleeve and turn to see Bik staring back at me. He has a strong resolute look on his face¡ as if to tell me ¡°it¡¯s okay¡±. I smile when I see this, and he smiles back in return. About 20 minutes pass before using the spell continuously makes me run out of mana. My body becomes limp and falls forward onto Gero. Like when I ran out of mana before I am still conscious... but this time I feel a lot more tired. gero ¡°Please be careful not to overexert yourself Mano-sama.¡± I hear Gero say as he gets up. He picks me up and leans me against a nearby tree. He looks nearly perfect¡ except for a crack on his gem. I spent the last five minutes alone attempting to fix just that, but I don¡¯t seem to have made any progress since I started. I am assured of his health as he stands before me and bows. The relief rushes to my head¡ and I lose consciousness. I hear the crackling of a fire nearby when I begin to wake next. The sky, as well as the surrounding forest, are now shrouded in darkness. I see Kiel, Bik, and the two imps eating roasted bird parts opposite to me around the fire. Gero is prepping one of the birds we hunted earlier today to be cooked. He is not wearing his coat but is instead in his undershirt and pants. ¡°Maou-sama! I¡¯m glad to see that you¡¯re awake! How are you feeling?¡± Bik says dropping his chicken and coming over to my side. ¡°I¡¯m fine, I was just a little shaken up,¡± I say standing up, and stretching. As I stand I feel something flops to the ground from on top of me. I look to see that it was Gero¡¯s missing coat. He must have put it on me as a replacement for a blanket. All the blankets we took with us are currently in my inventory, I suppose I should give Gero access to my inventory in case I am ever unavailable. I take some blankets out of my inventory and place them to the side.Unauthorized use of content: if you find this story on Amazon, report the violation. ¡°Here you are! Please enjoy and regain your strength!¡± I hear the smaller imps say in unison as they hoist a complete roasted bird over their heads, and present it to me. Again they both have large smiles radiating happiness from them. Their happiness is almost contagious because I couldn¡¯t help but smile and take the chicken after looking at them. ¡°Thanks, I appreciate it,¡± I say as I tear off my first piece of the chicken. Biting into it was fantastic; chicken has nothing on the taste of these birds. The meat holds the roasted flavor perfectly and almost seems to be flavored. The taste of lemon is clearly noticeable when eating the fattier pieces. ¡°Hey, hey! I¡¯m Mak!¡± One of the imps says as he pushes the other out of the way excitedly. ¡°And I''m Kay!¡± The other one says pushing the first imp out of the way in retaliation. The imps stare at each other with hostile looks and begin to squall. They roll and jump around in their fight before Gero comes over and lifts each off the ground still flailing to hit each other. At first, I found it quite an amusing scene¡ until I realized I no longer knew which one was which¡ they look so similar to each other, that I can¡¯t tell them apart anymore. I¡¯ll need to give them something to tell them apart in the future. ¡°I decided on names while we let you sleep. Do you like them?¡± Bik asks sheepishly. ¡°I like them, though I don¡¯t know much about naming when it comes to imps. If you think they are good names though, then I¡¯m sure they are.¡± I say trying hard not to mention that I can¡¯t tell the difference between them. ¡°Hey Mano, once you''re done eating would you take a walk with me? I wanted to speak to you.¡± Kiel says from across the fire. He is unusually serious. ¡°Sure, give me just a second to finish,¡± I say. Why is he so serious? Did something happen while I was out? I finished the whole chicken, and I¡¯m even left a little hungry at the end. Does this body require a lot of food or something? Or maybe it¡¯s because I leveled a lot and I need food to grow. We both got up once he noticed I was done and walked into the forest. I motioned for the imps and Gero to stay put. We walked for a solid 5 minutes before either one of us said anything. ¡°The imps told me about what happened earlier to your friend. I had heard of automatons, but I had never seen one before.¡± Kiel said breaking the silence. Did he want to talk about Gero? He¡¯s not shown much interest in him just yet, so I didn¡¯t think he would be this upset. Also automaton? Is that what Gero is supposed to be? ¡°Listen¡ don¡¯t blame yourself. I just stood there while that goblin attacked you. If I had jumped in earlier it wouldn¡¯t have been able to escape, and you wouldn¡¯t have needed to chase it. I was scared.¡± Kiel said, clenching his fist ¡°I won¡¯t.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± He says taken aback by my statement. ¡°What happened today was my fault. I got a friend hurt because I wasn¡¯t strong enough, because I underestimated this world. If it had been one of the imps or you that got hurt, then I would have lost a friend entirely. It took me over 20 minutes to heal Gero, and at that, I never even finished completely before running out of juice. I won¡¯t forget any of that¡ but blaming myself will do nothing. Let¡¯s get stronger¡ all of us. We have things to protect don¡¯t we?¡± As I finish my statement he looks back over his shoulder at me He has a look of ¡°what was I even worried about¡± plastered on his face rather obviously. ¡°If that¡¯s all you were worried about then let¡¯s go back to camp. I finished my food, but I¡¯m still hungry.¡± I say turning to head back to camp. ¡°¡That¡¯s not what I wanted to talk about¡ Who are you?¡± Kiel says seriousness back in his voice. A chill runs down my spine, as I try to figure out how to answer ¡°I¡¯m willing to talk about my past if that¡¯s what it takes. I want you to tell me who exactly you are, and why you picked me to go with you.¡± He says before I have the chance to reuse my last excuse I start to think of possible excuses. It¡¯s more difficult than usual, because I have no idea what set off this round of questioning¡ Then I look him in the eyes. He is looking at me with an incredible resolve; ready to look through any lie. Sincere honesty is all that¡¯s left of him right now. ¡Screw it, let¡¯s hope this works. ¡°I am the one this world refers to as ''Maou'', the entity born¡ or maybe summoned to fight the ''Yuusha''. My goal is not the destruction of humanity, but rather to end this endless slaughter of demons and Maou, and if you remember I didn¡¯t pick you for my party, you asked to join. The reason I let you join, was because I want to become friends with the humans¡ and you looked kind of useful.¡± I say with the most sincere look I can muster. I prepare for him to run, yell, tell me I''m lying, or walk away in disgust¡ but he doesn¡¯t do any of that. He looks surprised for a few moments but relaxes and smiles shortly after. ¡°Ah, figures I would end up a pawn for the lord of all demons!¡± He says almost jokingly. ¡°First, I¡¯m not the lord of all demons¡ just the ones I summon. Second, you¡¯re not my pawn you¡¯re my friend. Third¡ Are you not surprised? I thought people hated the Maou¡± I say with confusion and worry obviously showing in my voice. I can¡¯t help it if he runs back to the village and tells them¡ My year of peace just got shortened to a day, and a day that¡¯s almost over at that. I¡¯ll have to stop him before he gets the chance if he looks like he¡¯s going to run. ¡°How could I be surprised, when your imp friend couldn¡¯t stop yelling ¡°Maou-sama¡± when he thought you were hurt? Plus how could I miss those things growing out of your head?¡± As he says this I reach up and notice that my horns have not only grown¡ but as thick as their base as a carrot. I blush profusely embarrassed¡ ¡°Oh! and they do hate the Maou, religiously so. I¡¯m not kidding either, you''re literally regarded as the embodiment of all that is evil in nearly every major religion in the world.¡± He responds still somewhat jokingly Great now I¡¯m confused, worried, self-conscious about my horns, and thinking about the fact that the entire world has it out for me. This talk is just barrels of fun, isn¡¯t it? ¡°In fact, as an alleged third-generation Maou worshiper, I was regarded as evil as well. I was cast out of my original village and eventually wandered into this one nearly starving to death. It was between old man Tea and the owl lady that I had food and lodging long enough to start making some money from the local trade. The trade slowed down recently though¡ and with no way to travel out of town, I was going to run out of money and starve in no time. It¡¯s funny, both you and I can expect about the same treatment if we reveal our past to others.¡± Kiel said dropping his joking tone, and replacing it with a somewhat sad tone. ¡So that was his past. He was exiled because they thought he had a relation or sympathy for a Maou¡ ¡°So are you¡ a worshiper?¡± I ask now too confused to even think of the proper words. ¡°No¡, in fact, I despised the Maou more than anyone. I thought the Maou must have brainwashed my grandparents into thinking that not all Maou are evil, and in turn, they convinced my parents of the same. My family was exiled from the church because the Maou tried to use them as a delegation¡ or maybe even as hostages¡± Kiel says clinching his fist and looking downward. ¡°My whole life I thought that there was no way on earth that if I ever met a Maou I wouldn¡¯t devote myself entirely to killing them myself¡¡± Kiel says before a long pause. He lifts his head and unclenches his fist before speaking again. ¡°But how could the embodiment of all that is evil laugh like a little girl, cry for her an automaton, enjoy her dinner with a stupidly happy look, look at me with sympathy when I talk about my past, despite the fact that not one of those supposedly righteous people has ever even asked whether I even was a Maou worshiper before¡ and call me her friend?¡± Kiel says as he walks over and put his hand on my shoulder. One of those sounded like an insult¡ also, when did I cry? ¡Still, I¡¯m happy. ¡°Oh just kiss why don¡¯t cha¡¯¡± I hear in a familiar voice. Once again I look all around and cannot find the origin. Dreading it, I look up. Once again what stares back at me is a large frog face. This time my body reflexively jumps backward. ¡°The Maou and tha¡¯ village boy, what a romantic tale!¡± The girl from the egg shop says dropping from the tree and acting out the scene of a romantic kiss. ¡Dang it! She heard me talk about being the Maou! ¡°What are you doing here!?¡± I yell in my surprise ¡°Oh ya! Guess I haven¡¯t introduced ma¡¯self yet. Names Kera, from today forward I¡¯m gonna¡¯ be your new tamer trainer!¡± Chapter 10: A Maou Sleeps Usually, I¡¯m the one confusing people, but this girl confuses me. ¡°What do you mean you¡¯re going to become my new trainer?¡± I ask trying to grasp the situation. ¡°I mean just what I said. I told ya¡¯ I was going to prepare something for you to learn more ¡®bout taming didn¡¯ I? Oh, don¡¯t worry about your ¡°little secret¡± you''re too fun of a toy to share so I''ll keep it to myself.¡° she says throwing an arm around my neck, in a way to show comradery. Is this girl serious? ¡°Or if ya¡¯ want, you can continue broadcastin¡¯ ''I¡¯m really strange!'' to every tamer, you come across until one that isn¡¯ as nice as me and your cover''s blown.¡± She says while giving me a ¡°You''re mine¡± glare. Sigh ¡°Fine, tell me what it is that you want,¡± I say as I resign myself. I¡¯m far too tired mentally and physically to keep up with her anymore. ¡°I already told ya¡¯ what I want. I want to go with ya¡¯ and be your new trainer.¡± She said while loosening her grip and turning to face me. Seriously? She just wants to travel with us? She would certainly be helpful, considering she knows a lot about monsters, taming, and those weird gadgets of hers. Her knowledge of monsters even seems to surpass Gero¡¯s. ¡°Why would you want to travel with us? Don¡¯t you have a shop to look after in town?¡± Kiel asks. ¡°Man, you two just don¡¯t know how ta listin¡¯ do ya¡¯? I want to go with you cause its intrestin¡¯, and she looks like fun to play with. Don¡¯t concern yourself with my shop either, this is this and that is that.¡± She says walking over to Kiel and pushing his chest with her index finger. ¡°Plus ain¡¯t ya¡¯ happy to have another pretty girl in the party?¡± she says throwing her arm around his neck while twirling her finger on his chest rather than pushing on it. Kiel¡¯s face lights up like a Christmas light, turning a stark red. ¡°N-n-n-n-n-n-NOOOOO!¡± He yells running back in the direction of camp. What was that about? ¡°Bwahahahahaha! I take it back you all look like you''re gonna be fun to play with!¡± Kera says buckling over in laughter. Sigh My goodness I don¡¯t think I have the energy to deal with her right now ¡°Ah!¡± How could I forget!? Sigh ¡°I suppose sleeping in a bed tonight is totally out of the picture. I completely forgot about the fact that we needed to head back before the sun went down.¡± We were already treading the time we needed to head back when the goblin showed up. Between restoring Gero, and the time I spent passed out we are already far too late into the night to head all the way to town to sleep. I suppose I should tell Tea. I take Tea¡¯s communication stone out of my inventory, completely ignoring Kera. She looks slightly surprised by me practically materializing the stone¡ but for some reason, she¡¯s smiling like she found yet another toy to play with. ¡°How do I use one of these anyways? I¡¯m sure I don¡¯t need to tell you I¡¯ve never used one before.¡± I ask, my voice finally devoid of energy ¡°Not wastin¡¯ a moment for your first lesson? Well, whatever. All ya¡¯ got to do is pool some magic in your hand while you hold the stone.¡± She says baiting a response. ¡°Then you do it.¡± I say tossing the stone over to her. ¡°Aww, you were suppose¡¯ to go ¡°How do I use magic¡± then I was-¡° ¡°No. I¡¯m tired. You can teach me something later; I just want to tell Tea about our circumstances so I can get some sleep.¡± I say glaring at her. ¡°Fiiiiine.¡± She says disappointment showing on her face. You would figure with how tired she always looks she would appreciate the desire to sleep. She holds the stone out in front of her, and it begins to glow with a soft blue. ¡°Okay, you''re on. Its kinda late, but I guess he may still answer.¡± Kera says closing her eyes, her head nodding occasionally. Is she already falling asleep? Is she only awake when she¡¯s teasing someone? ¡°Tea are you there? Got a small problem here and I wanted t-¡° ¡°Is Kiel alright?!¡± I¡¯m cut off by a voice that emits from the stone. It¡¯s pretty clearly Tea, but much like over a phone the voice is rather distorted. Also, he really has that whole ¡°Mother bird¡± thing down pat, doesn¡¯t he? ¡°No no, Kiel is fine. We got a bit caught up while training so we won¡¯t be in town in time to pick up our stuff tomorrow. Any chance you could hold our order for a little while?¡± I say, it seems a lot easier not to get caught up in his rhythm when I¡¯m this tired.Help support creative writers by finding and reading their stories on the original site. ¡°Oh good¡ I was worried for a mome~t there. I don¡¯t mind holding the order, but if you¡¯re in a hurry I don¡¯t mind sending someone to deliver it. You can¡¯t be too far away from town in just one day. ¡°Tea says, a small interference can be heard as if the signal became too weak part way through. ¡°Tell your guy to travel 6 hours down the main path headed to central and stop,¡± Kera said suddenly. I regret to say it made me jump, as she seemed like she was hardly able to keep stranding a moment before. ¡°Wait, the capital? Haven¡¯t you heard about the goblins up that way?! Also is that the Kera I hear?!¡± Tea responds energetically. Seriously where does he get all this energy from, I can¡¯t imagine he was still awake when I called¡ but with how energetic he is it''s quite hard to imagine he was asleep moments ago as well. ¡°Ya, we got contracted to take care of the goblins. If you wouldn''t mind delivering the gear, it would help save us a trip as well. Oh and Kera decided to come with us for some reason¡ I seem to be stuck with her, so I guess I have no choice.¡± I say scratching my head. She¡¯s going to help me seem like a more natural resident of this world for sure¡ but I¡¯m not sure how the people of this particular town are going to think I¡¯m normal after she joined my party within a day of us even meeting. ¡°Miss¡ you are amazing in quite a few ways¡ Well anyways, I will have y~ur gear delivered where you requested. The paths are a bit dangerous so I might send someone along to protect the cart.¡± Tea said sounding astonished. Yawn ¡°That will be fine. I¡¯m going to go sleep now, update me if there¡¯s anything new.¡± I say as I motion for Kera to give me the stone back. ¡°Okay! Go easy on Ki-¡°Tea managed to get off before the blue glow faded from the stone and Kera tossed it back to me. I quickly place the stone back into my inventory and make my way to the camp. My eyes are already beginning to feel quite heavy and my head is having trouble keeping upright. This fatigue is abnormal, isn¡¯t it? Only a couple minutes ago I couldn¡¯t feel it at all, and now it¡¯s about the only thing I can think about. Also didn¡¯t I just wake up from a nap? ¡°Ah Maou-sama, I have prepared a bed for you,¡± Gero says as he greets me back to the camp with a bow. He indicates what looks to be a sleeping bag and a pillow. It seems to be made out of the blankets I set aside earlier. The plan was for those to be used for everybody¡ but the damage is done, and all I can think about is sleep. I take out the last two blankets I had in my inventory and snuggle into the bedding. It is very warm and soft¡ making my consciousness fade even quicker. It seems to be stuffed to the brim with feathers... I wanted to sell those off. ¡°Please enjoy your rest Maou-sa-" I hear Gero say in the moments before I fall asleep. The bed has never felt so warm or soft to me before¡ it feels like I could continue to sleep for a week. I feel like I¡¯m going to have to wrench myself from sleep if I¡¯m to wake up at all. To my surprise though, all of a sudden I lost all sense of fatigue. It was as if energy flooded my body and mind, and begged me to get out of bed. ¡°Ah Mano-sama I see you¡¯ve awakened,¡± Gero says as I sit up and look around. The sun has just barely come up on the horizon, the sky is a brilliant purple with touches of orange. ¡°Gero, does the Maou have any peculiarities when it comes to sleeping?¡± I ask as I stand and stretch. This is completely unnatural. I feel like I could fight at full strength right away, despite the fact that I only woke up moments ago. gero ¡°Yes, Mano-sama. The Maou restores power, and draws from the environment nearby during sleep. Healing is accelerated by a fair amount, and any recent growth in power becomes slated. Sleep is when a Maou will most likely be able to gain new abilities, such as new magic and techniques.¡± Gero says while he rolls the bedding I was sleeping in into what looks to be a recently fashioned sack. I look around and see the rest of the group still sleeping. Kera has an entire blanket and what looks like some clothes for a pillow, The imps are all sharing what looked like half a blanket, and Kiel is¡ just lying on the ground without a blanket or anything... guess the pecking orders already established itself among them while I was asleep. ¡°Oh ya! Last night I was dealing with some serious sudden exhaustion. Is that also related?¡± As I ask I notice the sack Gero is using once more¡ that wasn¡¯t made when I went to sleep last night. ¡Poor Kiel. gero ¡°No, Mano-sama. The fatigue you experienced yesterday was due to you exhausting your mana supply. A normal human would have immediately passed out after doing so once. It is a show of your strength to have been able to do so twice in a single day without damage to your health.¡± Gero begins to emanate a serious ¡°I told you not to¡± vibe as he tells me this. Again the expressionless Gero manages to make his feelings well known somehow. I seriously feel like I¡¯m getting lectured by a parent right now¡ I do deserve it though. Gero tried to warn me not to do so many times yesterday, and I ignored his protest completely. I never did look to see if I got any new skills, or how much stronger I had gotten yesterday so I¡¯m rather excited about it. I decide to save the skills for last again and look at my status tab first. Level: 5 Self: 88% Attack: 545 Ailments: None Defense: 520 Occupation: Traveler Intellect: 700 Wisdom: 650 Speed: 600 Dexterity: 510 ¡The demon lord is a bit overpowered no? What in the world is up with these stats?! Am I meant to be able to smash a bolder with my bare hands or something? ¡It seems like I leveled once more somehow yesterday, after the goblin incident. I wonder if using skills also gains exp? Also, there are some serious oddities with this. One this is the growth rate of the stats, yesterday I had 80¡¯s across the board and now some stats have a difference of over double that. Do my stats grow based on my actions? Also, what¡¯s with the new items on my menu? I understand ¡°Ailments¡± and ¡°Occupation¡± they were pretty common RPG elements, but what is ¡°Self¡±? For that matter why are they suddenly on my menu?... I ponder for a short time but don¡¯t come up with an answer. I decide to check my skills. Skills: Bind: The earth entangles a target for a short duration. Earth manipulation: The earth bends to the will of the user. Fireball (S): Creates a ball of fire proportional to the amount of magical power of the owner. Fireball (M): Three balls of fire are created and moved by the will of the user. Haste: Makes target 10% faster. (Caution advised) Restore: Restores an object to a previous state by undoing the ravages of time. Restora: Uses magic to restore something to its preferred state. Perception (Passive): Grants further knowledge of one¡¯s self and of what exist around them. Born leader (Passive): Raises growth and stats of monsters and allies. Natures Knowledge: Ability to communicate with any intelligent monster/animal. I happily look at my new skills until I notice ¡°Haste: Makes target 10% faster. (Caution advised)¡± Screw that! What in the world is up with these descriptions anyways?! Who gave my menus permission to antagonize me?! In my frustration, I kick a rock that¡¯s at my feet rather hard. It flies at a rather incredible speed cratcht!... and nails a tree. As it does a large portion of the impact zone splinters and a large crater is left in the tree with the stone at the center. ¡°Wha- huh, what in the world was that?!¡± Kiel says jumping from his sleep and drawing his sword obviously not fully awake yet. ¡°Oh¡ uh, it was no-¡° I begin¡ but unfortunately am interrupted. ¡°Seems the princess lost ¡®er temper on something and kicked a stone. Scary, scary.¡± Kera says in a calm voice. Was she awake this entire time? Kiel turns to the origin of the sound, and his face turns visibly blue at the sight of the tree. ¡°¡What have I gotten myself into¡¡± is all he says as he droops his head and body depressed. Chapter 11: A Lucky Maou Since the party was awake, I decided we should head to the meetup location to get our gear. ¡°Hey Kera, you told Tea 6 hours up the road to central right? I assume you know where that is enough to guide us?¡± I say as I stuff the sleeping bag into my inventory. It¡¯s listed as ¡°Hand-made bedding¡± in my inventory and it doesn¡¯t seem to have any issue with it being in the sack Gero put it in either. ¡°Yup, your camp¡¯s actually just a short ways from the road. If we start walkin¡¯ towards town, we should come across where the delivery boy stopped in no time.¡± Kera says as she throws the blanket and pillow she was using at Kiel. Kiel didn¡¯t see it coming and fell over when it hit him. Sigh ¡°In that case let¡¯s get moving, I don¡¯t want to keep him waiting that long,¡± I say as I walk over and help Kiel up, putting away the items into my inventory. ¡°Wooh, that looks rather convenient, got somethin¡¯ a bit like that myself,¡± Kera says and she reaches into her bag. Her hand goes far deeper than the near coin-purse sized bag should be able to handle, and when she pulls it out she is holding a yellow scroll with a long red ribbon attached to it. ¡°Aint too big, but it helps to carry ¡®round some trinkets.¡± She says tossing the scroll a short ways in front of her. ¡°Uvt summon!¡± She says holding her hand toward the scroll. When she says this, a flame catches fire at the end of the ribbon. It''s quite hard to tell if it actually burned at all before it blew out. Just like before, when she says her incantation, I can almost feel the words resonate in my stomach. It¡¯s quite convenient to be able to make voice commands like that, but it could stand to be a little less uncomfortable to do so. To my surprise though, after she said these words nothing happened for a short while. No monster appeared out of thin air like I expected, and for a moment we just stood there staring at Kera. I began to think it was just another prank of hers until Gao! A lion''s roar completely foreign to what I would expect to come from a creature in this area sounded closely behind me. Walking up to the scroll casually is a creature that resembles a lion in many aspects. The only real things that differentiated it from a normal lion is that it is abnormally large, it also had vivid red and orange fur with a brilliant shade of orange for its mantle. ¡°That was an ¡°Uvt¡± summon. It takes an animal ya¡¯ haven¡¯t quite tamed and makes a contract with it. It will come when called if it agrees to the contract. Ya¡¯ can¡¯t tame animals the same way you can with monsters, so it¡¯s a pretty nice workaround.¡± Kera says as she climbs on top of the lion and lays face up on its back. I would obviously rebuke on the sudden lion that showed up, or that it''s obvious she doesn¡¯t plan to walk herself¡ but I¡¯m sure it¡¯s what she is waiting for. I won¡¯t encourage h- ¡°Woah! That¡¯s cool! What do you call him? It is a him right?¡± Kiel says walking up to the lion. ¡°It is, but I wouldn''t walk to clo-¡° Kera says in obviously no hurry. Of course, as if it was planned, Kera puts on a big smirk as the lion puts Kiel¡¯s entire head into its mouth. It doesn¡¯t chew or yank at all, it just holds Kiel there as Kiel struggles furiously¡ I''m not so evil as to leave him there typically¡ but he needs to learn how to deal with people like Kera. Yup, it¡¯s a learning experience. ¡°Then shall we get going?¡± I say turning my back to them. ¡°HMM?!¡± I hear Kiel murmur¡ but I''m going to pretend I didn¡¯t. ¡°Follow her, girl¡± Kera says rolling over and point at me On command, the lion lets go of Kiel''s head and starts to follow about a foot behind me. After a while, Kiel regains himself and chases after us walking in the direction to meet with Tea¡¯s delivery. Mak and Kay are sitting on Gero¡¯s shoulders whereas Bik walks beside me. Kiel isn¡¯t so much walking with us, as he¡¯s trudging along behind us. He looks like a wreck¡ though somehow it¡¯s far more comical a sight than sad. We walk for about 15 minutes before we arrive at a road that looks almost identical to the ones leading into and out of town. We follow the path until we see a cart parked up with two people standing next to it. One is feeding a very large dog-like creature that I assume is an Ina. The other is standing in a ready position with one hand on the hilt of a sword at his side as if he is expecting to be assaulted any moment.This story has been unlawfully obtained without the author''s consent. Report any appearances on Amazon. ¡°He-" I begin to yell out before Kera slams her hand onto my mouth and pulls my head back a bit. ¡°No caution at all, eh? Your horns?¡± She whispers into my ear as she pulls something out of her bag. Crap! I keep forgetting about them! Man, these things are really inconvenient. Kera hands me a hat that resembles a beret. I quickly don the hat in the nick of time, as the people around the cart have noticed the ruckus we were making. ¡°Oi! Over here!¡± The boy who was previously feeding the dog yells while waving at us. I smile back at him and wave back as we walk over to the cart. He gives a confusing reaction when I do, as he stopped waving and looked at the ground. Did I insult him or something? ¡°You¡¯re the people sent by Tea right? I hope we didn¡¯t make you wait for too long.¡± I say as I begin to bow. I stop myself before it becomes too apparent as I remember that I¡¯m masquerading as a noble. I''ll need to discuss noble etiquette with Kera and see if she knows what¡¯s appropriate and what¡¯s not. ¡°N-no um we did¡¯n-¡° The boy starts ¡°We waited far too long! Do you not realize that there are dangerous monsters in this area! You adventurers always forget that not everybody can just sit around like this surrounded by monsters and demons!¡± He is cut off by the man who was with him. As he lectures us he gets ever closer until he is towering over me with an angry look. Annoyed, I open my mouth to respond, but before a word comes out of my mouth Gero steps in between us and does the same to him. He doesn¡¯t say a word, but that only seems to add to the intimidation the other guy felt until he finally backed away. Sigh ¡°I do apologize for the wait, but there was little that could have been done. Now, from Tea I ordered some equipment for Kiel, a rapier, and some light armor. Did you manage to bring everything?¡± I say still looking with some annoyance on my face at the rude man. ¡°Yes! Also, don¡¯t worry about the wait, we were going to try to head to the capital anyway. Our Ina had to rest and eat so we would have been stopped here either way. Rukal, get their gear for them; I¡¯m not paying you to gripe at our customers!¡± The boy says switching tones rather nicely to lecture the man. The boy is a blond adolescent with rather nice clothes and semi-long curly hair. His clothes don¡¯t seem to be very expensive, but they look rather nice and easy to move around in. The man, on the other hand, seems to be in his late 30s and is dressed to fight if necessary. He has short brown hair that is ruffled and a little bit matted. I suppose he must be a mercenary hired to protect the cart on the way to the capital¡ He doesn¡¯t look too strong, will he be able to handle the goblins? ¡°Here! Entitled nobles, always ordering people around!¡± The man mumbles as he shoves the light armor and rapier into my arms. ¡I hope this kid didn¡¯t pay that much for him. The light armor is of a light grey color, only being thicker than common clothes in certain locations such as the shoulders and forearm. I must admit Tea makes good armor; it doesn¡¯t look like it will impede movement in any major way. Although it does look quite plain, so I¡¯m likely only going to wear it when necessary. The rapier, on the other hand, is another story entirely. It is made of a very white silver-like material. It is not incredibly shiny but somehow the dull sheen seems to only further the elegant look it has. At the tip, you can see just the top of a light clear gem formed to make the tip of the rapier, and around the hilt, there are a series of nice designs. ¡°This sword looks quite high-tier, how did Tea come across it?¡± I ask the boy hoping he knew the answer. ¡°I¡¯m not all too sure, as I¡¯m hardly acquainted with him, but I don¡¯t think he buys anything he sells. The merchant guild handles all non-personal orders in town, and Tea hasn¡¯t put in orders for anything other than wheat and a few tools. It¡¯s quite likely that he made that himself if you ask me.¡± The boy says opening up a book he kept in his cart and looking through it to confirm his statement. Wow¡ I came across someone pretty amazing didn¡¯t I? He doesn¡¯t even put in orders for ores? Does he collect the materials himself then? I should do what I can to help him out if he can continue to supply me such high-quality gear. ¡°Man wearing such nice gear without having to steal it is almost a dream! I¡¯m getting so pumped!¡± Kiel says behind me. I turn to see that he has already donned his gear and is swinging a sword at imaginary monsters excitedly. His gear is comprised of a full leather vest and legs. Along with an undershirt that looks to be made of a sturdy material and a belt with his sword''s sheath as well as a few other pockets attached to it. ¡°Oi! When did you put that on?! Don¡¯t tell me you stripped behind me?!¡± I say while looking at him with slight disgust. ¡°Hey, hey, who do you think I am? Some kind of pervert? I went behind those bushes and changed. I mean it''s not lik~ ~~~~~~~~¡± He rebukes energetically. He seems to trail off towards the end and I couldn¡¯t hear what he said, unfortunately He is blushing and looking down as well. I can¡¯t seem to figure out the members of my party at all yet. ¡°Hey Kozu, we¡¯ve given them their stuff now let¡¯s go!¡± The man named Rukal says impatiently towards the boy. ¡°Geh! I''m afraid my compatriot is correct. We need to get this cargo to the capital quickly so they can send supplies quickly after the goblins demise.¡± Kozu says while bowing towards me. ¡°¡±The goblins demise¡±? Who did you hear about that from?¡± I ask surprised by his statement. ¡°Oh, master Faurch advised me to go to the capital quickly as the goblin problem was going to be resolved soon. I¡¯m not sure what he meant, as he refused to answer my questioning, but I know master Faurch is almost never wrong about such matters.¡± Kozu says excitedly. Geh¡ that old man again eh? Somehow I feel that he is meddling far more than just this. Chapter 12: A Maou’s Power The boy and his rude guard left. I didn¡¯t really mind the boy, but I was more than happy to see the guard leave. I changed into my new armor after making a makeshift place to change. It was quite difficult to set up something similar to a changing booth, but I managed it by using a convenient branch formation and one of the blankets we had. Seriously, blankets have been one of the most useful items so far¡ I should get some more next time we are in town. ¡°So what are we gonna train on today?! I feel like fighting Chikai might be a bit overkill now. ¡° Kiel says as he shadow boxes in front of me. ¡°Well ain''t that obvious? Next, best thing would definitely be River Crays. Our glorious leaders got a lightning amp and you could use some training going through shells and armors! Not to mention Crays are a high-class ingredient.¡± Kera says patting Kiel on the back hard enough to make him lose his balance and nearly fall forward. ¡°High class? Good, we can sell the meat afterward.¡± I say as I pull out the map. ¡°Ehhhh? We aren¡¯t going to eat it? In that case, let¡¯s fight something else.¡± Kera says lying back onto her lion with a bored look on her face. Oi! Were you just suggesting that because you wanted to eat some? Please be a little more serious! ¡°We need to get strong fast, but we are going to need money for our travels. If you can think of something more convenient tell me now, otherwise we are going to hunt River Crays.¡± I say giving her the map. ¡°Fiiine. River Crays have a hard material for their shells and it is quite difficult to penetrate. With your magic, we should be able to weaken them a fair amount though. While we are at it, there is a cave up near this area with a slime infestation. Slimes aren¡¯t strong, but their gel can be used to make quite a few salves so some merchants will pay a fair amount for large quantities.¡± Kera says as she begins marking the locations on the map with the blue dust-like material Gero used. Seriously I¡¯m the only one who doesn¡¯t know how to do that aren¡¯t I? ¡°There is a problem with that¡ I don¡¯t know any lightning spells. I heard that water is effective as well, but if I can¡¯t pierce their shell I don¡¯t know how much that¡¯s going to help me.¡± I say ¡°Seriously? Can¡¯t you just use the magical language to make one?¡± Kera says with pure confusion on her face. ¡°I don¡¯t know the magical language; I¡¯ve just learned some individual spells. I¡¯m not even entirely sure what the magical language is supposed to be. Is it some kind of chant or something?¡± I ask as I look through the list of skills I have. Why are all of my offensive spells fire based? I¡¯m going to be really annoyed if the answer is something along the lines of ¡°The Maou can manipulate the fires of hell¡±. ¡°Ahh¡ I don¡¯t really know much on the subject so I don¡¯t want to confuse you with the bits and pieces I do know¡ for now, I think I¡¯ve got a solution. I learned a low-grade shock spell for a little fun I was having before. I don¡¯t really use it much though cause it doesn¡¯t have much output. It might be strong enough with that sword ya got though.¡± Kera says smirking as she remembers something. Kera spent the next 5 minutes or so helping me memorize the chant and the magical language. It was kind of tedious so I''ll spare the details. ¡°I beseech nature to spare your wrath, stun my enemies. Ai-Va-Aer¡± I say thrusting my hand out for about the tenth attempt. Ziip! As I do joy and surprise fight for my expression as I shoot a lightning bolt from my hand. I was expecting some kind of small stun spell, but instead, I shot a bolt of lightning strong enough to scorch and destroy the unfortunate trunk of a tree in its path. The tree itself was about a 1.5 meters in diameter and about a meter high before being blasted away. Needless to say the tree fell in our direction, thankfully getting caught in the canopy overhead. Whiiiiistle ¡°Nice one Mano-san! With that, those River Crays will be nothing!¡± Kiel says enthusiastically to me. ¡°I thought it was only supposed to be a small shock? What in the world were you trying to trick me into doing?¡± I say looking at Kera skeptically. ¡°I beseech nature to spare some of ya wrath, stun my enemy. Ai-Va-Aer¡± Kera says running up to me with her hand outward. I jump into a fighting stance as fast as I can. I¡¯m completely caught off guard though and don¡¯t make it in time. She swings low and suddenly disappears from my sight. Ziiap ¡°YAOUCH! That stings!¡± I say as a sudden jolt hits my butt. ¡°Pwahahahahah! That never gets old!¡± Kera says rolling on the ground laughing. ¡°What was that for!?¡± I ask as the pain fades.The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement. ¡°A demonstration. It¡¯s hardly useful as a weak, albeit very funny, prank. You¡¯re the only one I¡¯ve ever seen do that with it, princess.¡± Kera says before continuing to roll around laughing. ¡°¡I beseech nature to spare your wrath, stun my enemies. Ai-Va-Aer.¡± I say with a dubious expression, thrusting my hand at Kera. ¡°¡ too far?¡± Ziip! ¡°Sorry, sorry, sorry!¡± Kera says as she quickly jumps out of the way of the bolt. Somehow the look on her face doesn¡¯t look sorry enough. ¡°I beseech nature to sp-¡° ¡°Okay, okay! I won¡¯t do it again!¡± She pleads as she grabs my arm. Hah ¡°Fine, let¡¯s get going. There is a river you marked just a short ways from here. Lead.¡± I say lowering my hand but keeping my look of doubt. ¡°Yes, Maou-sama¡± Kera says as she bows in imitation of Gero. I decide to ignore her. As my guide, she won¡¯t be very helpful if she is extra crispy. We only walk a short ways before the sound of running water is clearly apparent. Accompanying the sound of water is a wet crackling sound that¡¯s hard to describe¡ A shiver runs down my spine when I remember it is a common sound effect for a large bug or swarms moving in movies. My pace slows for a moment, but before I have time to reconsider going this way I notice the source of the sound. A large crawfish like animal is walking around on the edge of the river picking up rocks and holding it up to its mouth. The crawfish itself is surprisingly large as its size matches that of very large dogs. Its entire body is the stereotypical lobster red, the only area that doesn¡¯t follow this pallet are its eyes which are a perfect black. They also rest atop two stalks like those of a snail. ¡°That is a lot larger than I had previously imagined¡ I hope my inventory refrigerates.¡± I say as we walk up to them. ¡°River Crays are pretty passive in general, though they will snap at you if you touch them. Hurt them and they won¡¯t hesitate to gang up on you to counter-attack. Well y¡¯all have fun, wake me if you change your mind about eating them.¡± Kera says as she fluffs the mane of her lion and positions herself to take a nap. ¡I don¡¯t know if I¡¯m glad, or irritated that she¡¯s a non-combatant. I wouldn¡¯t feel safe if she was goofing around while we were fighting a big enemy¡ but at the same time, she¡¯s going to turn into a mooch if we are always the ones getting the food and earning money. ¡°Kiel go ahead and try to take that one on, if it¡¯s too much I''ll send some support in to help you.¡± I say pushing Kiel forward. ¡°Huh? Wait, wait, wait. I¡¯m fighting it alone?¡± Kiel says turning to look back at me with a slightly pleading look on his face ¡°I want to get a good feel for their strength and see what would be the smartest way for us to hunt them. You¡¯re the weakest, therefore the best benchmark.¡± I say back as I look for more River Cray in the distance. ¡°So cruel!¡± Kiel rebukes. ¡°Suck it up, if you don¡¯t like it then. Fighting without us will make you stronger. Plus, I already said if it got too dicey I would send in somebody to help you out.¡± I say turning my attention back to him and giving him a look that seemed to be shooing him away. ¡°Guu¡ I¡¯m being underestimated, aren¡¯t I? Fine, I¡¯ll show you I can deal with this thing just fine!¡± Kiel says rushing the River Cray with his new sword drawn. The River Cray didn¡¯t move nearly at all until Kiel¡¯s strike was unavoidable, though it did shift itself to make the sword slide down one of the slanted pieces of its shell, essentially deflecting the strike. Kiel noticed the failure and immediately put some distance between them. Afterwards it pointed its claws towards Kiel and began to snap them at odd locations that kept making Kiel flinch. After a while, I began to notice what it was. Kiel who is still pretty new to fighting is telegraphing his attacks rather obviously. Whenever Kiel would shift his weight for a new attack the River Cray would snap at the to-be-location of the origin of the attack. ¡°Kiel ignore the snapping! See if you can strike into the shell!¡± I yell at Kiel Kiel nods without looking in my direction and shifts his weight again. He takes up a rather strange pose before leaping into the air. He puts his full weight into his sword, holding it between his legs and doing something similar to a cannonball. Kersht A rather unpleasant sound is made as the sword goes directly through the shell and pierces directly into the River Crays head. Within moments it ceases all movement. Was that ¡°Pounce¡±? I figured it wasn¡¯t a magic from the beginning, but I suppose this confirms that not all skills need a chant. ¡°How¡¯s that?! I took it down on my own! Didn¡¯t even get a scratch!¡± Kiel says as he gloats to himself. ¡°Okay, we are going to hunt these in two man squads. Mak and Kay can be one team, Bik and Kiel are the other. Alternate who gets the kill, and try to take them down in the first strike. The member not meant to be getting the kill will search for another Cray, unless the first strike fails to kill the target. Don¡¯t worry about getting hurt too much; I will restore you if you take any injuries.¡± Once again giving orders just feels too natural. Of course, I¡¯m a little bit nervous with everybody looking at me¡ Especially since I¡¯m giving commands, but I don¡¯t stutter or falter due to some strange confidence. I wonder if it¡¯s an effect of ¡°Born leader¡±? ¡°¡Somehow that makes it feel like I got barely passing marks on that test¡± Kiel says dejectedly. ¡°When the sun reaches its peak in the sky we are going to start heading to the goblin camp¡ yesterday''s battle proved they are both weak and formidable at the same time. If we get surrounded in our current state, I¡¯m not positive we will win, so try and get as strong as possible to even the playing field.¡± I expected them to look dejected, or possibly sad remembering yesterday¡¯s events when I said this. ¡To my surprise, however, everybody, even Kiel only seems to get more motivated. Bik teleports out of my sight. When my eyes next catch him, he is running alongside Kiel at a Cray in the distance. Mak and Kay smile at me vigorously for a few more moments after that before they too, teleport away. When in the world did they learn how to do that? ¡°Hey, Kera! I''m going to another location Keep an eye on them and tell me if anything goes wrong over the Com-stone!¡± I yell in Kera¡¯s direction as I run off myself. ¡°Hrn? Com-stone? I kinda like that.¡± I hear her say shortly after I run off. That¡¯s odd¡ I¡¯m far too far away from her for her voice to be this clear. I look back and confirm that Kera is still where she was a moment ago. In her hand, I notice the Com-stone. I look in my inventory at the Com-stone I have linked to her, and beside it is an intercom symbol that is flashing. ¡°Hey Kera can you hear me?¡± I say without taking it out. ¡°Have ya already learned how to use one of these princess? You''re stubborn about not wanting to learn magic from me aren¡¯t you?¡± Kera responds. I blush when I realize that my earlier plan wouldn¡¯t have worked because I don¡¯t know how to use the stones. Good thing Kera wasn¡¯t around to see it. Chapter 13: A Maou Hunts I walk for about 45 minutes to the second river cray location. I didn''t want to practice my lightning based attack in the same body of water as everybody else, so I needed to put some distance between us. I could see this being a rather short journey for everybody if I end up roasting them by accident. Upon arrival, I can see a River Cray digging a hole¡ I wonder why. Kera should know so I''ll ask her later. I decide to benchmark from the least amount of damage I could do to the highest. Some situations will call on me injuring and not killing a target and if I do to them like I did to that tree earlier today, I can¡¯t imagine they would even slightly survive. ¡°Hey, there little guy¡ I¡¯m not going to attack you¡± I say as I slowly approach the River Cray ¡They are oddly intimidating up close. I reach out with my sword and lightly tap the top of it with the lightning stone Kriii? Zip KRiii! When I do, it convulses rather wildly, sparks can be seen going around it and the water. Eventually, the sparks stop and its convulsing ceases. KRII! It makes an annoyed sound as it picks itself up and stammers over to me. It seems to be struggling to move, but it doesn''t seem like it¡¯s going to run from the fight. kriII! It lunges its claw at me aimed at my chest ¡°Iyaa!¡± Freaked out I make a slight squeal and kick it. Crackle When I kick it, its face seems to cave in. It launches from my kick several meters in the air and after a parabola, it lands in a tree about 8 meters away. ¡°Sweet, most of the meat is left intact! ¡Oh, wait I forgot to give Gero orders to collect the meat.¡± I say slightly dejected as I walk over to the tree the River Cray landed in. gero ¡°You called Mano-sama?¡± Gero stepping out from behind a tree that was next to me. ¡°Son-of-a!¡. Gero, please stop showing up like that¡¡± I say letting out a deep sigh when I notice its Gero. ¡°Yes, I did call for you I suppose. Stay with the others and collect the meat and shells of the River Cray they take down. Also if you could alert everybody when the sun is at it''s zenith, it would be greatly appreciated.¡± I say as I try to poke the River Cray from the tree with my rapier. gero ¡°Understood Mano-sama. I will alert you all at the specified time.¡± Gero says jumping into the tree canopy above. ¡When he does the River Cray falls from the branch. I suppose that was meant to look like an accident since I didn''t ask him to help me. One of the pieces of the shell is hardly hanging on so I finish it off and begin to observe it. It seems to be quite thick and tough, but from its weight, you would assume it was hollow. Tea might be able to process this into some nice gear, I should give him what we collect as thanks. Kriiiiek! I hear a shrill screech from above me. When I turn to look I see a River Cray that has jumped to pounce on me. Frightened, I thrust my still drawn rapier at it and after a small weight gets added to my blade, I turn to see its fate. My blade has completely impaled it, enough so that the River Cray is resting just above the handle as if it was a shish kebab. Seriously? I hardly put any strength into that. Either this sword is absolutely amazing, or those stats weren''t kidding¡ I would probably find this cool or amazing even, if not for one over looming fact that has me in cold chills¡ The Yuusha¡¯s stats are likely to be equal if not even higher at the same level. slap! I slap my face to get my mind off of it and move on to the next experiment. I move along the river until I come face to face with about 8 River Cray in short proximity to each other. ¡°¡I beseech nature to spare your wrath, stun my enemies. Ai-Va-Aer.¡± I ready the words as I carefully aim my rapier at the River Cray closest to the center of the group Moments before the spell, a smug grin begins to crack on my face. Admittedly, I do find stuff like this cool; the pose I''m standing in looks like it should be on the cover of a light novel. Surprise easily takes its place on my face however as the bolt of lightning that comes from the tip of the rapier is easily 3-4 times as bright and thick. It strikes the River Cray I aimed at and begins to arc to all the others around him, some of the electricity is diffusing into the stones around them as well. The aim of the experiment was A: to see if I could shoot spells using my rapier as a conduit, and B: To see if the spell arcing would lower the power enough to only injure. Unfortunately what I see before me could easily be described as ¡°decimation¡±. Every River Cray involved in the attack isn''t only dead but burned so heavily that even their thick shells are crumbling. This stone seriously raised the power of that attack, didn¡¯t it? In the first place that attack was never supposed to be as powerful as it is when I just use my hand. Do my stats affect the spells this heavily? Or perhaps it has to do with the fact it¡¯s not a skill on my list?Unauthorized reproduction: this story has been taken without approval. Report sightings. ¡°Ai-Va-Aer Stun!¡± I yell thrusting my hand at the River Cray corpses. ¡But nothing happens. When I use my normal skills I don¡¯t have to perform a chant first¡ perhaps the chant is what is making it so much more powerful than my normal spells. ¡°Tei-Va-Feir Fireball!¡± I say thrusting out my hand aiming at the river, as to not start a fire. The fireball is a different color than yesterday, it is bolstering a bright yellow flame instead of an orange one like before. Though its speed, size, and control are all about the same level as yesterday, it can be seen by how much water immediately evaporates around the fireball on approach that the flame is burning several times hotter than before. I suppose intensity is what my stats are increasing, but the attack itself remains unchanged. Though the gap in the fireball from yesterday and the fireball today is much smaller than that of the electrical attack Kera showed me¡ I suppose I won¡¯t get anywhere without more information on the subject. While I¡¯m alone I decided to test the rest of my new skills. ¡°Fal-Su-Feir Fireball!¡± I say thrusting my hand again at the river. Considering I don¡¯t have any water spells, practicing fire-spells (especially considering that I¡¯ve yet got a reading on my own strength) worries me far too much to fire at anything but the river¡ Though I do feel bad for the ecosystems we have been destroying yesterday and today. Quite a few factors come to a surprise when I activate this skill. First, there are three fireballs. Secondly, they don¡¯t immediately fly where my hand was pointed but rather are floating in an arc over my head. Lastly, they aren¡¯t the same color as the fireball I just launched, but rather the color of the fireballs I was firing yesterday. ¡°Woah!¡± This surprise elates me a fair deal and I can¡¯t help but show it audibly. For once a surprise that didn''t immediately break something or threaten my year of peace; I was beginning to think this world wasn''t going to allow me many of those. Happy with my new ability, I attempt to move them and they moved as commanded. This was far easier than I imagined it would be, as they seem to respond to nearly any control method I use. Directing them with my fingers was by far the best method though, as the level of control it gave me was by far the highest. I look at my skill menu to decide which skill to test next. Let¡¯s see¡ what else was there? All that¡¯s left is ¡°Earth manipulation¡± and ¡°Restora¡± to test. ¡°Fal-Kei-Tera Earth Manipulation¡± I say trying to imagine what it would do. Unfortunately, nothing actually happens. however, upon inspection of my MP bar, I''ve most certainly lost quite a fair amount of MP for using it. Maybe I didn''t meet the prerequisites? Like for instance if it was meant to fire a stone or change its shape, I would need to be holding a stone. I pick up a stone from the river and try again. ¡°Fal-Kei-Tera Earth Manipulation¡± I yell imagining the stone shooting from my hand. Contrary to what I imagined though, the stone slowly floated from my hand forward. Upon experimentation, I learn that I can control the stone on the same level as the fireballs. I fail to see why this would take up so much of my SP though. I decided to try and change the shape. Kriiiiichtitch Miraculously the stone changes into the shape of a star just as I had imagined it, and quite quickly as well. So the point of this ability is to change the shape of the earth then? That could be quite handy. I place both my hands on the ground and recite the spell again. ¡°Fal-Kei-Tera Earth Manipulation¡± This time when I say it, a good amount of exhaustion flushes over me. I suppose this is the result of using several of my highest rank skills right after one another. I decide to continue the experiment however since it seems to only be the activation of the spell that takes SP. The ground before me ripples like water for a second before the center of the ripple shoots upward, and created a spike-shaped pillar protruding from the ground. I continue to make it rise until I am assured of the spells capability. At some point, however, the test became hard to judge as the top had risen too far for me to accurately measure the height since I was standing directly at the base. In front of me stands a pillar several times higher than the canopy of the trees around me. I would estimate about as tall as a four-story building. It¡¯s impressive nonetheless. Now for the experiment that holds the most weight behind it. I walk over to the corpses of the River Cray, which despite landing in water still have a few fires and embers scattered on them. ¡ I question for a moment whether I really want to see the result of this¡ In the end, however, I decide that I can¡¯t hide from the answer, even if it¡¯s not the one I want. ¡°Fal-La-Tu Restora¡± I say holding my hands directly over the corpse of one of the River Cray. A light envelopes it and the lobster-red color begins to return to its shell as pieces float back into place. Far faster than ¡°Restore¡± the creature in front of me is returning to exactly how it was when I first saw it. After the spell has finished I wait a few moments and check the corpse again¡ and of course, it was still a corpse. Believe it or not, I¡¯m immensely relieved by this. I still know little of this world¡ but for this much death to be floating around, and for a war to still exist between the Yuusha and the Maou, a method for revival would only make things worse. Considering I wish to end the war between the Maou and the Yuusha, such an ability existing would only make matters worse. It truly scared me that I might have had such an ability, even more so when I thought I might be the only one. I mean you try and convince somebody that you aren¡¯t inherently evil when you hold the ability to control life and death. I shake my head to get it off of such a heavy subject and decide to continue. I pierce my rapier in a line down the back of the shell and hit it until a crack forms between all the holes. When pulling the shell off of the meat it is apparent that the abilities of ¡°restore¡± and ¡°restora¡± have some flaws. The embers are still burning softly in the meat, where the fires seem to have been snuffed out by the restored meat and shell. ¡°What in the world happened here?!¡± I hear suddenly from the trees. I quickly grasp my rapier surprised, but I lower it when I notice that the source of the voice was Kiel. How in the world did he get here so quickly? His speed isn''t to be underestimated I suppose. ¡°What are you doing all the way over here? I told you and the imps to train at the other river.¡± I say casually. ¡°Well at first it was to figure out why a giant spike showed up, then I hurried cause I saw a glowing light. More importantly what in the word is going on? Roasted corpses, a giant spike, scorched earth, and you''re talking to me casually while you dissect a River Cray.¡± Upon him pointing it out, I hurriedly pull my hands off of the shell they were previously holding open ¡°I was¡ experimenting.¡± I say not looking him straight in the face. ¡°¡You only get more and more scary you know that? The Maou¡¯s powers are nothing to take lightly are they?¡± He says walking up to the pillar and putting his hand on it ¡°¡Let¡¯s just hope, because we are going to be headed for that goblin camp in just under an hour.¡± I say looking at the position of the sun. Chapter 14: A Talkative Maou Kiel has already headed back and started training with Bik again. I spend roughly 45 minutes practicing my new skills before I wander a bit further into the forest. I only gained about a single level whilst at the river, largely due to my focus on experimenting. Not a single creature in the area came anywhere near the river after the display I put on, making hunting a bit difficult. The location of the slime cave is quite close to the river I was experimenting on, so I was expecting at least one or two slimes to wander out of the cave and near the river. When they didn¡¯t I was a bit disappointed, but now I¡¯m grateful because I can likely gain at least another two levels taking out the cave they have infested. shilop A chill runs down my spine as I hear a slurping sound nearby. Looking in the direction of the sound I discover the mouth of the cave. I continue forward but stagger a bit when I pear further into the cave. It looks disgusting as the walls are almost completely made of slimes moving on and around other slimes. ¡°Fal-Su-Feir Fireball!¡± I say thrusting my hand. As before when I do three orange fireballs appear and float in front of my hand. I line them up in front of me and send out the middle one attempting not to touch the walls of the cave or slimes. shlapshlapshlap As the fireball illuminates the cave the slimes convulse and move backward. Seems they aren¡¯t very fond of the light. The cave seems to be quite shallow, as I can see the back only about 30 meters deep. Since it doesn¡¯t seem like they have much of an avenue to escape I start testing their weaknesses. I guide the fireball into one of the slimes closest to me. My hope is that if they freak out that they will retreat further into the cave instead of rushing out. shiiiii The fireball drifts into the slime and smothers immediately. It shows how ineffective it was that the slime hardly even reacted to it, past attempting to get away from the light it emitted. I decide to test physical resistance next¡ but I don¡¯t want to touch them. ¡°Fal-Kei-Tera Earth manipulation¡± I say placing my hand on the ground in front of me. I focus all my attention on the same slime¡ partly because the way it convulsed began to look like a taunt. I slowly raise a spike from the ground below it, which slowly rises through it and skewers the slime lightly raising it. It stops moving for a second¡ but starts its mocking motions again right before splitting into two smaller slimes releasing it from the spike. ¡°I¡¯m beginning to see why creatures as disgusting as you are still around despite being such a convenient medical ingredient. I figured those at the merchant guild would have cashed in on you already unless there was some reason they couldn¡¯t.¡± I say scratching my head. ¡I¡¯m rather confident I know how to get rid of them, but I wanted to confirm that they were difficult to take down first. I might be able to squeeze yet another reward out of that head merchant if I clear this cave and bring back the ingredients. I take my rapier from my belt and point it at the two slime that just split. ¡°I beseech nature to spare your wrath, stun my enemies. Ai-Va-Aer.¡± Lightning shoots from the tip and strikes the first slime. bizziap squalch I focus hard to try and control the arcing of the electricity, but it doesn¡¯t follow my intended path even slightly. The lightning hits a large selection of the slimes near the mouth of the cave, in a sporadic fashion. The slimes hit lose their shape, and fall into a large puddle of whatever they were made of. The slimes that got away with little or no damage recognize the threat and retreat into the cave, as far back as they can manage to go. They look even more grotesque now that they are all fighting to fit back there squishing, flopping off, and forming to fit into gaps. ¡°... I would really feel bad about exterminating you like this¡ if not for how disgusting you all look squishing around back there¡. I wonder¡¡± I come up with a rather convenient idea. Putting my rapier in its holster I prepare to recite another spell. ¡°Fal-Kei-Tera Earth manipulation¡± I say placing my hand on the ground. I begin to raise a wall in front of the large group of slimes. It takes a while, but as their intent is to get away, none of them pass it and the wall manages to completely cover the back of the cave. I could just leave now, and pretend that I did take out the slimes¡ but I imagine my image to the merchants will only go down once they figure out the truth. Kichtichtici I start to move the wall forward further into the cave. Eventually it slows down due to the resistance. The plan is to squash the entire infestation in one go¡ especially since that way I don¡¯t have to see them. chick ¡though that doesn¡¯t seem like it¡¯s going to work out too well.Stolen from its original source, this story is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. Crachachachacha The wall cracks and crumbles. I thought at first it was just due to the pressure of the slime that was being squeezed¡ but the truth was far less nice. The wall rather violently collapses and reveals the fate of the slimes. The goop in one solid lump falls forward onto the collapsed wall. I still thought I succeeded until the rocks floated to the middle and the rest of the slime didn¡¯t fall. Shlapshlapshlap I begin to see a familiar convulsing from the entire slime and notice my mistake. Seems I helped them combine into a much bigger threat. The slime begins coming towards the mouth of the cave¡ which is by far the most sickening thing I¡¯ve seen yet. The slime itself seems to be bigger than the cave now, so there is just a wall of slimy liquid coming forward with a disgusting squelching sound accompanying it. Well as interesting as this was¡ I really don¡¯t want that thing to touch me. I draw my rapier and point it at the slime. ¡°I beseech nature to spare your wrath, stun my enemies. Ai-Va-Aer.¡± I say aiming for the center of the slime to make sure as little of the electricity gets grounded by the stone of the cave. Unfortunately, that trick doesn¡¯t work anymore, as it moves the rocks it¡¯s picked up into the walls of the cave. The electricity visibly goes right for the rocks and into the cave walls. The slime slows slightly but continues undeterred. I put away my rapier once more as I think of my list of skills, and very little comes to mind that could actually damage it. It continues forward slowly until the wall slightly emerges from the cave. It stops for a moment when it passes into direct sunlight. Shlapshlapshlap ¡ But after a short pause it continues to move forward again. I can¡¯t really face it now; it was a lot easier before it merged like this¡. The restore spell supposedly lets me change things to a form they were recently in. Maybe it will allow me to revert this boss slime back into tiny slimes. ¡°Fal-La-Tu Re- guh!¡± I begin to recite the skill and extend my hand towards it. I stop when I realize that I have to touch it¡ I pick some grass out of the ground and throw it into the slime. It slowly moves towards the center, but aside from that seems untouched¡ I suppose that means it¡¯s not acidic¡. I really don¡¯t want to touch it though. Shlapshlap It convulses for a short time before one of the smaller stones it picked up coming out of the cave, moves from the center towards me at a high speed. Once it reaches the outside it retains its speed and shoots outward. I move my head in time to dodge, but only slightly. It manages to cut my cheek. ¡°Guh! No choice then I suppose. Fal-La-Tu Restora¡± I yell plunging my hands into the slime. It is every bit as unpleasant as I imagined it would be¡. Shlapshlapshlapshlapshlap The slime convulses violently before turning into a mass of slimes falling over one another. The reality of having so many slimes so near to me dawns on me and I draw my weapon in panic, but thankfully the sunlight was too much for the smaller slimes to handle and they retreat back into the cave. A wicked smile appears on my face as I point the sword towards the retreating mass. ¡°I beseech nature to spare your wrath, stun these disgusting vermin! Ai-Va-Aer!¡± I say thrusting the sword forward. As if responding to my emotions the lightning comes out for twice as long as normal. Where the arcing of the attack still occurred randomly the length of the attack managed to make sure it arced into each slime at least once. ¡°Hah hah hah, take that you vermin! That¡¯s what you get for being so cocky!¡± I say kneeled over panting. It seems the extra length also meant more MP was taken in its activation. Using several high-level skills so close together in the first place wasn¡¯t all too wise. ¡°Hahaha, same said about you human!¡± I hear in a scratchy odd voice behind me. ¡°Huh?¡± I say turning to see the source. Sitting on the branch of a tree behind me is a goblin. It is quite a bit smaller than the one that attacked me yesterday and is equipped with the bare minimum of a pair of ragged cloth shorts. It seems to be a child of its species. ¡°Uh oh, human notice. My speed better!¡± The goblin says standing and preparing to jump away. ¡°Wait!¡± I yell ¡°¡Why human can speak? Can human understand?¡± The goblin says turning his head, but not changing its position. ¡°¡I can understand your language if that is what you are asking. I wasn¡¯t aware that you could speak.¡± I say returning my weapon to my holster to show that I¡¯m not hostile. The last one attacked me like a wild animal, so I figured they must be feral at first. I¡¯ve begun to wonder about their intelligence since the fight, however, due to some of the things it did during the fight. If even this child knows how to speak, that must mean that they are a generally intelligent species. ¡°Not know human speak either, human just kill.¡± The goblin says as it readies its legs to jump again. My blood runs cold for a moment as I think about how a child would get such an impression. ¡°What is your name?¡± I yell out somewhat desperately as I regain myself in an attempt to make it stay ¡°Name? What word mean?¡± The goblin says with a look of joy and it turns and sits on the branch to face me Huh? Such a sudden change in demeanor throws me through a bit of a loop. ¡°Name? It¡¯s what you call yourself, and what others call you by¡± I say dropping my shoulders in relaxation but with a stout look of bewilderment I have no idea what to think of this situation. I¡¯m trying desperately to make sure it doesn¡¯t leave, but I¡¯m not entirely sure why yet. I was going to set out to hunt them down in just a couple minutes before, and now I¡¯m talking to a child¡ I suppose I want to end this without shedding blood if possible¡ and use this kid for info, or as a hostage if necessary. I still know nothing about them, so I suppose if I don¡¯t talk to this kid while I have the chance, I might not have the opportunity to know whether or not I should even go through with this. ¡°Is that like title? I no have title.¡± The kid says scratching its head. ¡°No, no. It¡¯s how others address you. For instance, if you wanted to get my attention or talk about me. You would use my name.¡± I say attempting to find words simple enough to explain the concept. ¡°Hmm me no have ¡°name¡± either. Sound fun. What your name?¡± The kid says as its legs begin to swing ¡°My name is Mano. If you don¡¯t have a name, you could always just come up with one. What word do you think would represent you?¡± ¡°? Represent like make other think about right? Chief represents the whole tribe.¡± The kid asks cocking its head I don¡¯t mean to sound rude, but it¡¯s quite an odd scene. As much as the kid is acting in a very innocent and normal fashion, it looks grotesque in comparison to a human. Its face is covered in thick green skin, with warts and boils protruding from all over. Its jaw also extends a bit farther than the rest of its face, giving it an odd sense of age despite the fact that it is a child. ¡°It¡¯s similar yes. In this case, you¡¯re looking for a trait that represents who you are as an individual.¡± I say looking nervous as I realize my explanation is only getting more complicated ¡°Then me name Learn!¡± The goblin child says confidently as it stands up Chapter 15: A Maou’s Decision ¡°Okay, learn, do you come from the goblin camp nearby?¡± I say sitting on a nearby rock ¡°Ya! Tribe a lot of fun!¡± Learn says with a huge smile ¡°Where is the camp? I have some business there.¡± I say with a tentative look This is the most dangerous question yet. Its apparent goblins don¡¯t think highly of humans so asking for the camp location could mark me as an enemy again. ¡°That way. Not long¡± The kid says pointing a bit northeast of the road to the capital. Good, it seems either they aren¡¯t keeping it a secret or this kid trusts me. ¡°Would you happen to kn-¡° gero ¡°Mano-sama it is precisely noon. Would you like me to gather everybody?¡± Gero says falling again from the canopy of trees This time I¡¯m not the only one who is startled by his sudden appearance. The goblin child startled immediately ran off at an incredible speed. ¡°Hey- Dang! I would have liked that to end differently.¡± I say turning to Gero I must remember to be patient with him as he has no idea he even did anything wrong. ¡°Gero bring Kera, Kael, and the imps here. Plans have changed, and it would be best to do things quickly.¡± I command walking back over to the cave ¡°Yes Mano-sama¡± Gero says leaping away immediately It is a small time before the group arrives. While I was waiting I used restore and restora on the slime puddles. It becomes harder to restore something the longer you wait to do so, and I still have plans for this slime so I would like its condition to be quality. ¡°Whatsup princess? Weren¡¯t we gonna go searching for the goblins?¡± Kera says still sitting on top of her lion ¡°That¡¯s not necessary anymore. First I want to ask, do you have anything that can hold this slime? My inventory won¡¯t take it in, and I have nothing to transport liquids on me.¡± I say picking up some slime and attempting to put it in my inventory. ¡It¡¯s still incredibly uncomfortable to do so, but urgency wins out and I do so anyway. ¡°Hmm that¡¯s tricky, didn¡¯t expect you to up and take out the whole cave. A Bull Belly Frog can hold most of it but some of it¡¯s gonna need to be left behind.¡± ¡°A Bull Belly Frog?¡± I ask confused at the new term ¡°Lemme show you.¡± She says reaching into her bag I expected her to pull out some kind of item or gadget but again she pulls out a scroll. A chill runs down my spine when I realize the implications. ¡°Uvt summon!¡± She says tossing the scroll forward. My head darts left and right trying to find where it is going to appear. Jheeeroo I hear a croak that gets louder and louder until crash! ¡it lands on top of me. ¡°KEEERA! Get this thing off of me this instant!¡± I yell violently struggling to get free ¡°Sure,¡± Kera says casually motioning with her finger for the creature to come to her After it jumps from on top of me I quickly scramble and distance myself from it. It left a slimy oil on me which I frantically try and remove. Why is everything slimy today!? The summoned creature looks exactly as one would imagine it would. Next to Kera stands a frog nearly as big as her lion. It is rather plainly colored, with a thick green on the top and a light beige shade making up the bottom of its legs and torso. Ugly is the best word one can use to describe it, with skin that looks nearly identical to the goblins, and dopy eyes that look in different directions. Its legs seem to be unnaturally long as well, as a fair portion of the frog''s body stays about two feet off the ground. ¡°Why did it have to be a frog of all things!?¡± I say still frantically removing the slime ¡°Huh? Mano-san, could it be that you don¡¯t like frogs?¡± Kael says as he watches me in amazement ¡°Not just frogs! I hate anything that¡¯s slimy in general. I just got don¡¯t dealing with the slimes too!¡± I say angrily walking towards the slime ¡°So how is a frog going to help us collect slime?¡± I say looking over my shoulder ¡°Well first it¡¯s a toad.¡± ¡°Like that matters! Also don¡¯t put ¡°frog¡± in its name then!¡± I rebut aloud ¡°Iyaa Mano-san has snapped,¡± Kael says backing awayA case of content theft: this narrative is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. ¡°As for the slime, it should be rather easy with this guys ability,¡± Kera says pointing towards the slime¡ and me I quickly scramble out of the way anticipating what was coming next. Like I anticipated the frog quickly jumps in the direction of the slime and stops just short of the first puddle. He then shoots his tongue into the middle of the puddle and the slime starts to disappear. Upon taking in the entire puddle, it becomes apparent that he was sucking it into his gut as he has become slightly larger. He continues forward to the next mass of slimes and repeats this pattern until his size rivals that of the cave itself. He walks rather than jumping out of the cave and stands next to Kera. His walk is awkward considering the size he has bloated to. ¡°Ugh, it looks just like a frog croaking when it¡¯s like that,¡± I say backing further away ¡°Like I said though, there was too much slime. That last bit will need to be left behind.¡± When Kera says this I look deep into the cave to see that she was right The last bit of the slime is just there in the back of the cave, as well as a bit is on the walls. ¡°If it¡¯s just that much than I can do something about it. Fal-Kei-Tera Earth manipulation¡± I say walking into the cave. This time I try and do it without putting my hands on the ground to see if it was possible to do it with my feet instead. The result was that it became a little bit harder to control and the activation was delayed. I began to move the earth in a way that cupped the slime and channeled it into an area of lowered rock. After the slime was all in place, I moved the rocks around it to form a bowl-like formation. I attempted to make a lid as well, but the result was more along the lines of an oblong rock that basically served the same purpose. ¡°¡Seriously, remind me not to piss you off.¡± Kera says with a surprised and slightly fearful expression I walk out of the cave and stare at the frog and Kera ¡°Don¡¯t¡± I say glaring at the frog I may have been going a bit overboard as the frog gains a true look of fear on its face and wobbles to stand behind Kera. Sigh ¡°anyways the reason I told you all to come here is there has been a change of plan. We aren¡¯t going to be exterminating the goblin camp after all.¡± Sigh ¡°Oh, thank goodness you came to your senses. We were going to get slaughtered, even with your crazy abilities.¡± Kael says wiping sweat from his brow ¡°Instead we are going to go to their camp and negotiate for them to leave.¡± I say ¡°Whyyyyyyy?!¡± Kael cries out in a whimpering voice ¡°You really should have seen that coming,¡± Kera says placing her hand on his shoulder ¡°You realize that they are brainless monsters right? That they can¡¯t talk, right?¡± Kael says pleading to me ¡°That seems not to be the case, it seems that you just can¡¯t understand them.¡± I say with a look that implies ¡°have some pride¡± ¡°What, and you can?¡± Kael says sarcastically ¡°Yes, one of my abilities gives me the capability to understand anything that has a spoken language,¡± I say ¡°Makes sense, lord of the demons, summoner of minions, leader of monsters, it would be common for such a being to be able to talk to just about anything,¡± Kera says in an oddly serious fashion I suppose when it comes to monsters she takes things seriously. ¡°Indeed. I¡¯ve already talked to a child of their tribe and learned the location of the camp. I may need to offer the slime as part of the negotiation.¡± I say pointing in the direction of the camp It is rather hard to keep ones baring of direction in the forest, but thankfully having the cave at my back makes remembering the direction Learn pointed rather easy. ¡°and we are just going to walk into their camp, in the middle of possibly hundreds of angry goblins, and¡talk? I think I¡¯ve found a flaw in your strategy.¡± Kael says defeated ¡°If you don¡¯t want to go, then I will go in by myself,¡± I say ¡°In fact, Kera you aren¡¯t going in,¡± I say glaring a Kera I can¡¯t even imagine what kind of trouble we would get into if I took Kera to a meeting with diplomacy as the intention. ¡°Hmm, then tell me about it afterward,¡± Kera says continuing her serious tone I must say it¡¯s quite odd to see Kera act seriously, as well as not argue. Then again I¡¯ve known her for a very short period; she might have just been in an obnoxiously playful mood earlier. ¡°You, come,¡± I say glaring at the frog. It complexion goes from a typical green to a shade of blue as it attempts to do what I can only imagine is nodding. It¡¯s quite hard to tell though considering how bloated it¡¯s become. ¡°I¡¯m going to head there now. The less time word of me talking to the child has to spread around the camp, the less likely they will have a defined opinion on me before I get there. Kael, you don¡¯t have to come but it would be useful to have you along.¡± I say as I begin to walk in the direction the goblin child pointed. ¡°Wha¡uh¡ me? How can I help? Hey, Mano-san! Wait up!¡± I hear Kael say behind me as I get further and further away from him. After a short while, he caught up to me and continued to whine. ¡°Geez, you love dragging me into things don¡¯t you¡± Afterwards we walked in silence until reaching the camp Am I dragging him into things? I was very distinct about letting him have the option to sit it out this time. Why is he coming? He obviously doesn¡¯t want to meet the goblins. We notice some smoke billowing in front of us through the gaps the in trees. It doesn¡¯t look too far away. The smoke was out of sight up until now because the wind is constantly blowing it in the other direction. We walk a bit closer before- ¡°Halt!¡± is yelled in a scratchy voice out of nowhere. After the voice come four well-armed goblins. These were nothing like the last two we encountered; they had legitimate weapons and armor that looked to be made to fit them. ¡°Mano-san? Are we in trouble?¡± Kael says drawing his weapon ready to fight, his voice reeks of being frightened though. I guess it¡¯s apparent even to him that we are a bit out-matched right now. ¡°Come, we take you. No worry, won¡¯t be harmed. Trick prisoners.¡± The goblin that seemed to be in charge of the four says. What in the world is he saying? Where would they be taking me? They said ¡°trick prisoners¡± do they mean to trick us and imprison us? ¡°Speak more specifically unless I know where you intend to take me and why I am going to resist,¡± I say drawing my weapon as well. For a moment surprise appears on the faces of all four goblins after the moment passes through the goblin in charge dons a face full of disgust. ¡°Gue! Stupid human! Fine! We take you to chief, he say he wants to meet you. Other goblins no know. We pretend you prisoner trick them. Know enough now?¡± The goblin says in a slow deep voice. Despite the fact that I¡¯m pretty sure he is mocking me, I think I understand what he is trying to say. Goblins don¡¯t seem to have a very high opinion of humans so they would not be very happy if one was allowed to walk right in their front door without resistance. The leaders probably managed to get the fact I talked to the child under wraps and plan to keep it secret for the moment. ¡°Mano-san? What are we doing? They don¡¯t look very friendly you know.¡± Kael petitions ¡°We are going to be captured by them, let it happen,¡± I say putting away my weapon ¡°Huh?! Mano-san are you sure we are on the same side here?¡± Kael pleads as he looks my way ¡°Just do it. We are in a hurry here, and I don¡¯t want to be your translator.¡± I say turning to the goblins again ¡°We will allow ourselves to be captured. We will ask that our gear and equipment be left on us though.¡± I say sternly at the Goblin ¡°Wha- no! We take stuff, maybe give it back!¡± One of the others goblins spouted off ¡°No. You take stuff, order from chief.¡± The goblin leader says as he motions for the others to begin binding us Chapter 16: A Maou Persuades The scene that followed was somewhat surreal. We walked through the goblin camp with our hands bound, transported by guards. It was a scene many never experience. The eyes of every goblin in the camp looked at us with disgust and disdain. Even though I was aware that it was all an act, the situation still managed to instill a bit of fear into me. I suppose this is what I can expect if I ever get caught... that is if I¡¯m lucky. The camp isn''t what I was expecting, however. Around the perimeter are large stakes set up in a line forming a wall. There are a few walls separating portions of the camp as well. The portion that we are currently walking through is set up as a few makeshift roads with housing resembling tents littered around. It¡¯s nothing incredibly impressive, but I suppose I must give them praise for the speed they must have made the camp. Being so close to the road must have incurred some serious wrath even before the current dilemma. I can¡¯t imagine they were allowed to make such a camp without serious resistance, and yet this is far beyond what I figured them capable. We are transported down the main road of the camp which eventually leads to a set of large double doors. The double doors lead into a portion of the camp that is sectioned off quite oddly. Were the other sections are all quite large and open, this one is small and smoke can be seen billowing from it. Kikikikiki The doors creak as several goblins push with all their might to open them. I¡¯m taken aback by what lies behind them. ¡°Greetings, I suppose you are the human guest I was expecting.¡± Says a creature I¡¯ve not yet encountered Its height is very similar to that of a human. A red, monstrous, humanoid, with pointy ears and a somewhat handsome face sits in what appears to be a throne before us. ¡°I suppose here is where manners come in to play. I suppose I will introduce myself before asking for your names then. I am Heirch the Hob-Goblin leader of the north-pass goblin camp.¡± He says standing and bowing as the goblins close the door behind us ¡°I must say I was expecting to find a goblin as the chief of this village. I suppose you explain why goblins would be able to establish themselves in such a way so competently.¡± I say ¡°Oh? So the rumors are true then? Shall we begin with how you are able to converse in the goblin language? As well as whom the one you brought with you is?¡± The chief says as his eyes narrow and he observes me further ¡°How about we start by undoing my bindings? I have information you want, and you have something I need. I don¡¯t feel like negotiating in such an uncomfortable manner.¡± I say holding my bound hand up towards him ¡°Oh? Where are my manners? Unbind them. Now, you say you have information that I want?¡± The chief says with a playful tone, only getting more serious to command the goblins As per his command, the goblins begin to unbind our hands, albeit with rather unpleasant looks. ¡°Good it looks like we will be able to handle this rationally, I apologize for my previously rude behavior,¡± I say giving a small bow ¡°If you were going to be prideful I¡¯m afraid there would be little I could do to help you. I don¡¯t mind giving you the information you want, but do you trust everybody here to hear it?¡± I say looking around at the goblins here with us Honestly I was expecting the goblin leader to be some big, dumb, muscle head. I¡¯m glad it seems like he will be reasonable. As I look around the room I notice the only people who are in here with us are the goblin troupe that transported us and the chief. ¡°¡Hu ha ha ha ha ha ha! You¡¯re an entertaining one indeed! To ascertain the other party in such a method is something I should remember for the future. I figured you would have already guessed I was reasonable when I allowed you to enter my camp with your weapons though. Go ahead and speak, the goblins here are loyal to me. I trust them to keep secret anything I command.¡± The chief says happily ¡°Good. First I will answer why it is that I can understand and speak your language.¡± I say as I take my hat off The look on the chiefs face becomes slightly less playful as he notices my horns. ¡°Monster?¡± He asks ¡°Maou¡± I state plainly ¡ Silence falls for a short period as we stare at each other. ¡°Um Mano-san? You¡¯ve been doing that weird chirping thing for a while now¡ and he doesn¡¯t look all too happy. Are we okay?¡± Kiel ask nervously ¡°Shut up.¡± I state plainlyThe author''s content has been appropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. I suppose to him I¡¯ve been incomprehensible for a while now. I don¡¯t really have time to explain the situation to him, however. ¡°¡Interesting, and I suppose this is related to the information you mentioned?¡± The chief asks now devoid of his previous playful nature ¡°You could say that. I was asked to come here on request of the local merchant''s guild to exterminate this camp.¡± I say attempting to keep emotion out of my voice ¡°You-!¡± The goblin troupe leader says getting into position to attack The others follow his lead. ¡°Yet you walk into the camp with your hands bound willingly?¡± The chief asks once more playful ¡°Indeed. After learning that your race is intelligent I decided peaceful negotiations would be a better alternative¡ however, you know what this means, no?¡± I say not turning my attention to the goblins ¡°Indeed, we will likely be exterminated very shortly.¡± The chief says slouching into his throne ¡°Chief?! Camp can¡¯t fall! The humans have no idea we been training goblins to defend themselves!¡± the goblin troupe leader pleads loudly ¡°and if the Yuusha happens to be among those who are commissioned by the merchant?¡± The chief says coldly at the loud goblin ¡°Guu-!¡± It understands the weight of the situation at once and seems to become paralyzed by fear. ¡°What chances of Yuusha coming? Only one him many cities.¡± Another pleads in a tone that seems to be denial ¡°And what if he isn¡¯t? The Yuusha will come eventually, and no amount of training will be able to stop him when he does. I know how frightening the Yuusha¡¯s power will be, and at the moment you have no hope¡± I say turning my attention to the pleading goblin ¡°You lie!¡± It cries I begin to become annoyed and turn my eyes back to the chief. I look at him and think of how to ask for what I wish to do, but he seems to understand my thoughts by the look on my face and gives me a nod of approval¡ At least I hope he does, otherwise, this won¡¯t end nicely. I unholster my sword and point it at the sky. ¡°I beseech nature to spare your wrath, stun my enemies. Ai-Va-Aer.¡± As the chant leaves my lips a bolt of lightning flies into the sky. The sky darkens as the clouds receive the strike, and the thunder resounding from it silenced everything in the area. The goblins all look at me with fear in their eyes, unable to so much as yelp. The chief doesn''t share in their look though. Instead, he looks at me as if I''ve met his expectations. ¡°Compared to the Yuusha I am weak. His power should already be much more than what I just showed you.¡± I say re-holstering my weapon Silence returns for a short period before those beyond this room begin to make an uproar about the spectacle. Those on the other side of the gate can be heard speculating about what the cause of the lightning was, though none attempt to open the gate. ¡°There must be more than that. You wouldn¡¯t have come just to say that we were doomed.¡± The chief says in a playful tone, confusing the goblins in the room. ¡°Why did you establish your camp next to this road knowing you would garner this kind of attention?¡± I ask ¡°Of course it was to support our rapidly growing numbers. Our goal was to make a place safe for goblins, where we would be free of the fear of being hunted. However the numbers it would take to protect our settlement while we attempted this would be too large to sustain. We needed many soldiers to fight the humans, as well as many goblins to become farmers and craftsman. The idea was that we would focus on building our war force while taking advantage of the trade route for supplies. By the time the humans realized what they were up against we would have a large enough population to move our camp to a more defendable location.¡± The chief explains as if giving a lecture. He seems quite adept at teaching. I suppose he is the reason why goblins of such a young age already know how to speak, and why this camp is so efficient. He must be teaching the goblins. ¡°In that case, my proposal benefits us both. I would like you to move your camp to a location humans rarely go.¡± I say ¡°With the knowledge of the danger that¡¯s sure to come, we would have already begun making preparations to do so if we could. However, without the trade route, we don¡¯t have any means of feeding our goblins. It would take several months to cultivate fields, and we have no goblins trained in farming. Without a large stockpile of food, there isn¡¯t any way we can leave until the new location is ready.¡± The chief says dejectedly He looks at me as if to say ¡°what a shame, I figured you would have already known that.¡± ¡°That¡¯s why I¡¯m going to set up a trade route between you and the humans,¡± I state plainly The chiefs eye widen considerably at my statement. He is obviously caught off guard. ¡°How exactly do you intend to do that? Humans won¡¯t knowingly trade with us.¡± He says, joy finding its way back into his tone ¡°Simple, I was asked to come here by merchants. They know me as a noble from a foreign land; I will negotiate for them to arrange a trade between me and my country. I assume your goblins can handle themselves against some-what powerful opponents? While you cultivate your fields, the goblins you have trained can hunt for the materials found on strong monsters. You can use them to trade for materials such as food and tools.¡± The goblin chief dons a giant smile before asking ¡°And what¡¯s in it for you?¡± ¡°Simple, they asked me to take care of the goblins. You disappear, and I get the credit. The trade with my nation will also raise my standing with the merchants¡. Plus let¡¯s say you owe me one.¡± I say shrewdly in return. ¡°...Hu ha ha ha ha ha ha ha! I like you Maou! Fine our army is at your command, burn the humans with it at will! You, Inform the camp to begin preparations to move! Have them prepare a feast for our guest as well! Hu ha ha ha ha ha ha ha¡± The chief heartedly shouts standing from his throne. The goblins scurry away, and more noise can be heard as they inform the camp. I panic when he misunderstands me, and repeatedly attempt to interject. He is lost in his own world now though and won¡¯t hear anything I say. I suppose I can tell him later. He doesn¡¯t seem like he¡¯s going to go raiding any villages in my name, at least for a while anyway. ¡°Would you like to invite the other members of your party to the banquet as well? Speaking of which why did you bring him?¡± The chief asks ¡°Mostly for comparison. I figured if I had a human next to me it would only make me look more powerful during my magic demonstration. Though I did figure I was going to have to demonstrate before you would listen to me.¡± I say shrugging guess he already knew about the other members of my party as well. It¡¯s not like I was keeping it a secret, but it does show that he did his research beforehand. Keil continues to look bewildered as he stares at the large red goblin that just laughed like a maniac. Chapter 17: A Controversial Maou The meeting comes to a close and we are allowed to wander the camp. We still get some funny and unpleasant looks, but most goblins are busy with other tasks. Many seem to be celebrating and packing enthusiastically, where a few look to be seriously worried. I suppose not everybody is on board with trusting us just yet. ¡°Hey, Kera. Things went well on our end, and we have all been invited to a feast.¡± I say into the com-stone in my inventory It takes repeated experimentation to figure out how to activate the com-stones from the inventory screen. In the end, the stone activated upon tapping the intercom icon next to the items name. I still feel I will be mocked further by Kera for how long it¡¯s taken me to figure out how to use them. ¡°Seriously? I was waitin¡¯ for you to go ''It didn''t work! We need backup!'' over the stone for like the past hour. It¡¯s kinda boring if you actually pull it off you know¡± Kera responds She seriously is just here to entertain herself, isn''t she? She doesn''t even fight, so what fun would a brawl breaking out even be for her? ¡°If you don¡¯t want to eat I can just tell them you¡¯re busy. We had to leave the frog behind when we entered the village, so could you find him for me?¡± I say ¡°¡ You can¡¯t always threaten me with food you know¡ I¡¯m coming.¡± Kera responds curtly ¡°So all the weird noises the two of you were making were about us getting invited to a feast?¡± Kiel says in disbelief as I cut off the com-stone connection ¡°No, in all that talk, we helped negotiate the relocation of the goblins, established a trade agreement, and became allies. I think the feast is just how they plan on getting rid of the food not suitable to take with them.¡± I say smugly in response What? I can be a little proud, can¡¯t I? ¡°I can¡¯t believe they are smart enough to even understand all of that¡ I hardly am.¡± Kiel says jokingly ¡°I don¡¯t actually think a lot of them are. The big red one seems to be of a slightly different species. He spoke with intelligence, unlike the others. More than likely he is the reason why they have established such a good foundation.¡± I say as I look around the camp some more ¡°''Slightly''? He¡¯s a big red ugly, instead of a small green one. I would go with a word a bit harsher than ''slightly''" Kiel says jokingly ¡°Oi. They are a friend of ours now. They can¡¯t understand you, but it would be best not to insult them.¡± I say scolding him ¡°That¡¯s right, personally I think I¡¯m quite handsome.¡± I hear from behind us in a familiar voice The chief is standing behind us with a completely cheery attitude about him. ¡°Wha- You can talk!¡± Kiel says in surprise ¡°Hm? You can understand each other?¡± I ask ¡°Well ya! He just started speaking actual words!¡± Kiel shouts It all sounds the same to me, regardless of what language they are speaking in. It might be a bit bad if I don¡¯t figure out a way to determine when somebody changes languages. ¡°Well yes I can talk, not that humans have ever had a tendency of listening.¡± The chief says in a joking manner In different circumstances, a fight may have started out over this. I suppose I¡¯m lucky this is the kind of person the chief of the goblins is. ¡°When did you learn how to speak the human language?¡± I ask the chief ¡°I knew the language as soon as I ranked up. Most high ranking monsters know how to speak the human language instinctively, though few show it. The goblins are quite close to humans, so we learn the language at a much lower rank than the others.¡± The chief stated I suppose Bik, Mak, and Kay can all speak the human language easily enough as well so I shouldn¡¯t be too surprised. Are imps meant to be a species even closer to humans than goblins then? ¡°Ranked up?¡± Kiel asks ¡°Ah pardon, I should explain. When monsters become far more powerful than their bodies allow, we undergo a physical change. Our bodies become more suited towards the strength we acquired and give us room to become even stronger. We also have a tendency to become increasingly intelligent as we live longer lives.¡± The chief explains as if giving a lecture I must admit he is quite good at teaching. The atmosphere he gives off when he speaks simply makes one want to listen to him. This ¡°Ranking up¡± thing might be a pretty important find though. Bik and the others are quite a weak type of monster from what I gathered, so I was worried that they wouldn¡¯t be able to keep up with us for too long. If they have the capability of ranking up in the same method, however, then they could continue to train with us without an issue.Unauthorized usage: this tale is on Amazon without the author''s consent. Report any sightings. ¡°Thanks for the information, it could prove to be very valuable. About my intentions for our alliance thoug-¡° I begin ¡°Don¡¯t bother. The goblins are a very ¡°open¡± race, despite our little meeting earlier. It becomes far easier for me to assess or sway the situation when I have the opinion of the rest of our goblins already. I do not find it right to decide the fate of my race without them knowing. I came to ask you to give a small speech at the feast tonight anyways. May I ask that you speak of your plans for the goblins at the feast instead?¡± The chief asks I don¡¯t know much about the goblin race, but it is true that they don¡¯t seem to keep many secrets from one another. All of the tents that can be seen in camp don¡¯t have anything resembling a ¡°door¡± of any kind. Even the other areas of the camps don¡¯t have any kind of gate on them. Still, I¡¯m going to be asking something rather large of them¡ it may not go very well. ¡°Maou.¡± The chief says catching my attention again He looks at me with a resolute face that I can only interpret as ¡°trust me¡±. ¡°¡Fine, I¡¯m not one to argue with your customs.¡± I say defeated ¡°Good! The feast will be soon after the orange sky turns dark, I look forward to meeting your companions. I¡¯m sure they must be as interesting as I imagine they will be.¡± The chief says as he giddily trots away ¡°¡Even he is difficult to handle in his own way.¡± I say placing my hand on my forehead I receive a sudden tug on the shirt of the light armor I was wearing. I look down towards the tug to see the source and am pleasantly surprised. ¡°Learn! It¡¯s good to see you.¡± I say with a smile Just the idea of being able to talk to somebody that isn¡¯t going to add to my troubles for once is an idea that makes me happy on its own. I¡¯m also quite fond of Learn''s childish nature and ignorance. ¡°Good see Mano too, much to learn.¡± Learn says with an incredulous smile ¡°Nice to see you like me for my personality I suppose,¡± I say sarcastically ¡°A friend of yours Mano-san?¡± Kiel ask tilting his head He seems to be getting less antsy around the goblins already which is a good sign. I hate to say it, but it seems like one will need a fairly open mind in order to travel with us it seems. ¡°Indeed, this is Learn¡± I say as I step away from Learn and show him to Kiel Learn quickly jumps behind me again though and hides. ¡°Really it sounded more like you said ¡°whistle whistle kri¡± when you saw it. Learn is a nice name though¡ sounds more like a girl¡¯s name though.¡± Kiel says looking closely at the attempting to hide Learn ¡°It¡ is a boy isn''t it?¡± Kiel questions further. I want to glare back at him for being so rude¡ but I must admit I don¡¯t know either. The goblin race has a tendency of looking like very ugly humans, to an extent that they all kind of look gender-neutral. ¡°Hey Learn, are you a boy or a girl?¡± I ask ¡°? What boy? What girl?¡± Learn ask back with innocent eyes ¡I am not the one who should explain this to him. Or rather I really don¡¯t want to be around for Learn to figure it out. ¡°You should ask the chief about that one actually.¡± I say deflecting the question ¡°Buu- Learn wants to learn from Mano now.¡± Learn responds pouting ¡°About other matters sure, but that question you should ask the chief.¡± I say nervously deflecting the question again I become more and more nervous as the child¡¯s glare becomes more intense. ¡°Fine! We talk of other things then!¡± Learn states pulling me away by my sleeve Afterwards, we talked for a few hours as Learn asked me all kinds of questions and I attempted to answer any that I could. After a while, Kera, Bik, Mak, and Kay all arrived. They said Gero refused to come based on something about ¡°following orders¡± that they didn''t quite understand. He doesn¡¯t seem to need to eat, so that should be fine. Soon after, the sun began to set. It seems while I was busy talking to Learn, everybody else found something to keep them occupied. We are all escorted to a large dining hall after the sound of a strange horn resounds throughout the camp. ¡°Goblins of the north-pass!¡± The chief shouts shortly after everybody is seated The hall goes quiet, and all eyes turn to him. My companions and I are all sitting next to him at the end of a large table in the center of the dining hall. ¡°Today we celebrate where we may have despaired! We learned today of a grand danger that would have befallen the camp we place the hope of our race on. That grand danger has also brought with it an ally that may help us get further than we ever could have hoped to before! The Maou herself has come to aid us in moving location where our race can thrive! In return, I have promised her our army! Any who object I ask to speak!¡± He continues followed once again by silence Does this mean that we have their full trust? I doubt it. Even after word of our talk spread to the rest of the camp we still received looks of disgust. I suppose they must have their own reasons for not speaking up despite that. ¡°I have asked the Maou herself to give a speech tonight. Even I will hear of her intentions for our armies for the first time.¡± He says motioning for me to get up Not expecting to be called up yet, I nervously get up in a stumble. After some short directing on where to stand, I attempt to regain my composure before speaking. ahem ¡°There is something I¡¯m sure must be on all of your minds at the moment.¡± I begin Nearly all of the goblins in the dining hall turn to the goblin next to them and begin whispering. The difference in attitude towards my speech and the chief''s has me stunned and insulted for a moment before I realize why it was so different. sigh ¡°¡Besides for the fact that I can speak your language.¡± I continue. Silence falls again after the goblins seem to come to terms with the rumors of me being able to speak being true. ¡°The subject I am referring to is why I asked for us to become allies,¡± I say testing the waters. I scan the room and look at the various expressions of those listening. Most have the look of a hungry wild animal at the statement. The rest are split between looks of fear and looks of disgust towards me personally. ¡°You want help destroying human right?¡± one goblin shouts. """"YA!"""" Many more cheer in response. Looking back over the room, those that cheered are the same as those who looked like hungry beast. It seems like many of the goblins wanted to go to war with the humans. The room is in a kind of chaos as the murmuring becomes loud enough I¡¯m afraid I can¡¯t speak over it. ¡°No,¡± I say resolutely as loud as I can in a calm voice ¡°Eh?¡± The chief asks surprised. ¡ The room falls silent again. The majority of the looks have shifted over to disgust towards me. Chapter 18: A Maous Dinner ¡°To be put simply, war with the humans is not the goal of my alliance with you. As such, I will ask that you do not attack any humans unless they attack you first until further notice. Those are the terms of me helping you.¡± I say before walking back to my seat and sitting down I spent a fair bit of the evening thinking about what I would say for this speech¡ unfortunately, that¡¯s all I came up with. The room has gone mad with conversation between the goblins. One could hardly hear themselves think over the loud noise of their chatter. The goblin chief is looking at me dumbfounded by my statement. After a few moments, however, a brilliant smile appears on his face, and he stands again. ¡°It seems our new Maou has some rather interesting ideas! Whatever the end goal of her actions we can be assured it is in our best interest! For now, the humans shall live, unaware of the terrible army that lies in wait for the Maou¡¯s order!¡± The goblin chief yells He almost sounds like he''s giving out a rallying call as the goblins raise whatever is in their hands and cheer loudly after his speech. ¡°¡±¡±¡±YA!¡±¡±¡±¡± sigh Oh, thank goodness. I was worried that the goblins were going to turn on me for telling them they couldn¡¯t have their revenge. It seems the goblin chief understood my intention. It sounds like he helped twist my words to imply ¡°It¡¯s all for the sake of destroying the humans¡± to help the goblins better swallow the news. Seeing as neither of us actually said that in the end though, in the future we won¡¯t have to take responsibility for it. Hopefully, before that becomes an issue we can convince them to give up on their revenge. ¡°With that, I see no reason to wait any longer! Let¡¯s eat!¡± The chief cheers out again ¡°You should eat as well! You will need your energy in order to keep up with your leader.¡± The chief says raising his glass and turning to my companions The imps and Kiel all dig into their food immediately with this invitation. ¡°¡¡± Kera remains silent as she stares at the goblin chief ¡°Hmm? Is the food we have not to your liking? If not we can have something else brought out for you to eat.¡± The chief graciously asks Kera ¡°¡¡± Still she remains silent as she stares at the chief ¡°Kera what¡¯s wro-¡± I begin to ask ¡°Heirch was it? Of the red goblin clan¡ Could you spare some time after the feast for a conversation? There is much I would like to ask you.¡± Kera ask in a proper and serious fashion What is up with her? She¡¯s been like this for a while now. Does it have something to do with the fact we are currently dealing with monsters? I suppose she must be more of a monster fanatic that I had previously imagined. ¡°Oh?... You¡¯re a rather interesting one as well it seems. Very well, my job here is mostly to teach anyways. After the feast, you may ask me anything you desire.¡± The chief says in a gracious manner His curiosity seems piqued, however. He raised an eyebrow the moment she spoke. After his answer, she regains her usual playful nature and begins to eat with vigor. I suppose I shouldn¡¯t stick my nose in here. We will likely be traveling for quite some time, and she can tell me whenever she wants. If it ends up causing trouble for me here I will punish her¡ I¡¯m sure she knows that. ¡It seems that I might show my thoughts on my face a bit too obviously. Her face turned blue and she seemed to shiver at the same time as my previous thought. With all of the serious business taken care of, I decide to relax and enjoy the feast. However, the food in front of me is a bit questionable. What sits in front of me cannot be described as any food or dish that I know of. One part looks like a hunk of meat that was possibly lobbed off of a large creature''s thigh, the other just seems to be a green mush of some kind. I look over at the rest of my companions who all seem to be whole-heatedly enjoying their meals. ¡°Is there a problem with your meal?¡± The chief says looking over at me ¡°Oh¡ um, no, of course not. Heh heh¡¡± I nervously say raising the meat towards my mouth. I decide dwelling on it will only make it worse, and take a large bit of the meat attempting to chew quickly. ¡°Hmm?!¡± I slow down immediately upon tasting it. This doesn¡¯t even compare with the Chikai¡¯s taste. Delicious hardly begins to describe the food on my plate. The meat holds a beautiful juicy flavor I quickly eat through the first plate of food I¡¯m given and survey the area for possible seconds. Within seconds however, a new plate has been delivered in front of me. Entranced by the flavor, I begin to eat again, though the new plate didn¡¯t last very long either. Every time I finished a plate a new plate would be delivered to me. I continued to eat everything that arrived as I didn¡¯t even begin to feel full yet. ¡°¡Mano-san? Are you alright?¡± Kiel ask I look up at him confusedThis text was taken from Royal Road. Help the author by reading the original version there. ¡°What are you talking about? Why wouldn¡¯t I be?¡± I respond ¡°Well¡ Most of the goblins already left to go sleep¡ and the ones that have stayed are all here to see just how long you can keep eating.¡± Kiel says looking slightly to my right I turn to see the object of his attention¡ To my right stand two stacks of plates easily as tall as a goblin. ¡°Woah¡ I didn¡¯t even notice.¡± I say blushing ¡°That¡¯s not all of it you know. They came by and took the plates you had already used about an hour ago.¡± He says smirking at me ¡°¡Don¡¯t speak of this again.¡± I said standing and beginning to walk out of the hall with a flushed face I begin to hear groans of discontent and boredom from the goblins that were left in the hall. ¡°Ouch! Ouch! What are you doing!?¡± Kiel starts yelling I turn and see some of the goblins hitting him lightly¡ I guess they didn¡¯t like their game being ended short of a proper result. Seriously though, when did I eat all of that? I was a little entranced by the good food and trying to fulfill my hunger¡ but not noticing that seems a bit extreme. How long have I been at it anyway? I take a look at the clock in my menus. 3:39 AM Seriously?! Yesterday I had fatigue so bad that I almost passed out on the spot, and today I¡¯m not tired nearly 4 hours past midnight? How could I have even eaten that much anyways? My stomach isn¡¯t even bulging, but I¡¯m sure I must have eaten my weight in food several times over by now. Do I have a bottomless stomach or something? Leaving all that aside, where are we supposed to sleep? Kera and the imps have bailed on us, and Kiel is still being knocked around by the goblins in the hall. I don¡¯t really want to disturb anyone, but I really don¡¯t know where I¡¯m headed. I decide to take a walk around the camp while I ponder what to do. ¡°Mano?¡± I hear in a tired child¡¯s voice from behind I turn and see Learn, holding what seems to be a crude pillow¡or maybe a plushy? ¡°Why Mano up? Does Mano not sleep?¡± Learn says perking up slightly Seriously this kid gets excited at the prospect of learning just about anything. ¡°¡Well. I¡¯m not quite sure yet. I did last night I suppose, but from what I hear last night was anything but usual even for me.¡± I say defeated Do I come with a manual or something? Perhaps I should just sit down with Gero one day and have him teach me about my body further. ¡°¡Weird. Mano strange. Mano want to sleep with me?¡± Learn ask gently Looking at this child staring up at me, holding tightly to a pillow, and rubbing its eye¡ It¡¯s really hard to see it as anything but a human. The species of this world certainly aren¡¯t that different, are they? ¡I suppose humans could be different actually. I¡¯ve spent more time with the goblins at this point than I have the humans¡ and yet I¡¯ve met four times as many weirdoes on the human side. Learn tugs on my shirt again bringing me back to attention. Learn stares at me with begging eyes¡ and I lose the will to say no¡ Oh well, I¡¯ll have plenty of time to figure out the humans after I return. ¡°Sure, let¡¯s go,¡± I say smiling at learn, before being tugged by the hand away The next day came and the sounds of the camp being taken down couldn¡¯t be slept through. I rise and rub my eyes, before getting up. Learn has firmly attached to my arm, so it takes some careful maneuvering to escape. I get up and walk outside the tent to see the landscape completely changed. Spare a few yet untouched components the camp has completely disappeared. ¡°You like it? The goblins work fast and diligently.¡± The chief says walking up to me ¡°I must admit it¡¯s incredible. I can¡¯t imagine humans having managed to get all of this work done in a week, much the less a morning.¡± I say continuing to watch the incredible display in front of me ¡°You should see the construction. This camp was meant to be a crude replacement for living space. When we arrive at the new location, we will be able to show off goblin architecture at its best. Most goblins can finish making their own houses within a day if they have all the necessary materials.¡± The chief continues It is easy to hear the pride in his voice. I imagine he thought this day may never come, and now it¡¯s just arrived on their doorstep unannounced. ¡°I will come and visit for sure, but for now my priority is confirming the trade between you and the humans,¡± I say straightening my clothes. Last night was hectic enough that when I went to lay down I never had the opportunity to change into any kind of nightwear. I slept in my leather armor last night, which was admittedly very uncomfortable ¡°I realized during dinner last night that we had not yet discussed the finer points of that yet. I understand that you mean to be the middle-man between us and the humans, but surely you don¡¯t intend to haul everything the humans provide to us? The humans won¡¯t knowingly hand over their goods to us either.¡± The chief says somewhat worried ¡°I thought of a plan for that with Learn yesterday,¡± I say stretching slightly ¡°Hmm? Learn?¡± The chief asked ¡°Oh sorry, the goblin child who we met in the woods,¡± I explain To some level, I figured he would have already learned about the new name from Learn. ¡°Ah. I was informed that one chose a name, but I wasn¡¯t told what it was yet¡ Learn fits nicely¡± The chief says with a gentle look ¡°According to Learn the goblins do not use Ina correct?¡± I say ¡°That is correct. The goblins do not need any kind of domesticated animals, due to their above-average physic. Under certain conditions, we have taken humans, as well as pigs, as domesticated animals to help take care of crisis situations.¡± The chief responds Crisis situations? I can understand needing pigs if the local wildlife has become scarce, but what use would they have for humans? How do they even get the pigs? ...I suppose they must just steal them from merchants like they were before. ¡°In that case, the situation should be rather simple. If you acquire Ina and train them properly, we can just have them go to the merchants alone and gather the goods. Since there should be no record of goblins having used Ina in the past, no one should suspect that is who they belong to. In the first place, my cover is that I¡¯m front a distant country so it wouldn¡¯t be terribly normal if I managed to deliver the goods and come back fast enough to actually supply the goblin camp.¡± I respond ¡°Hmm? Wouldn¡¯t that mean leaving the goods we are trading, and getting in return un-guarded?¡± The chief asks doubtingly ¡°Simply guard them from the shadows, making sure not to be seen. They believe I¡¯m a monster tamer, so I¡¯ll tell them I captured and contracted some of the goblins while I took out the camp. I¡¯ll tell-¡± ¡°Maou-sama!¡± Bik yells as he runs towards me¡but¡ What in the world am I looking at? Bik has grown about as tall as a 14-year-old child, and his features have become slightly more human-like. ¡°How glorious! Your companion has ranked up! This is cause for yet another celebration!¡± The chief says excitedly This is ranking up? He looks more like he transformed completely. His tail has grown quite some length and is moving erratically. His ears and nose have become slightly smaller, making him resemble something similar to a completely red elf. Looking at him, I can¡¯t really form an opinion as to whether I¡¯m happy about the changes or not. ¡°Do you celebrate every time someone ranks up?¡± I ask the chief attempting not to think about it further ¡°Well, yes, only one in about a hundred goblins ever even live long enough to rank up. Even among the more cautious and safe species of monsters, ranking up is quite a rare occasion.¡± The chief continues Oh no¡ ¡°About how long does it take for a monster to rank up typically?¡± I ask nervously ¡°About 20-30 years, if they trained constantly¡± He responds Chapter 19: A Maou Gets a Pet This isn¡¯t good, yet another factor of my party screams ¡°We are abnormal! Pay attention to us~¡±. I might be able to get away with Bik ranking up without turning too many heads, but if Mak and Kay rank up I¡¯ll no longer be able to show up with them in towns. It would just seem completely abnormal for three imps to rank up so close together. ¡°Are you not happy about this?¡± The chief asks confused ¡°No, I¡¯m certainly happy that our battle power went up, but¡ I¡¯m keeping the fact that the Maou has already shown up a secret for the most part. I was only born yesterday, as were my Imp companions.¡± I say rubbing my brow The ironic thing is the reality of the situation is even stranger than it seems. To others it would look like I managed to time, arrange, or force a rank-up on three imps at once. I don¡¯t even know if I would be able to make others believe that I made Bik this powerful in a single day, not at least without telling them that I am the Maou. ¡°Oh¡my. Well, we were certainly right to fear the Yuusha. If the Yuusha is a being that can slay someone like you with such ease¡¡± The chief says losing a bit of his cheerfulness ¡°Indeed¡ that is why it is so imperative that I keep hidden. I have learned from those that have come before me that meeting him head-on will only lead to disaster¡¡± I say disheartened There is also the fact that my life isn¡¯t the only thing at stake here anymore. The goblins may not be the most intelligent race in the world, but they certainly shouldn¡¯t be hunted so thoroughly. I can¡¯t very well rely on the Yuusha to save ¡®monsters¡¯ either. More than likely he will be the person to take down the camp¡ and me if I fail. ¡°Let¡¯s leave that for now. My party needs to make preparations to head back to the town that contracted me. Would you happen to have a communication stone for me to contact you with?¡± I ask trying to get off the subject ¡°Hmm? What is a communication stone?¡± The chief asks The curiosity and happiness over new information clearly shows on his face¡ I think I see why Learn gets along with him so well. ¡°I have one here. Do the goblins not use com-stones?¡± I say as I open my inventory and pull out Tea¡¯s com-stone to show the chief ¡°Hmm, so that¡¯s what this strange stone is called. We received an entire crate of them some time back but we didn''t know their use. After several attempts to break them down and use them for materials, we determined they must be some kind of vanity item. I believe I can guess from its name, but what exactly do these stones do?¡± The chief asks as he looks closely at the stone. ¡°As far as I can tell, they are used to communicate across long distances. It seems that each stone has a counterpart that they can transmit voices to.¡± I say as the chief somewhat awkwardly looks at the stone in my hand quite closely ¡°These could be quite useful for the goblins. How do you make them work?¡± He asks, not yet looking away from the stone ¡°To activate them you apparently have to pool ¡®magic¡¯ into the stone¡ Actually, now that I think about it, I don¡¯t know how to link two stones together¡± I say looking closely at the stone as well ¡°Sounds like a job for me.¡± I hear in a haughty voice nearby Kera walks next to me in what seem to be night clothes ¡°However before that, it¡¯s time for the princess¡¯s first lesson in monster taming,¡± Kera says brimming with energy Hmm¡ somehow I get a bad premonition from an excited Kera. ¡°Alright, then I will go gather the stones. Maou, I will send a few parties of goblins to acquire Ina shortly. Your companion also said that you would need an Ina, would you like for us to acquire one for you as well?¡± The chief asks Who told the goblins we needed an Ina? We only discussed it when it was just me, Gero, and the imps present. ¡°Yes, please bring it to us as soon as you acquire one if you don¡¯t mind,¡± Kera responds to my surprise Kera was the one who told him? What need does she have for an Ina? Is she looking to replace that lion she had earlier? ¡°Gladly, think of it as thanks. Wild Ina tend to run in large open plains, so we have encountered quite a few since we moved our camp here. It shouldn''t take a terribly long time to acquire our first catch.¡± The chief says turning to leave Well, I am glad that we are getting an Ina for free. I doubted whether we were able to get a hold of a quality method of transportation any time soon. I couldn''t think of a situation where we would be able to buy an Ina on our budget anytime soon. I was previously thinking of joining an adventurer¡¯s guild to make enough for one¡ however, for fear of quests in the future being as difficult to resolve as this one, I think I¡¯m going to pass on that idea for the moment.The tale has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation. ¡°We¡¯re headed to the tranin¡¯ grounds the imps used for our first lesson¡ It may get a tad messy¡± Kera says pulling me along by my sleeve ¡°Messy? Why would it get messy?¡± I ask as I¡¯m hurriedly dragged along ¡ Silence is her response. ¡°Kera if you¡¯re pranking me again I assure you it will get messy,¡± I state plainly as I pull my sleeve from her and match her pace It only takes a few moments to reach the training grounds with most of the walls taken down. The training grounds were rather well set up with straw dummies, sparring rings, and target boards for archers at the appropriate locations. While mostly moved or taken away remnants of the training ground still remain. ¡°Okay first we¡¯re gonna go over the basics,¡± Kera says pulling out a scroll ¡°Uvt summena¡± she says throwing the scroll into the air The scroll explodes into a large puff of smoke which lingers in the air for several moments. Then to my surprise, tens of bird fly out of the smoke in every direction. fuiiiiii Kera makes a sounds extremely reminiscent of a pigeons call and all of the birds change direction to land somewhere nearby. ¡°First ya¡¯ must acquire any information you can about the creature you''re trying ta¡¯ capture. The first step typically is to use the magic ¡®Status¡¯ on a few of the same kind a¡¯ creature.¡± Kuu!¡ it¡¯s really hard to take instructions from Kera. Part of me just doesn¡¯t trust her, and the other part is a bit too proud to admit that she is more knowledgeable than me. Regardless, I do as she says and find a collection of birds nearby and use ¡°Status¡± on each of them¡ with surprising results Name: Kiri Species: Flocking Bird Level:1 Skills: Peck A small window with information similar to this appeared next to the red bar above each bird¡¯s head. Why is this different from yesterday? If I remember correctly Kiel said this was something that people were born with, not a skill they honed. Do different rules apply to me because I¡¯m the Maou? The knowledge of others fills you New skill learned: Peck A window pops up informing me that I¡¯ve learned a new skill as well. It seems it activated due to having observed the birds repeatedly. ¡°Next we further observe the cr-¡± Kera continues ¡°Shut up for a moment¡± I say putting my finger up as I try to understand the new system before me ¡°Already?!¡± she rebuts, but I ignore her ¡°Status¡± I say looking at nearby goblins Name: None Species: Green Goblin Level: 8 Skills: Smash Vitality Disgust Aerodynamics Like the birds, a window such as this appears next to every goblins health bar. Wow, the goblins really didn¡¯t need to worry about normal humans. I was told their average level was 5, but nearly every goblin here is at least level 7. Some even go up to about level 14. Attempting to learn more about the system I continue to observe the goblins waiting to learn a new skill. The knowledge of others fills you New skill learned: Disgust I attempt to hit the window that pops up when the first skill I obtained is ¡°Disgust¡±. Unsatisfied with skill I acquired I continue using ¡°Status¡±, attempting to receive a more useful skill. The knowledge of others fills you New skill learned: Vitality I finally learn a more useful skill after using ¡°Status¡± on nearly every goblin in sight. I suppose the higher level skills require more to be done obtain them. Satisfied for the moment I decide to turn my attention back to Kera¡¯s lesson. ¡°Seems the magic ¡®Status¡¯ will be very useful in the future. I have the ability to see a creature''s name, level, health, and skills¡± I say as I look over the birds again ¡°Ya know¡ I heard you and Kiel talking about this yesterday. Not that I believe in that kind of stuff to begin with, but you never said you had any of those abilities either. You really should leave pranks to me.¡± Kera says looking down and shaking her head ¡°How long were you spying on us!?¡± I rebuke in surprise. I feel a chill run down my spine as I imagine Kera with a hobby of stalking. ¡°Forget about that,¡± Kera says bluntly ¡°No!¡± I rebut ¡°The next step is ta¡¯ capture the creature and observe it closer to get more info. The goal is to find things that would tell us more about its life. Being sympathetic is essential for properly tamin¡¯ a creature.¡± Kera continues ¡ I¡¯ve been ignored¡ I will have my revenge for this, but for now, I suppose we can just continue. ¡°An injured creature is easy prey, cause sympathizing towards pain is rather easy. Finding an injured creature can be quite difficult, however. Ya¡¯ have to carefully observe quirks in their behavior that would suggest part of them isn¡¯t feeling well or doesn¡¯t work. I¡¯ll have the bird fly around for a bit so you can-¡± Kera explains ¡°No need¡± I interrupt her and point to a bird She looks at me skeptically and walks over to the bird, picking it up and observing it further. Her eyes widen a bit as she seems to discover something. ¡°How did you know? This bird seems to have a thorn stuck under its plumage around the thigh. It¡¯s an old wound though¡ there is no blood.¡± Kera ask as she further inspects the wound She is being a little rough with him though, and he doesn¡¯t seem to be comfortable ¡°Simple, that one¡¯s health bar was slightly depleted. There isn¡¯t much point in making the rest fly either, because the rest seem to be in perfect health.¡± I say walking over to the bird and taking it from Kera I set him on my arm and let him perch. He flaps his wings around for a moment, but settles down and perches happily afterword. ¡°Woah¡ you''re making me look bad here princess.¡± Kera says scratching her head ¡°It seems you¡¯ve already made a ¡®bond¡¯ with him. He seems to like you as well; the odds of a capture succeeding are rather good.¡± Kera says in a somewhat bitter fashion Did I make her jealous? ...I¡¯m oddly okay with that. ¡°The next step is simple. Just state ¡®Entwine¡¯ while focusing entirely on the bird. You will most likely fail the first couple times, so don¡¯t get disheartened.¡± Kera says with a wicked smile looking at me I do as she says and focus my mind entirely on the bird. It may be an illusion but it almost seems as if some of the bird¡¯s thoughts and feelings are faintly seeping into my mind. ¡°Entwine¡± When I state this a glowing chain quickly flies from my chest and into the birds ¡°Kiri?!¡± For a moment the bird is surprised and flaps about¡ but calms down after a brief pause New pet: Flocking bird New skill: Foresight ¡°Remind me to take you gambling someday princess¡¡± Kera says slumping back onto a stool defeated Chapter 20: An Injured Maou ¡°Kiri! Kiri~¡± The bird calls as it flies around joyfully ¡°Well, there goes about the first two lessons in under 10 minutes,¡± Kera says as she glares at me ¡°Then we are ahead of schedule. In that case, how about we start on lessons about the humans?¡± I ask sitting on a nearby bench ¡At least I think it¡¯s a bench, it¡¯s quite hard to tell considering the odd shape. ¡°I¡¯ve taken an interest in the humans. We can save the full history for later, but for now, I want to hear more about them.¡± I say Spending all this time with the goblins has brought up a serious question. Why do the humans treat monsters, sub-humans, and the Maou as the embodiment of evil? ¡More to the point, would it be more apt to actually try to destroy the humans? Don¡¯t get me wrong, mass genocide certainly isn¡¯t on my list of fun evening activities, but I still know nothing about the humans. Blindly deciding that they are good or that their intentions are pure and attempting to save them is just as bad as blindly deciding they are evil and letting them die. ¡°¡Something about the Maou saying she has ¡®taken an interest in the humans¡¯ makes me uncomfortable¡± Kera jokingly says covering her chest and giving me an exaggerated glare ¡°¡In all honesty it¡¯s hard to describe em¡¯. If I told you they were hard working, pure, innocent, or smart It would be pretty easy to prove me wrong¡ same could be said if I told you they were horrible, ignorant, selfish, and lazy though. All I can say is¡ you never quite figure em¡¯ out.¡± Kera says getting a little serious ¡°Then don¡¯t tell me about all of them,¡± I say bluntly ¡°Huh?¡± She spouts in surprise ¡°Humans assume I¡¯m evil, and that I want to destroy them. The goblins assume the humans are evil, and that the humans want to destroy them. I want to know why. Tell me about the world the humans grow up in.¡± I continue ¡ ¡°Pffft! Hahahaha! I was right princess, it is fun to be around you!¡± Kera says buckling in laughter What now? ¡°Kiri!¡± The flocking bird I tamed cries as it dives onto Kera¡¯s head ¡°What the- Ouch! AW!¡± In a flurry it pecks at Kera¡¯s temple, skillfully evading Kera¡¯s attempts to swat it away. Suddenly thoughts begin to flood into my head but they are somewhat jumbled. Something along the lines of ¡°She wronged you! I¡¯ll get her!¡± Or maybe more like ¡°She annoyed you! How dare she!¡± It¡¯s really hard to put into proper words, but the general feeling is conveyed quite well. So taming a creature gives me the ability to hear its thoughts? Or maybe it¡¯s just the thoughts directed at me. I would ask Kera¡ but she seems a little busy. After a while, the bird ceases its onslaught and lands on my shoulder. It isn¡¯t clear but something along the lines of ¡°Hmph!¡± Seems to enter my mind. ¡°That¡¯s two strikes bird!¡± Kera says angrily glaring it down No thoughts come through, but the bird turns its head away from Kera and sighs. Kera looks as if she is about to lunge at the bird any moment when- ¡°Ahem! You were saying?¡± I interrupt Kera¡¯s gaze matches mine again, before turning back to the bird again. Her face seems to say ¡°this isn¡¯t over¡±. ¡°¡Fine. Where were we then?¡± She says finally looking away from the bird After that Kera spent about an hour describing the general living conditions of the people of this world, as well as the nobility. When I told her that I didn¡¯t know anything about the governing bodies or nobility, she seems stunned. Most of the time was spent talking about how the multiple nations handle leadership, and status. She seemed to have a lot of difficulty explaining how their government works in detail. It seemed like the main reason for the difficulty was a lack of understanding of what I already knew. From the ground up would be far too much information, so she tried to establish what I understood before continuing. In summary, this country''s government works like this: The nobility is chosen from those born from previous Yuusha¡¯s bloodlines. The one who shows the greatest magical capabilities is chosen as the Heir. They are awarded an attendant of sorts from the Yuusha bloodline as well. The person chosen is the one who shows the greatest intelligence, as they are often a confidant to the king. The king has the ability to then choose who governs and what they govern. It seems this ability scopes from anything as big as the entire country or as small as a single pebble. Those who govern have the same ability under the scope of what they govern. However, at the end of the day, the king has the highest authority. This, of course, is just how this countries government works. Every government seems to have only a slight deviation from this system, however. Living conditions of those in and out of nobility all seem to be conditional based on the area, economy, and the current nobility. Oh, and apparently a few countries similar to this existed in the past that chose from the survivors of the Maou bloodline for nobility instead. It seems the general concept was to get on the good side of the Maou before the bloodshed started to save their own hides. I had intended to ask Kera about yet more of this world''s history before we were suddenly interrupted.Unauthorized usage: this narrative is on Amazon without the author''s consent. Report any sightings. ¡°Big dog! Dog, dog dog!¡± A goblin riding a wild Ina as if it were a bucking bull yells approaching us quickly ¡°Oh good the next part of our lesson is here!¡± Kera says excitedly, eager I suppose to stop talking about history The Ina snarls and snaps at the goblin on its back, but has no success. The goblin seems to have managed to get a long leather strap in the Ina¡¯s mouth and pulled it back behind the teeth. When the goblin pulls the straps in any direction the Ina is forced to face in that direction and runs when kicked. ¡°Oi! Get off of it!¡± I yell, running up to the dangerous scene ¡°Demon lady want to play with doggy. So be it.¡± The goblin says letting go of the reigns and distancing himself from the Ina at an incredible speed He seems to be laughing furiously as his ugly green form disappears over a nearby wall. Snarl The Ina turns its attention to me and begins to show its discontent with me and the situation it is in. Looking at the situation in front of me, and thinking about that goblin''s actions¡ I¡¯ve been set up, haven¡¯t I? I guess that goblin was one of the few who still opposed my presence here. Looks like he intended to make it look like an accident by having this Ina attack me while I was off guard. Lucky for me I just learned how to capture such a creature. ¡°Entwine!¡± I yell, throwing my hand forward toward the Ina Along with my hand, a bright chain shoots from my chest and flies into the Ina ¡°Mano stop!¡± Kera yells running at me ¡°Huh?¡± I mutter before- Chreatcha The chain shatters Capture failed: Creature enraged -75 MP WAOuuuuuu! The color of the Ina¡¯s fur suddenly fades into shades of dark red and grey, and it howls loudly. It looks at me with fury in its eyes and lunges at me with its jaws. I quickly attempt to jump into a stance to react¡ but unfortunately, I¡¯m a bit too late. The Ina¡¯s jaws lunge into my arm, each tooth penetrating nearly a full inch. ¡°EIHYAAA!¡± I yell out, more out of surprise than pain at first The pain becomes absolutely unbearable, making thinking straight extremely difficult. ¡°Mano! Hold on!¡± Kera yells as she pulls something out of her bag. She puts the item up to her mouth and blows with all of her might. When she does the Ina releases my arms and begins to writhe in pain. Between the anger, the pain, and the fear of being bit again I quickly move without thinking. With all of my strength, I use my other arm to punch the writhing Ina between the eyes, sending it flying backward. A wall still in the process of being deconstructed by the goblins catches the flying beast and shatters under the impact. The Ina becomes buried in the rubble and the goblins that had paused to watch the commotion from atop the wall jumped away in all directions. ¡°Mano are you okay?!¡± Kera yells as she runs towards me taking bandages out of her bag. ¡°Yeah¡ I¡¯m fine, I think¡ Give me a second.¡± I say clutching my bleeding arm It¡¯s far more painful than I ever would have imagined it would be. My head floods with theories of magic, poisons, and natural mechanisms the Ina could have used to make it more painful¡ However, a large pang of pain concentrates my thoughts. ¡°Fal-La-Tu Restora¡± I say holding my good hand over the injured one. Light floods over my arm, and the pain quickly recedes. In a matter of seconds my wounds are gone, and the only evidence of my having been injured is some blood still on my shirt. Sigh ¡°Are you joking?! Do you not remember the whole conversation about ¡¯learning more about the creature¡¯ and ¡®becoming sympathetic¡¯?! You can¡¯t just randomly try to capture a creature without going through the proper steps! To tame a creature you have to establish a link between both the magic and mind of creature and tamer. If you fail to capture it, then it will become enraged and use your own magic to rampage!¡± Kera yells angrily, scolding me mercilessly ¡ Guess I was a bit overzealous on this one. I figured since the Maou has an inherent connection with monsters, that I would be able to skip a few of the rules¡ I¡¯ve learned yet again how high the stakes can be if I¡¯m careless, however. I¡¯m in a hurry, but I suppose even then I have to take things slowly or I will get burned. ¡°Before that, I experienced some incredible pain when he bit me. Do Ina have any kind of poison I should be worried about?¡± I ask checking over my wound again Sigh ¡°You''re hopeless you know? No, Ina don¡¯t have any kind of poison you need to worry yourself over. Gotta say though, normally an Ina bite would take an arm clean off especially one that was enraged.¡± kurt cha cha cha The sound of wood shifting sends a chill down my spine as my attention turns back to the Ina, who has begun shambling out of the rubble injured and broken. His fur has returned to its normal state, albeit red with blood in a few locations. He carries more ¡°pride¡± than ¡°anger¡± now, as he makes his way to attack again slowly. Looking at the Ina I can¡¯t help but feel sorry. Ever part of this was my fault. Its capture, mistreatment, enraging, and now injury were all caused by me one way or another. As his eyes stare into my own I understand why I failed to capture him. I neither knew pain nor did I attempt to even understand the anger he showed. The beast before me stands with pride unlike any I¡¯ve ever seen, and yet I thought that knowing ¡°being mistreated isn¡¯t great¡± was enough to understand him. ¡°Seems I¡¯ve only caused you more and more pain,¡± I say walking towards the Ina again ¡°Mano?!¡± Kera yells at me in surprise As I get close enough to the Ina, it once more lunges itself at me. I place my arm between me and its lunge. Its teeth bury into my arm again, though this time not as deep. However it was still incredibly painful. It gives a low growl as it attempt to put more strength into its bite. ¡°Its fine, I caused you far more pain than this didn¡¯t I? Here maybe this will help. Fal-La-Tu Restora¡± I say calmly, attempting to stomach the pain I carefully cast the spell to return him to before he enraged. His mind will stay the same, as did Gero¡¯s and my own, but his injuries should heal. I¡¯m somewhat afraid to restore him to the enraged state, simply because I¡¯m not sure what the result would be. ¡°Au?¡± It utters as its wounds start quickly healing. Its grip on my arm weakens for a moment in its surprise, but in the end becomes even stronger after it is fully healed. I wince at this but continue to restore it, to make sure I heal it fully. It continues to growl after recovering from the surprise, but doesn¡¯t put much more strength into his jaws. ¡°There. I can¡¯t take away how you were treated, but at least I could heal your wounds. I apologize for all of this¡ you may take my arm if it would make you feel better.¡± I say towards the Ina hoping my Natures Knowledge ability could properly translate To be perfectly honest I¡¯m not scared that I¡¯ll lose my arm at all, due to the restora ability¡ However I am quite scared of the amount of pain that it will cause. I''m also a bit afraid that one arm won''t satisfy his anger. ¡°Ahh au?¡± Its growl seems to question slightly as it looks up at me I attempt to make a calm face as I stare back at him. Suppressing the shaking and sweating my body have naturally started in response to the pain. It stares me in the eyes for what feels like several minutes before its growling intensifies. I flinch expecting the pain to intensify¡ but I was surprised instead. The Ina releases my arm, and turns away from me. It sits staring away from me and growls softly. ¡°W-Whats wrong¡ I can take it!¡± I say at the bitter looking Ina GRAWR! It quickly flairs in its growling intensity before returning to its low tone. ¡°Hey Kera what''s it doing?¡± I turn and ask ¡°Why are you worried about him?! Your arm is half bitten off!¡± She yelled in response ¡°WAouuuuuuuu!¡± The Ina suddenly howls As I turn to the Ina once more I see that it turned to face me while I was looking away. It is staring resolutely into my eyes. I was expecting any number of actions or event to happen after that¡ but what happened next surprised me completely. A glowing chain flew from the Ina¡¯s chest into my own, and our thoughts began to meld. New pet: Ina New skill: Long run New skill: Leaders Howl Chapter 21: A Maous New Friend ¡What just happened? ¡°Kera? Can you explain that?¡± I ask dumbfounded I turn to look at Kera who is stunned in awe of what just happened. Good¡ I was just thinking how much I wanted the situation to get weirder. ¡°Hmph, get that stupid look off your face. You disgrace me so soon.¡± I hear in an unfamiliar voice I dash my head all around to find the source, but there doesn¡¯t seem to be any good candidates. Everybody around me simply looks like they just saw something amazing, plus it wasn¡¯t scratchy enough to be a goblin. ¡°I am hungry, do you plan on feeding me or must I go obtain food myself?¡± The voice continues ¡A possibility dawns on me, and I dread looking to confirm my theory. ¡°Maou¡ I think your new ¡®pet¡¯ just asked you a question¡± Kera says in a disbelieving voice sigh ¡°Of course he did.¡± I say turning to look at the Ina once more ¡°Yes, and I would appreciate an answer. I just worked up quite an appetite and I don¡¯t quite want to stand around here being stared at by fools on an empty stomach.¡± He says tapping his foot on the ground. His mouth doesn¡¯t move, but it¡¯s oddly apparent that he is the source of the voice. Perhaps it¡¯s the body language he couples with speaking, but it¡¯s indisputable when you look at him. sigh At least it doesn¡¯t look like I will need to translate for this one¡ I have a theory. ¡°Status¡± I say looking at my new found friend Name: Kurobe. Species: Inaba. Level: 20. Skills:. Evoke fear. Stamina Boost. Strength Boost. Perception boost. Track. Language comprehension. ¡Found it. I thought so before, but I needed to confirm my theory. He doesn¡¯t seem to be an ¡°Ina¡± but instead he is something called an ¡°Inaba¡±. ¡°Kera what is an ¡®Inaba¡¯?¡± I ask as I look through my inventory for a snack I really don¡¯t want to know how he plans to ¡°obtain¡± food. If my new ¡°pet¡± goes off and eats a goblin, I¡¯m sure I will be blamed for it. For now, at least I need to feed him just to keep him from going off and doing something stupid under my name. ¡°Huh? An Inaba? ...I suppose that might explain how it can talk. Simple answer is it¡¯s the ranked up version of an Ina. Not much is known about them though. For the most part, they aren¡¯t looked well upon, cause when an Ina ranks up it will no longer stay loyal just by feeding it.¡± Kera says sneaking closer for a better look Grawr! He snarls and snaps at Kera who gets a bit too close. ¡°Hey! If you hurt anybody, then I¡¯m not going to give you anything to eat!¡± I say as I continue to look through my menus ¡°Hey now! When the goblin mistreated the Ina you put your life on the line to help it! Why didn¡¯t you even look at me when you tried to help!¡± Kera yelled still a bit put off by the Ina ¡What can I say? For the most part, I never intended to put my life on the line. I just made a mistake in judgment that led to it getting like that¡ Also, I get the feeling that she can handle herself. ¡°Meh.¡± I say leaving it at thatIf you spot this tale on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation. ¡°Don¡¯t ¡®Meh¡¯ me! I demand equal treatment!¡± She rebukes ¡°Stop messing around! Is there any other pertinent information about the Inaba?¡± I say as I toss a bread loaf I found in my inventory at the Inaba While I was looking through my inventory I noticed that I have a surprisingly low food supply. What happened to the remains of the River Crey and Chikai? For that matter why in the world did we leave on our journey with so little to eat in the first place? sigh ¡°¡ They typically lead packs of Ina in the wild. Not much is actually known about them though, as they tend to react very violently to anybody getting near their pack.¡± Kera says with a look that shows she has given up ¡°Wouldn¡¯t you get angry when people tried to trick your friends into labor?¡± The Inaba says as it stands and walks over to us ¡°¡ You know I don¡¯t think I will ever get used to that. I¡¯ve never even heard of an Inaba talking before. So Maou, think we can use this Inaba for our travels?¡± Kera says looking wryly at the Inaba ¡°My name is Kurobe not ¡®Inaba¡¯ and I would appreciate you using it,¡± Kurobe says before I have an opportunity to answer Is it me or did he get slightly more sociable? ¡°Well I suppose there is little reason why we shouldn¡¯t, so long as he will agree not to talk in public,¡± I say staring down Kurobe ¡°Why in the world would I honor such a request?¡± Kurobe says staring me down in return sigh ¡°I¡¯ll offer you the same deal as Kera I suppose. Follow my rules and I''ll feed you more and better stuff.¡± I say scratching my head ¡°Why am I being treated as a dog now! I never remember agreeing to that!¡± Kera rebukes ¡°Deal,¡± Kurobe says silently, his voice almost hidden by Kera He might not be an Ina, but food still sways him heavily it seems. He should be able to move faster than an Ina and defend himself, so at the end of the day we did come out better for this ordeal. My only issue is that he will need to be careful not to give away his rank, otherwise people will be suspicious as to how I tamed an Inaba. Even if they don¡¯t think I¡¯m the Maou for it, they will likely grill me for the method until I give it to them. ¡°Kera I¡¯m quite tired now, are there any more lessons that you had planned for today?¡± I say ¡°¡Well, I had planned for the Ina thing to take up quite some time. Usually, it is inconceivable to train an Ina in under an hour.¡± Kera says bitterly I think she is a bit jealous of my abilities as the Maou¡ Hey, if she wants the position she is free to take it. ¡°In that case get prepared to leave. I¡¯m going to go arrange a cart and finish up my business with the chief, after that we are leaving. Tell Kiel as well.¡± I say as I stretch a bit ¡°¡Maybe I can mess with Kiel a bit to cheer up.¡± Kera says as she walks away with a bit of a smirk Perhaps I should stop her one of these days¡ I begin to walk back towards the chief''s throne room. I figure that it''s the place I''ll most likely find him ¡°You mentioned a journey, would you mind explaining to me were we are going?¡± Kurobe says as he walks beside me ¡°¡It¡¯s a long story¡ well actually it¡¯s kind of short for the moment because it only really started a couple of days ago. I was born two days ago, as the Maou apparently. The world wants the Maou dead because the humans as well as the monsters seem think I desire the destruction of the humans. Needless to say¡ I don¡¯t. For now, I¡¯m on a quest to do whatever I can to secure my own life. I¡¯m still figuring out whether or not I actually want to destroy the humans.¡± I explain as we walk. The distance between the training yard and the throne room isn¡¯t long, but we walk slowly so we can talk. ¡°You sound as if you still have doubts. What is the cause? Have the humans given you a good reason to destroy them?¡± Kurobe asks tilting his head ¡°No¡ well aside from proving to be ignorant on a massive scale and trying for my life that is¡ For the most part my doubt comes from a hypothetical question I keep asking myself. ¡®Would I have hesitated to slay the monster had I been born the Yuusha instead?¡¯¡± I say solemnly ¡°Did you hesitate to destroy them as the Maou?¡± Kurobe asks ¡°Yes, but-¡± ¡°I have found often you can answer ¡®what if¡¯ questions by asking yourself ¡®what did happen?¡¯. You are not the kind to mindlessly discriminate. I cannot imagine many would take having been reverse tamed by a monster, and a talking Inaba so lightly¡± Is that what he did to me? Reverse taming? Kera seemed like she never heard of anything like this, perhaps I should ask the chief. ¡°Why do you not simply settle down and live a simple life? Wouldn¡¯t avoiding detection be easiest in plain sight?¡± Kurobe ask as we continue ¡°There is magic in this world¡ and humans are resourceful. If I were to settle down there would always be the chance they would find a magic to track me down. I would live the rest of my life in the agony of waiting for the Yuusha to come and slay me.¡± I say with a shiver running down my spine ¡°Would he not simply leave you be, if you were causing no harm?¡± Kurobe asks ¡°No¡ From the history of the Maou that I have heard, the humans will simply twist any action I do as some plot to destroy them all. They will likely say I was ¡®waiting for the opportunity to strike, slowly poisoning their bodies and minds from the inside¡¯ or something equally ridiculous. I would likely be slain faster than I could even begin to explain.¡± I explain further sigh If this world has a god, then I hope for the opportunity to tell him off. It almost seems predestined that I will be slain by the Yuusha¡ Now that I think about it, it¡¯s always been that way in games and anime too hasn¡¯t it? Destiny would always have the protagonist win against the evil, and the ultimate evil would always end up perishing while the lower evil would turn to the protagonist side¡ The Yuusha is cheaty on an entirely different level. ¡°So thaaat''s the story! Well, it¡¯s good to know that my new partner doesn¡¯t have any biases against monsters. Some of the goblins questioned whether you were on our side after your little ¡®save the humans¡¯ speech.¡± The chief says from behind me smiling vigorously ¡°Oi. Stop sneaking up on me or I¡¯m going to adopt a bias.¡± I say staring at him with discontent ¡°¡Point taken. You are standing outside my throne room, however; it was quite hard not to walk in on your conversation.¡± The chief says as he scratches his cheek Chapter 22: A Maou Observes sigh ¡°Did you manage to get the com-stones you mentioned before?¡± I ask ¡°Indeed. However I left them with the blacksmiths in an attempt to make something useful, so, unfortunately, we only have 5 undamaged stones left.¡± The chief says pulling the stones out of a pouch he carries on his back Hmm¡ As far as I know, the stones can only be used in pairs of two. Should I bring the last one with me to see if I can sell it? I ask myself that question enough lately to think I may have a bit of a hoarding issue. ¡°In that case, I¡¯ll have Kera link two sets. One set will be for you and the merchants to communicate.¡± I say placing the stones in my inventory. Unlike the linked stones they all stack in my inventory. ¡°Hmm? I thought you meant to mediate the deal between us and the merchants?¡± The chief asks skeptically ¡°I will get the deal started, but there is no way for me to order everything necessary for your camp. I still have other matters that I need to take care of, so I¡¯m setting up the deal to have you lead the exchange for the goblins.¡± I say turning my attention to the chief and staring earnestly at him I thought about how I would arrange this deal a lot, and this is the best plan I could come up with. I feel it''s necessary for their human relations to improve. Even if I were to stick around and mediate for them, they would simply go to war with the humans as soon as they didn¡¯t need my help anymore. ¡°¡I will be calling for your assistance if this doesn¡¯t work. Are you prepared to fight the humans if necessary?" The chief asks with a curt glare I really don¡¯t want to be taking sides between the humans and the goblins¡ ¡°I¡¯ll try and keep in touch as much as I can, with both the merchants and you. Keep the conversation simple, and don¡¯t attempt to bargain. I will tell them that you are a simple servant of my estate, and that I will regularly review the transactions myself. Make sure to report anything strange to me okay?¡± I say The merchants I dealt with at the village seemed bright. I need to be careful not to make this lie too convoluted or I will be in trouble. ¡°I plan to head back soon, is there anything else that we need to discuss?¡± I ask looking around ¡°There is one thing. I prepared a present when your friend asked for an Ina. I figured it would do little good without a cart for it to pull. I got our best carpenter to create a cart for you to take on your journey.¡± The chief says waving his hand to someone behind me Obviously prepared, someone immediately brings the cart around the corner and stops it in front of me. It is a very well made cart, at least compared to the one from the castle. It has no designs or anything fancy at all about it, but it looks strong and dependable. ¡°It is made from a wood reserved for nobles. It was one of the first and most valuable shipments we ¡°acquired¡± from the gracious merchants that travel this road.¡± The chief says with a proud smile ¡°Don¡¯t you need this wood more than I do?¡± I ask I don¡¯t know much about architecture or carpentry, but strong wood like this is usually very useful isn¡¯t it? ¡°Of course we do! If we didn¡¯t it wouldn¡¯t make for a very impressive gift now would it? Hu ha ha ha ha ha ha ha!¡± The chief yells enthusiasticallyThe tale has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. I¡¯m sure that was meant to comfort me¡ but it only makes me feel like accepting it even less. ¡°Maou save us! Take!¡± I hear as something grasp my leg I look down and see Learn staring up at me with angry eyes. ¡°Take!¡± Learn repeats with an unrelenting glare sigh ¡°If I find out that Learn being here was your doing, then you can expect trouble.¡± I say glaring at the chief ¡°Urk!¡± Learn lets out before letting go of my leg ¡ So he was responsible, wasn''t he? ¡°¡Fine, I¡¯ll accept.¡± I say placing my hand on the cart ¡°So Kurobe, how do you feel about pulling us around in this?¡± I say looking at Kurobe with mocking eyes ¡°Hmph! You must be joking! Why in the world would I ever do such a degrading task?¡± Kurobe says turning his head away in disobedience So taming a monster doesn¡¯t let you give orders? I figured he would have less of a choice in the matter. ¡°Ohh? Maybe you''re right, I don¡¯t think you''re strong enough to pull all of us anyways. Maybe we should have one of Kera¡¯s mounts pull the cart for us instead. That lion of hers seems rather strong.¡± I say looking away from Kurobe ¡°Again with the jokes! Of course I could pull you all! Do you intend to insult my strength?¡± Kurobe ask jumping in front of my view to show his anger ¡°Huh? Listen if you don¡¯t think you can handle pulling us that¡¯s fine, but don¡¯t pretend like you can handle it if you can¡¯t.¡± I say looking down at Kurobe ¡°Fine! If that¡¯s how you want it then I will show you! I will pull this cart all across the land with anything you can fit in it! When I do so I expect you to bow in respect of my strength!¡± Kurobe says showing his fangs ¡That was too easy. ¡°In that case, I¡¯m going to round up my companions and head out,¡± I say waving goodbye to the chief and Learn After searching for a short while some goblins told me that Kiel and the Imps left earlier this morning to go train. I sent Kurobe to get Kera, while I went to find them. ¡°Oi! We are headed out!¡± I yell attempting to find them All I was told it that they went to the nearby forest to train. I have no real idea of where to search past that. ¡°Kiel! Bik! You near here?!¡± I yell Curchiak! A hear a loud crashing sound and figure it must be them. ¡°Ha! Hiyah!¡± I hear in a familiar voice as I draw near I find them together fighting a large boar-like creature. I begin to yell to call out for them¡ but stop to gaze at the strange sight in front of me. Bik is standing side by side with Kiel wielding two axes. They have a weird design to them, with a handle that curves with the blade which is itself abnormally large. I¡¯ve heard about them before, but is that a throwing ax? Where in the world did he get those? He must have gotten them from the goblins¡ did everybody ask for something? I¡¯m beginning to feel like we took more than we gave. Where the axes are odd, they are not the thing that made me stop to watch. The two of them look as if this fight is too important for me to interrupt. Suwwiiiii! The silence breaks as the boar squeals loudly and charges at them. Bik jumps upward towards the boar and slashes at its eyes with his double axes. Kiel holds back and crouches into a strange stance. The boar''s head flails wildly, and his charge comes to a halt turning into a blind rampage. Bik quickly backs away, but Kiel dashes forward. Keeping his stance low, he gets below the boar''s head and brings his blade upward. The boar¡¯s rampage suddenly stops as the blade pierces up to the hilt. The boar''s muscles go limp, and he seems to rest on the blade still placed under his chin. I stand in amazement as I watch the two cheer over their victory. Bik and Kiel are fighting together like they had done so all their lives. Is this because of the stat and growth buffs they have? That simply can¡¯t be all there is to this. I can¡¯t help but think this talent is theirs and theirs alone to claim. ¡°Good job guys! I¡¯m glad to see that you two are so enthusiastic!¡± I say jokingly as I call out to them ¡°Maou-sama?! Please don¡¯t sneak up on us like that! I can¡¯t believe I showed such unrefined movements to Maou-sama!¡± Bik says panicking a bit ¡°Right?! It was pretty good wasn¡¯t it?¡± Kiel says puffing his chest out Looking at the difference in their attitude is amazing... ¡°We are about to head back to the village. I need you two to get ready to go right away.¡± I say as I search around ¡°Where are Mak and Kay?¡± I ask ¡°¡°Here!¡±¡± I hear from above me When I look up, I see two small imps falling from above. Plop They land directly on my face. ¡°Sorry Maou!¡± ¡°Sorry!¡± They say as they bounce off and scamper to stand next to Bik. ¡°¡That¡¯s okay. Just get ready to go alright?¡± I say as I rub my face They may be small¡ but they are a little bit too heavy. Chapter 23: An Over-Appreciated Maou It didn¡¯t take long for everybody to get prepared to leave. With nothing but the gear we obtained yesterday to worry about, we left the goblin camp. I wanted a bit of time to relax after the constant chain of incidents these past few days, so I suggested we have a peaceful walk while Kurobe pulls an empty cart. ¡°So Mano-san, where are we headed after this?¡± Kiel asks after we walk for a short time Hmm, I hadn¡¯t thought that far ahead yet. I suppose the next step would be to become an adventurer. Adventurers usually get benefits in fantasy worlds, don¡¯t they? If nothing else I¡¯m pretty sure that I will receive more information regarding the hunt for the Maou this way. ¡°How do you feel about becoming an adventurer?¡± I ask in response ¡°¡I didn¡¯t really think I had what it took a couple days ago honestly¡ but after seeing what you can do, and how these guys fight¡ I can do it!¡± Kiel says excitedly turning and walking backwards to look over us ¡°Kera?¡± I ask ¡°Hmm, it¡¯s not really my thing¡ Meh, what the heck? It¡¯ll be fun I¡¯m sure! Nothin¡¯ to it!¡± She says with a big smile showing off her biceps ¡°So what is an adventurer in this world then?¡± I ask Slam! Kiel who was still walking backward trips and falls. ¡°How can you get us all excited if you don¡¯t even know what you¡¯re talking about?!¡± He rebukes What? I thought it was a legitimate question? Adventurers hold different roles in different games. Sometimes adventurers aren¡¯t looked well upon until they are needed, and sometimes they are heroes even in times of peace. What¡¯s so weird about trying to find out what kind of role they play? ¡°Let me take this one. I think I¡¯m beginning to understand her.¡± Kera say with one hand on her forehead and the other held out ? I¡¯m going to get angry if you¡¯re insulting me, you realize this, don¡¯t you? ¡°Adventurers are a paid type of free-lancer, who can typically complete jobs not handled by normal people. There are quite a few ranks dividing adventurers, and we would likely start at the lowest rank first.¡± She says with a look of triumph on her face So, for the most part, they are glorified mercenaries? Don¡¯t misunderstand, I have no complaints about this, but I¡¯m not very fond of mindlessly killing every species of monsters around. I¡¯m glad that those with the power to fight monster are glorified. Some monsters can be quite dangerous, and ostracizing the people who can handle them would only make the job shadier. People who can handle swords and magic shouldn¡¯t feel like those they are meant to protect are their enemies. Speaking strictly though, I do wish they would question what they were protecting people from a bit more often. ¡°Is there just one adventurer¡¯s guild or is it handled country by country?¡± I continue Kera pumps her fist in success before staring at Kiel to brag¡ I¡¯m going to get angry you know? ¡°The guilds aren¡¯t anything so grand. Each town has its own branch, and they handle membership and rank separately. Occasionally near large cities, or areas that are all governed by a single authority, the guilds will consolidate though. The guilds usually handle request from the locals, so it¡¯s really a matter of distance and ease of movement between cities that decides the level of cooperation usually.¡± Kera continues happily They handle rank separately? What¡¯s the point in ranking up then? I suppose rank might have more meaning to those who have set up a more permanent residence near a certain guild and want to make a name for themselves. Since my plan is to be traveling around though¡ maybe being an adventurer wouldn¡¯t be the best move. I suppose I have plenty of time to decide though, no need to rush. ¡°Hmph! Humans pride yourselves on your cooperation and coordination, and yet you sound so disorganized.¡± Kurobe says scoffing at the concept ¡°¡°¡°¡°It talks?!¡±¡±¡±¡± Kiel, Bik, Mak, and Kay yell in unison Oh yeah¡ I forgot to tell them about that whole incident. Did they just think he came with the cart? ¡°I¡¯m glad you are entertained by such a simple trick, please allow myself to further entertain you,¡± Kurobe says in a sarcastic tone as he looks forward and continues walking ¡°¡What can I say? I certainly don¡¯t think it will be difficult making a name for ourselves¡¡± Kiel says as he stares in amazement at me and Kurobe From that point, we spent much of our journey back in silence. Gero still hasn¡¯t made an appearance again, but I don¡¯t feel I need to worry much about him. Nearly two hours have passed since we started walking, and I was really beginning to enjoy the peace. ¡°¡aa.a¡a.aaa.¡± I hear in the distance faintly ¡°What is that?¡± I askThis narrative has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road. If you see it on Amazon, please report it. I first direct my question towards Kiel¡ but after a moment of thought I turn to Kera instead. ¡°Don¡¯t ask me. Just sounds like a weird guy yelling to me.¡± Kera says shrugging ¡°aaaAa¡aa.AAa¡± The sound seems to get closer and closer quickly ¡°It¡¯s annoying.¡± I get out before the origin of the sounds arrive ¡°AGGHHHH! Help!¡± A young male yells running towards us from the direction we were heading On the young males head is a slime that looks identical to the ones that I dealt with earlier. His entire head is enveloped¡ which makes me curious as to how he can still yell so loudly. ¡°AGHAGHAAAAAHHH Why won¡¯t it release me?! This isn¡¯t fair!¡± The male yells as he grows closer It¡¯s about this time that it becomes apparent that he hasn¡¯t noticed us. It seems he can¡¯t open his eyes inside the slime. As such he looks like he is about to run straight into the cart Kurobe is pulling, unable to see it. I prepare to tell Kurobe to move out of the way before- ¡°Aren¡¯t slimes supposed to be weak?!¡± The young man yells In response to this, the slime arrogantly jerks wildly to mock him. Kitch! Something feels like it snaps in my head and I reach for my sword unconsciously. I quickly stab forward, lunging my sword into the rapidly approaching slime. Upon contact, the slime and the male both shake violently and fall to the ground. After a few moments, the slime loses its shape and falls into a runny liquid form on the ground. ¡°Wah?! Wooh! I¡¯m free!¡± The male says touching his face to confirm the slimes disappearance ¡°You must be an incredible swordsman to stab to confidently with my head being in the middle!¡± He says quickly jumping to his feet and running over to grab my hand Actually¡ For a moment there I kind of forgot he was in there. Also if you could see the whole time, then you shouldn¡¯t have been running at us like you were going to hit us. ¡°Such an incredible swordsman, do you want to join my party?!¡± The male says excitedly My answer would have been instant, but I unconsciously took a moment to look at him in disgust first. ¡°No.¡± I say releasing my hand from his ¡°Huh?! But I could certainly use your help in taking down the nearby goblin camp! It sounds like the villagers might have been underestimating them!¡± The male says invading my personal space ¡°Ah. You don¡¯t need to worry about that, I just got done taking care of them.¡± I say backing away best I can ¡°What?! You did?! By yourself?! That¡¯s amazing!¡± The male says excitedly The energy of this guy is pissing me off a bit. I¡¯m beginning to think the slime was doing people a favor. Also what part of this seems like I did it by myself? I¡¯m traveling with two other humans, and three imps. Not even counting the large canine most would simply assume is our mount. ¡°I must have you in my party now!¡± The male continues Though I unconsciously look at him with disgust again, there is little hesitation in my actions this time. ¡°Let¡¯s go guys; I want to get there soon,¡± I say walking past the male ¡°Whaaaat? C¡¯mooon! Why won¡¯t you join?¡± The male asks following me ¡°You¡¯re annoying,¡± I say in response without stopping ¡°So blunt!¡ Oh! I get it, you¡¯re a tom-boy aren¡¯t you?¡± The boy says with a sly smile Does this world use that term as well? That¡¯s odd. ¡°Oh ya! I was told to mention this when I recruited people ¡®I¡¯m the Yaasha¡¯¡± He says as if he¡¯s sounding out the words I freeze in my tracks ¡°Do you mean the ¡®Yuusha¡¯?¡± I ask with fear ¡°Ya, ya that thing! I don¡¯t understand it very well, but it sounds like some kind of hero! They summoned me to help them and everything!¡± He continues happily He¡¯s here! 3 days! I didn¡¯t even get 3 days of peace! ¡°So will you join me and help me beat the ¡®Mow¡¯?¡± He asks in a somewhat sincere voice Somehow being called the ¡°Mow¡± irritates me. ¡°¡No. I have more important things to do.¡± I say as I continue to walk ¡°Huh?! They told me that was a sure thing! C¡¯moooon your friend looks like she¡¯s okay with it!¡± He says begging me further Confused at his statement I look back at everybody else. Kera is beat red in the face with both hands over her mouth holding back laughter, and Kiel is blue in the face walking in an incredibly stiff manner. Bik, Mak, and Kay are all in a battle stance with weapons drawn. I give them all a strong glare and return my gaze forward ¡°You misunderstand, now please leave.¡± I continue ¡°Leave? Where should I go? Hey c¡¯mon join won¡¯t you?¡± He pesters I will save you the next hour where he continued to follow and pester me further. On several occasions I considered getting on the cart and making a break for it, but every time I looked at Kurobe, but he just seemed to return with a look that seemed to be snickering at me. I¡¯m going to punish all of them later. ¡°Hey, hey, c¡¯mon we¡¯re almost in tooown. Won¡¯t you answer me?¡± he says as we approach town ¡°I already did¡ multiple times. No.¡± I say rubbing my head He has given me a rather bad headache ¡°Say ¡®Yes!¡¯¡± He yells in response So you won¡¯t hear an answer unless it¡¯s the answer you want huh? How am I going to get rid of this guy? For some reason, a lot of my fear of the Yuusha has disappeared, though I¡¯m still staying cautious. Why is he even here anyway? I figured I would have heard about him coming through that town because of Tea. ¡°Listen, I have things to do, so after we get into town can you leave me alone already?¡± I say stopping right before the town¡¯s entrance. ¡°Whaaa? Why do you want me to leave? I¡¯ll leave if you¡¯ll come with me!¡± He says with a proud look ¡Does he think he¡¯s going to trick me with that? Even if I went ¡°Fine, fine, leave then¡± what reason would I have to actually follow? ¡°No. Leave,¡± I say crossing into town I suppose I should go ahead and report to the merchants before they send anybody else to the goblin camp. ¡°Whaaaat? Oh! I get it! You¡¯re going to go fight the Mow too! So you want me to follow you? That¡¯s not how the guys at the church told me to do it¡ but it could work!¡± He says excitedly following me Sigh I turn and wave off my companions. I¡¯m sure they are getting just as tired of listening to this guy¡¯s constant pestering. Though, they were lucky that he never once turned his attention away from pestering me. ¡°I¡¯m going to go take care of some business if you¡¯re going to follow me then stay quiet,¡± I say looking back at him in defeat I don¡¯t really care how you twist it, becoming a party member of the Yuusha has no benefit for me. I can already see the big reveal where they all turn on me and claim ¡°She was trying to gain the Yuusha¡¯s trust before betraying him!¡± I have no intention of leaving behind my current companions either. ¡°Haaah? That¡¯s boring! Can¡¯t we talk about monsters or something?¡± The male asks as he practically bounces around me Kitch! Something feels like it snaps again¡ but I manage to will myself not to stab him. ¡°Hark! I know you¡¯re around here Hark!¡± I hear a woman yelling nearby If only to distract myself from the menace behind me, I turn to look at her. She is a beautiful woman, with a demeanor that is completely different from those around her. Her clothes are extravagant, and her hair is an odd shade of pink. ¡°Ah? Oh, hey princess!¡± The male yells waving at the beautiful woman ¡I¡¯m stunned for a moment but quickly brought back into the moment by the pangs of an ever increasing headache. Chapter 24: A Maous Friend I stare at the woman the Yuusha called ¡°princess¡± intently. At first, my gaze was due to confusion, and fear¡ but it was soon replaced by a feeling similar to looking at beautiful scenery. Her long pink hair that hung to her waist and slender pale body were like those of a doll. Though she angrily scolded the Yuusha, she still radiated a warm feeling. ¡°I''m sooo sorry about him!¡± She says turning to me and bowing ¡°Hey, didn¡¯t that butler guy at the castle say you weren¡¯t supposed to bow to people?¡± The Yuusha says as he puts his hands in his pockets nonchalantly ¡°Then stop doing things I need to apologize for! When you asked to leave the castle without a guard I told them I would take responsibility! If you keep going around harassing people, then not only is it going to bother me, but it¡¯s going to make them think you¡¯re an incompetent Yuusha!¡± The princess yells turning back to the Yuusha to continue scolding ¡°Please is there anything I can offer you in return for forgiving him?¡± She says bowing to me again I¡¯m left in awe of the situation in front of me. My eventual murderer is being scolded by the princess, who is constantly degrading herself for the sake of making sure he doesn¡¯t look bad. I¡¯m so stunned that I just continue to stare as I try to recompose myself. ¡°Hello?¡± She says tilting her head up at me ¡°Oh! Um¡ well¡. Yeah, just¡. Forget about it.¡± I stutter out flustered ¡°Are you sure there isn¡¯t anything?¡± She says with tears in her eyes ¡°No! No, no, no, I mean don¡¯t worry about it! Water under the bridge!¡± I spurt out flustered again ¡°Water?¡± She asks tilting her head again. ¡°Ugh! ¡Don¡¯t worry about that either. I have something I need to go report to the merchants of this town, so I should be headed that way.¡± I say calming down and remembering the danger of the situation in front of me ¡°Merchants? Oh! Then take this!¡± She says taking a ring off of her finger It is only one of about 3-4 rings she is wearing on her hands, but it is certainly the most plain. It is a simple iron band with a flat area that displays a strange symbol. ¡°If you show this to any merchants they will let you trade with them!¡± She says placing it in my hand ¡°Oh¡ um, I don¡¯t really nee-¡± I get out before I turn to look at her ¡°Ouuuu¡± she whimpers as tear begin to form in her eyes again ¡°Ack! Okay, I¡¯ll take it!¡± I say putting the ring on to show her ¡°Yay! The Yuusha seems to have a good eye for people! Please do consider heading his request, you will be rewarded greatly.¡± She says looking over her shoulder at the wandering Yuusha I don¡¯t know when he wandered off, but he is currently playing with a cat-like creature. Seems after he got scolded he lost interest in me. I must admit I¡¯m curious about the creature he¡¯s playing with as well. Looking at him, he only seems to be maybe 14-15. I suppose the princess here somehow got stuck babysitting¡ Now that I think about it, how old am I? When I looked into the mirror earlier, I thought I looked about as old as a high school student¡ but that can be pretty vague. I would believe someone if they told me I was anywhere in the age range of 17 to my early 20s. My thoughts are brought back by the puppy-eyed princess looking at me expectantly Sigh ¡°Fine, I¡¯ll think about it. No promises though. I have other plans, and I don¡¯t really think I could put up with him for the rest of my journey¡± I say looking past her at the Yuusha I regret saying that I¡¯m kind of lucky that he was annoying and immature; it gives me the perfect reason to say I don¡¯t want to be around him. I might have gotten stuck with him for fear of looking suspicious if he were charming in any way. Sigh ¡°I can understand that much¡ He¡¯s not that bad though¡± the princess says looking fondly at himStolen story; please report. Hmm? Do I sense some romantic inclination on her part? Looking at her, she doesn¡¯t seem to be much older than the Yuusha. Maybe they could live happily ever after¡ though thinking on that, it would have to stem from my death. I really do feel like the bad guy for saying this, but I¡¯m really hoping that happy ending doesn¡¯t happen. ¡°Well¡ I¡¯m going to go now. I have quite a few things that I need to do and something tells me if I get sucked into his rhythm again that I¡¯m not going to get any of it done.¡± I say as I slowly start to leave ¡°Okay~ Keep in touch! If you¡¯re ever in the capital please stop by the castle!¡± The princess yells as she waves me away ¡°Hey where are you going? Aren¡¯t you going to join my par- ACK!¡± The hero says as he begins to run after me, only to be interrupted by the princess grabbing his collar ¡°Now, now Yuusha-san we have business to take care of!¡± The princess says dragging him away ¡I can¡¯t help but feel like I just dumped my biggest problem onto the nicest person I¡¯ve met since being summoned/born into this world. It feels even worse than wishing the Yuusha didn¡¯t get a happy ending too. ¡ A smile breaks out on my face, as I can finally walk in the relative peace of the streets to the Merchants Guild. Since my peaceful walk here was completely ruined, I wait for a moment before entering the manor when I arrive. I take the moment to recompose and ready myself to negotiate and acquire the trade for the goblins. Then- ¡°You?!¡± I hear from behind me I turn to see the merchant named Harum standing behind me with a surprised look. The look turns to a look of conceit after a moment however. ¡°Hmph, so you gave up already huh? Figured you would have at least stayed out there another day or two just to make it look good. Don¡¯t worry though, we already sent to Yuusha to clean up your failure.¡± He says looking down on me ¡°Huh? What are you talking about? The goblin camp has been taken care of just as you have asked.¡± I respond irritated I understand he thought it was going to be difficult¡ but for him to think I had no chance irritates me. I¡¯m only irritated more by the idea of needing help from the Yuusha. ¡°What?! You lie!¡± Harum blurts out in response ¡°Listen you! Send anybody you like! The goblin camp has been taken care of!¡± I yell in return Murmur murmur ¡°That little girl took down the goblin camp?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t believe Harum would even send her¡¡± ¡°¡Perhaps they aren¡¯t as reputable as we thought¡¡± Groups of nearby merchants and residents of the town begin to chat to those close to them about the scene. ¡°¡Ahem! Maybe we should discuss this further in my office?¡± Harum says trying to save face He just can¡¯t hide the look of irritation on his face though. Still irritated I follow him to his office while staring daggers into the back of his head. As we walk into his office, I notice the one named Faurch staring out the window. ¡°Ara? You have returned so soon?¡± Faurch says turning to meet me with a smile Somehow¡ he doesn¡¯t seem surprised. If he assumed I would fail as well¡ I¡¯m not going to be happy. ¡°Yes¡ She claims to have completed the job we sent her on already.¡± Harum says sitting at his desk He rests his head on his hands in a way that would suggest a headache. ¡°Hohoho I figured as much. You don¡¯t seem like the kind to waste time on such a task.¡± Faurch says smiling ¡I don¡¯t feel like I can trust his smile. He always seems to have a double meaning to whatever he says. ¡°Master¡ you don¡¯t mean to tell me you believe her?¡± Harum says raising his head ¡°Why of course I do. Do you truly think a noble would risk the name of their family just to read some old books?¡± Faurch says glaring at Harum ¡°Hmph! Fine! Then you may read whatever book you please! If that is all, then please leave.¡± Harum says placing his head back on his hands ¡°Not just yet.¡± I respond ¡°You said that if I returned that we would discuss my reward. While I was taking care of the goblins, I thought long and hard about what I wanted in return.¡± I say ¡°You! You should feel lucky just to be able to read from our library! I see no reason why we should reward you with anything more than that!¡± He yells in response, raising his head again The veins on his forehead protrude to show his anger. ¡°I wish for trade between your partners and my family¡¯s territory,¡± I say disregarding him and turning to Faurch Honestly, I wish I didn¡¯t even have to deal with this fool. ¡°Wha?!¡± Harum blurts out ¡°Recently our realm of control has increased. I will spare you the details, but the point is that we need recourses to build a new town on our domain.¡± I continue ignoring Harum completely ¡°Preposterous! You don¡¯t even have the documentation to establish trade, do you!¡± Harum yells ¡°Calm yourself!¡± Faurch barks out ¡ Hearing him angry silences the room. Both Harum and I stare at him in amazement. ¡°Are you so angry as to forget everything I¡¯ve taught you?! What was lesson one?!¡± He continues in a commanding tone ¡°¡Look at the customer''s hands, and learn about their past¡¡± Harum responds dejected ¡°Have you done so since meeting her today?¡± Faurch asks, still talking with a commanding tone Harum turns from Faurch to look at my hands. ¡°Wha?!¡± He blurts out with a look of amazement on his face ¡°The royal crest! How in the world did you receive such a thing?!¡± Harum ask ¡°This? I was told it would serve to make merchants trade with me. I received it as an apolo-¡ a gift from the princess.¡± I respond looking further at the ring The royal crest? Did I accidentally get an important rare item? I suppose I shouldn¡¯t go around saying the real reason the princess gave it to me¡ or it may cause her more trouble. ¡°Hohoho, that it certainly will!¡± Faurch says happily ¡°...I can¡¯t believe this. If I must continue to deal with this woman, I¡¯m sure to go bald by winter!¡± Harum says returning his head once more to his hands. Chapter 25: A Maou Naps Although reluctant, Harum finally agreed to the trade. The rest of the discussion was quite short, as I only needed to tell them how to get in touch with their ¡°buyer¡±. Faurch watched over the entire exchange with a subtle smile. He remained quiet throughout the rest of our discussion for some reason. ¡°Would you like me to escort you to the library?¡± Faurch says as we exit Harum¡¯s office. Even at the end, Harum looked like he was about to have an aneurysm. He may irritate me, but I admit I was part of the problem. Maybe I should give them the slime gel as a gift to put us on good terms again¡ that is, if we were ever on ¡°good¡± terms to begin with. ¡°Sure,¡± I say focusing on the task at hand While I still have this library at my disposal, I should do what I can to learn as much as possible. ¡°Oh, I just remembered. What was that thing you were talking about with Harum? Something about ¡®look at their hands and learn about them¡¯?¡± I ask curiously ¡°Hmm? Have you become interested in learning the ways of the merchant?¡± Faurch teases looking slyly at me ¡That might not be such a bad idea. It would make for a good cover if I became a traveling merchant. I could go anywhere and dig for info without looking suspicious. It would also be a good excuse for why my party is so strong. I could always just tell people ¡°I hired the best people I could afford to protect my wares¡± or something like that. ¡°¡Pwahahaha! You certainly are an interesting one aren¡¯t you¡± Faurch says bursting into laughter at my side ¡°¡? What are you laughing at? I haven¡¯t said anything yet!¡± I rebut ¡°Usually when an adventurer is asked ¡®do you want a life bound by profit, and loss?¡¯ they are quick to respond ¡®of course not!¡¯ It simply isn¡¯t appealing for most to go from making one''s wages playing hero, to doing so by analyzing supply and demand.¡± Faurch says looking into the distance After a moment, however, he looks at me and smiles. ¡°You, however, thought about it seriously! I¡¯ve seen adventurers so in debt that they had to sell their only sword, and even then they wouldn¡¯t become merchants! I suppose they all want to make money in a more simplistic fashion.¡± Faurch says happily He continues to stare into the distance as if remembering a distant memory. ¡°Oh, yeah. I hadn¡¯t thought of that yet.¡± I say ¡°Hm? What was that?¡± Faurch ask ¡°I hadn¡¯t thought of the money thing yet. I suppose that is another good reason for it isn¡¯t it?¡± I say continuing to ponder Perhaps I really should start peddling. If nothing else, it would give me a good capital to fund my escape if I get discovered. ¡°Seriously? Pwahahaha!¡± Faurch begins to laugh furiously, so much so that he begins to tear up Did I say something funny? ¡°Miss, I must thank you. I haven¡¯t laughed like that in ages. Please let me apologize for my rude behavior, for laughing at your actions. You remind me quite a bit of an old friend of mine.¡± Faurch says wiping the tears and showing a great smile ¡°¡If you''re truly sorry, then answer my initial question. What was that thing you were talking to with Harum about people¡¯s hands and learning their past?¡± I say looking away from him I don¡¯t want it to show on my face, but I¡¯m not mad at him at all. I don¡¯t think anybody could see how happy he is right now and still be mad. ¡°Why of course.¡± He says bowing to me He reminds me a lot of Gero in many ways. I suppose least of which, is that I know nothing about him in the end, yet¡ I trust them both on some level instinctively. ¡°Ahem. The first rule of being a good merchant is to learn as much as you can about those who hold money. A good place to start is in the hands that hold the very money itself. Much can be learned about a person from their hands you see. A swordsman will have rough hands with many scars, a merchant will have hands calloused by years of writing contracts, and a noble who has not seen war will have pristine hands. Your hands are a reflection of your past and as such, are a great place to start when learning about a new trade partner.¡± Faurch explainsIf you stumble upon this narrative on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen from Royal Road. Please report it. ¡°Hmm? So then what do my hands say about me?¡± I ask absent mindedly ¡°Quite a bit,¡± Faurch says in a tone that sends a strong chill down my spine What was that? Wait, did I just ask a dangerous question?! Does he know abou- ¡°We¡¯re here. Please enjoy the selection of books at our disposal. Please excuse the disorganization; we haven¡¯t had the time to organize after our resent large acquisition.¡± Faurch says stopping before a door, and opening it for me with a smile ¡°¡¡± I stare in silence for a moment as I ponder his previous statement ¡He wouldn¡¯t be so nice if he knew, would he? The people of this world despise the Maou. Kera and Kiel are both weird even for the people of this world, and I doubt even they trust me completely. As I become more and more confident of the fact that he must have been referring to something else, the chill begins to recede. I¡¯m becoming paranoid, aren¡¯t I? ¡°I will try to manage. Shall I simply leave when I am done or do we have further business?¡± I ask staring into the room It¡¯s a mess in there! Disorganized is a complete understatement! Apart from the books stacked randomly all over the room, it¡¯s obvious that by moving so much in here people knocked some books off the shelves onto the floor as well! What in the world did they have such a large need of books for? It doesn¡¯t even look like anybody has been in here to read any of them. ¡°Guhuhu¡ I suppose that¡¯s up to you¡± Faurch says as he walks away leaving me with the books ¡Why do I feel like I was somehow tricked into cleaning this mess up? I¡¯m not going to do that. ¡°Well¡ better get cracking I suppose.¡± I say as I walk over and sit in the only chair in the room At least¡ I think it¡¯s the only chair. It¡¯s the only chair I can see that isn¡¯t covered by books. I ponder over where to start and decide to just start with the first book I think will be relevant. I pick up several books from around me and look at their titles to choose¡ I pause for a moment and then look at a few more book covers. ¡°¡Oh no.¡± I say as I place my head in my hands It seems that in my hurry to gather information I forgot one major factor¡ I can¡¯t read this worlds language! Dang, it! I can¡¯t go and get somebody who can read! It would simply look too suspicious. A ¡°noble¡± comes and accepts a quest on behalf of a country, apparently speaks their language, and yet can¡¯t read? I¡¯m already worried about these merchants being too bright for me to deal with. I can¡¯t go around adding even more suspicious factors to my cover story. Sigh Disappointed at the waste of time I get up to leave. I trudge past the books and make my way to the door. However¡ ¡°Hm? Is there a problem miss?¡± A young girl in a maid outfit ask as I open the door ¡°Wha¡ um¡ no, no problem at all. Heh, heh, just um¡ wanted to know if this was all of them¡¡± I stammer out as the young girl stares at me innocently ¡°Oh, yes it is! It is very impressive that you want even more books! I couldn¡¯t read all those in a lifetime!¡± The girl responds with a big smile My heart hurts a little bit from lying to such an honest person¡ and my pride hurts a little when I realize from her statement that she can read. I thought that servants never learned to read? ¡°Is it common for servants to be able to read in this country?¡± I ask attempting to keep a noble air about me ¡°Hm? Oh! Oh, nononono no! I apologize for my rudeness! I didn¡¯t mean to brag!¡± The young girl says as she blushes and shakes her head furiously ¡°¡Just answer my question¡± I say in return ¡°Oh¡ um, well the merchants taught me to read so that I can help with the shipment orders. Everybody in the manor is required to be able to handle business on their own before working here.¡± She says after bowing That¡¯s pretty efficient actually. It means that those with the ability to decide what and how much of something to trade can continue to do so, without being locked up on any one customer. With the servants going around handling the basic orders, those with the knowledge to trade efficiently can do so on many deals at the same time. ¡°Hmm¡ that¡¯s interesting¡± I say as I ponder further over the benefits ¡°Ah, thank you! Please enjoy your books!¡± She says as she bows again and holds open the door I just went through for me. ¡Dang, I got distracted and forgot to escape. ¡°Well¡ um¡ thanks.¡± I say attempting to find another excuse, failing completely I walk into the room again and close the door behind me¡ I¡¯m just going to have to wait in here long enough to pretend like I found what I was looking for aren¡¯t I? I look around the room again, looking for something I can distract myself with while I wait. ¡°Hmm¡ that actually looks like a pretty good spot to take a nap.¡± I say spotting a hidden alcove carved out of books. It seems that when people were putting books in here this gap naturally formed. Since you can¡¯t even really see it without looking hard, I guess nobody thought to fill it with books. Yawn What¡¯s the harm in catching up on my sleep a little? I hardly even felt like I got any sleep last night. Since I got so caught up in eating I didn¡¯t get to sleep until quite late into the night and even then, Learn squirms around while sleeping so it wasn¡¯t very good sleep. I clear the stray books that lay in the area I found. I also found a strange large cushion buried nearby. It¡¯s quite easy to make the area semi-comfortable luckily. ¡°Oh better make it look like I fell asleep reading something in case someone comes to check on me,¡± I say finding a book with a monster depiction on the front I lay down and place the book on my chest. I can¡¯t help but smile at the fact that the situation is peaceful enough at the moment to allow me an afternoon nap. I drift off to sleep unnaturally quick with a smile still plastered on my face. Chapter 26: A Sneaky Maou knock knock knock Knocking snaps me awake ¡°Oi. Is anybody in here?¡± I hear an unfamiliar voice ask as he opens the door Still, a bit dazed from waking up, I nearly answer him until I notice the situation around me. I quickly scramble to remove evidence that I was sleeping here. ¡°I¡¯m coming in theeen.¡± The man says in a jovial tone I bury the cushion where I found it and gather the books that have symbols of monsters on them Curcha I hear a nearby book fall just on the other side of the wall of books. Surprised and still unprepared I instinctively hide. ¡°What? Man, I left this area easy to get to last time. That¡¯s not good; if somebody discovers the gap then they might figure out that I¡¯ve been coming here to take naps.¡± I hear him say as he shuffles books around ¡I lost my opportunity to come out just now didn¡¯t I? Dang it¡ it¡¯s already been way to long for me to come out without looking suspicious! Maybe I can sneak out? ¡ This is ridiculous. There is no need for me to go sneaking around just so this guy doesn¡¯t realize that I know his secret. shwiii There is an odd sound off whistling¡ maybe wind? Is there a draft in here or something? I look around for the origin of the sound and notice something odd. shii My hand is¡ somewhat translucent. I can see through myself for some reason. ¡°Now where did I leave my cushion?¡± I can hear the man say as he gets closer. I make a small gap in the books opposite to the man and slip through as quickly as possible. Great! Now I really have to sneak out! I have no idea what is happening to me, but it may be something that only happens to the Maou. I can¡¯t risk that. I keep crouched low behind the books trying hard not to be seen. ¡°Did I leave it over here?¡± I hear him ask as he peeks over the wall of books I just went through My blood runs cold as he stares directly at me, and I stare back at him. He is a lanky man somewhere in his 30s with long curly unkempt grey hair that covers his eyes. Where he doesn¡¯t give off a feeling of success or achievement, he does give off a somewhat intimidating air. My eyes swim and my face flushes as I attempt to prepare myself for the follow-up questions. ¡°No, doesn¡¯t look like I left it over there either¡ has somebody really found my alcove? I wish they would ask me before letting people in here.¡± The man says as he casually withdraws his head ¡What just happened? He looked straight at me, yet he acted like he didn¡¯t even notice me. I look back at my hand and see now that it has disappeared entirely. Shwiiii ¡°What is that sound? If there is a draft shouldn¡¯t the papers be moving?¡± The man ask looking over the wall again and scratching his head What¡¯s happening to me? Is this some kind of skill or status effect? I decide to check my stats tab first Level: 15 Self:95 Attack:1700 Ailments: None Defense:1520 Occupation: Traveler Intellect:1820 Wisdom:1630 Speed:1590 Dexterity:1500 ...I thought so, it happened again. I completely forgot that when I sleep is when my stats go up. I didn¡¯t level though, so why did my stats decide to go up now and not when I slept last night? I suppose I¡¯ll have to ask Gero about it¡. Wait, what¡¯s that? My MP is dropping rapidly! At the rate it''s dropping I will be out in about two minutes! If I run out I¡¯m going to be laying here like a corpse just waiting for somebody to find me and make me explain the situation¡ What¡¯s causing this?!This book is hosted on another platform. Read the official version and support the author''s work. I open my skills tab to try and find the culprit. Skills: Bind: The earth entangles a target for a short duration. Force entwine: The earth makes creatures bend to your will Earth Manipulation: The earth bends to the will of the user. Fireball(s): Creates a ball of fire proportional to the amount of magical power of the owner. Fireball(m): Three balls of fire are created and moved by the will of the user. Haste: Makes target 10% faster. (Caution advised) Clear: Makes target harder to perceive. Activated automatically when one wants to hide. Restore: Restores and object to a previous state by undoing the ravages of time. Restora: Uses magic to restore something to its preferred state. Perception (Passive): Grants further knowledge of one¡¯s self and of what exist around them. Born Leader (Passive): Raises growth and stats of monsters and allies. Natures Knowledge: Ability to communicate with any intelligent monsters or animals. Peck: A repeatable thrust that uses mana to increase damage Disgust: An illusion that makes one unattractive in many aspects Vitality (Passive): Enhanced regeneration, powered by mana Leaders Howl: Call your allies and intimidate your foes Long run: Run quickly for long periods without running out of stamina I¡¯m beginning to lose track of what skills I have¡ is this why games hand out skills slowly? I run through the list as quickly as possible and find the culprit. ¡°Clear: Makes target harder to perceive. Activated automatically when one wants to hide.¡± This must be it. The reason it¡¯s draining so much MP must be because it¡¯s made me completely invisible¡ I don¡¯t know how to control it though! I look again at my rapidly dropping MP bar and begin to panic. I don¡¯t have time to think anymore! I quickly rush for the door, knocking a few books over on the way. ¡°Who is there?!¡± The man asks, frightened by the sudden falling books I ignore him and quickly move for the door. It¡¯s difficult to find the handle since I can¡¯t even see where my hand is. I bash my hand into the door a few times before managing to find the handle with my hand and quickly swing it open. I start running down the hall, trying to find the entrance to the manor. ¡°Long run!¡± I say attempting to use one of my new skills Hopefully, this doesn¡¯t speed up the MP drain even more. As I rush past people in the manor the wind following me knocks the papers out of their hands. ¡°Iyaaa! Ghost!¡± one girl yells as I run past My menu is still open and I look at my MP again. I still have about a minute left. I can make it! I find the entrance at last and run out the already open front doors. I continue my mad dash for Kera¡¯s shop. My unfamiliarity of this town almost makes me run out of time, but I find Kera¡¯s shop just in the nick of time. Quickly I go in the front door and sit against the adjacent walls, all the while pulling up my inventory. I quickly tap the button for Kera¡¯s com-stone. ¡°Kera! I need you to come and help me! I¡¯m going to be in your shop, don¡¯t let anybody find me!¡± I say before my body becomes invisible and I lose the ability to control it ¡°What was that? My shop?... Ooooi are you there?... We will be there soon hang on!¡± Kera says as I stare unable to respond ¡Phew! My heart was racing like crazy there! I¡¯m glad that I made it out without being discovered. I don¡¯t feel like I was running more than a couple feet, but the way my heart is pounding makes it seem like I ran a marathon. So¡ Sleeping is now on the growing list of things I have to be careful not to let others see. It seems like the growth during my sleep is a bit too unpredictable to risk in front of others. I try and calm my heart down by slowing my breathing. As my mind calms, a sense of joy fills me. Why am I suddenly so happy? The only thing on my mind now is¡ that was fun. I attempt to smile, but I can hardly even feel my face twitch at the command. ¡°Mano-san!¡± someone loudly yells as the door next to me flies open I discover it is Kiel as he finds me and crouches in front of me with a worried expression. ¡°Mano-san! Mano-san! What''s wrong! Are you okay?!¡± Kiel ask as he shakes me by the shoulders My eyes are open and my expression is blank¡ maybe he thinks I¡¯m dead. ¡°Are you hurt anywhere?!¡± Kiel as he adjusts himself to observe me ¡°¡°Get off Maou!¡±¡± I hear two shrill voices ¡°Bufu!¡± Kiel grunts as two imps come flying from out of my vision to kick his face. ¡His distorted face is actually kind of funny. ¡°But! She may be hurt!¡± Kiel yells at them rubbing his face ¡°Don¡¯t worry so much. She simply ran out of magic, this has happened a couple times already. Don¡¯t underestimate our Maou¡¯s strength.¡± I hear Bik say nearby ¡°Hm? Hey, what happened to the beret I gave you?!¡± Kera says as she crouches in front of me and removes my hat As she holds it out in front of me I notice two holes in it. How did that happen? ¡°She won¡¯t be able to answer you. Until her magic returns to an acceptable level her body won¡¯t move¡ according to Gero¡± Bik says walking over to look at the hat as well ¡°What¡ she can¡¯t move at all then?¡± Kera ask with a sly smile ¡Don¡¯t you dare! ¡°Not until her magic restores at least,¡± Bik says ignorant of Kera¡¯s intention ¡°I see¡ Can you go into the back and find my sewing kit for me? I want to fix this while we wait.¡± Kera says staring at me with a completely evil smile Don¡¯t do it! ¡°Sure¡± He responds turning to leave Darn it all! He quickly disappears into the back room¡ I am about 90% certain Kera doesn¡¯t have a sewing kit. ¡°So princess there is something I¡¯ve been wanting to ask¡ but I just didn¡¯t think you would let me.¡± Kera says as she stares at me with lustful eyes and a blush on her face What is she going to do to me?! ¡°I¡¯ve been wanting to know what they felt like this whole time! I just can¡¯t resist anymore!¡± Kera says as she lunges at me ¡Her aim was higher than I imagined it would be. She begins to fondly my horns. ¡°Hey let go of Maou!¡± Mak says with Kay backing him up ¡°Here! Candy!¡± Kera says quickly grabbing something from her pouch and throwing it behind her ¡°Mine¡± ¡°No mine!¡± They say as they forget about me and fight over the candy Traitors! My attention turns to my last hope and I look to Kiel ¡°Um¡ sorry?¡± He says looking away with a blush on his face Why are you blushing?! I try to clench my fist and notice that one of my fingers twitched¡ I continue this until my hand can move without obstruction. I look at Kera and give an evil smile in return. ¡°Oh¡crap.¡± She says as her face turns blue I grab one of the hands that on my horn and hold on to it tightly. ¡°Help?¡± Kera says turning to Kiel ¡°Um¡ sorry?¡± He says looking away with a face turned blue Chapter 27: A Maous Endeavor ¡°Pwahahaha! You had to leave cause you couldn¡¯t read a word of it!¡± Kera exclaims after I finish my explanation of the situation Phwak! ¡°Why do you hit the same place twice!?¡± She yells as she crouches down and nurses the bump on her head ¡°Because you won¡¯t get the message any other way! ...Still, the situation wasn¡¯t a complete waste. That nap I took gave me quite a few abilities.¡± I say looking through my skill menu again I don¡¯t have the greatest memory in the world, so it¡¯s going to be quite hard for me to remember all of these skills while in combat. It would be easier to remember combos that I thought up beforehand. I wish somebody could survive my attacks so that I could practice them. Maybe I can find a monster that will be able to challenge me soon. ¡°How did it go with the geezers?¡± Kiel ask ¡°Hmm¡ I think one of them is suspicious of me, but he¡¯s a hard person to read. Either way, I managed to negotiate a trade for the goblins. It would be best if we left quickly though.¡± I say brushing myself off a bit ¡°I still want to go and pay my respects to Tea for sending us this armor. Kiel, you should come with me.¡± I say motioning for Kiel to follow ¡°Ah, sure!¡± He says enthusiastically as he follows ¡°Oi!¡± Kera yells stopping us in our tracks ¡°What is it?¡± I ask as I turn and look at her ¡°¡Seriously you don¡¯t think at all do you?!¡± She says as she marches over to me She grabs something out of her bag before lunging suddenly at me. Caught off guard I recoil backward and we both fall to the ground. ¡°Hey! What are you doin- no stop!- I demand that yo- stop!¡± I say as I struggle around as she pins me down in various places while doing something to my head. ¡°Sit still for a minute!¡± She yells back as she grabs both my horns hard Zyiit I feel a bolt of electricity run through me as my body completely freezes. Kera notices this and keeps her hands on my horns. ¡°Do you want to go outside with your horns still visible?¡± She says as she moves her hands around on my horns ¡I completely forgot about them again. Should I make more monsters so they will shrink again? No, I can hardly even manage what I have. Perhaps there is some way to store the energy for later. I should ask Gero about that. ¡°There!¡± Kera says releasing my horns and getting off of me ¡°Ah! They¡¯re gone!¡± Kiel says as he points to my head Wait my horns are gone? Did she remove my horns!? I quickly dart my head around the room searching for a mirror. My face turns blue as I find one. On my head, not even stubs remain. It looks as if I had never even had horns in the first place. ¡°What have you done with my horns?! Return them now!¡± I yell out suddenly, grasping Kera¡¯s shoulders and shaking her violently ¡Huh? Was I that attached to my horns? I don¡¯t think they look particularly good or anything, but for some reason, I¡¯m filled with rage and despair that the thought of them disappearing. ¡°I¡± ¡°Didn''t¡± ¡°Remove¡± ¡°Them¡± Kera says in spurts, attempting to talk through being shaken ¡°¡What?¡± I say with a befuddled look on my face I stop shaking her so she can explain. Sigh ¡°I simply put on some Meni Toad oil on them so we can stop covering them up,¡± Kera says with an exasperated look I take one of my hands off of her and reach upward to feel for my horn. Sure enough, it¡¯s there.The tale has been illicitly lifted; should you spot it on Amazon, report the violation. ¡°Aren¡¯t we jumpy today? Did you wake up on the wrong side of the library?¡± Kera says mockingly You¡ If you had just explained that instead of lunging at me against my will, this confusion never would have happened. I blush as I realize the lack of dignity that I was showing a moment ago. ¡°Hihihi, pretty cool right? It¡¯s completely invisible.¡± Kera says with an incredulous grin ¡ Phwak! ¡°Three times?! Why this time?!¡± Kera says as she falls to the floor to nurse her ever-growing bump ¡°Come on Kiel, we should hurry,¡± I say as I begin to leave the room again, though I imagine I was still blushing ¡°Wait! Be careful. Like I¡¯m sure you have already figured out, you can¡¯t see the horns but you can still feel them. If you go poking out anybody''s eyes with one of those things, it won¡¯t be easy to explain.¡± Kera says ¡°¡Okay.¡± I say after considering the scenario My horns are something that I don¡¯t think I could ever explain. If a person were ever to see them¡ my options would be slim. I need to be extremely careful in the future not to let them be seen. With that, we exited the shop. On the streets, a commotion could be heard coming from the main road. Kiel and I stare at an oddly large amount of people excitedly setting up stalls and booths. The town almost seems to be in a frenzy for some reason. ¡°What in the world is going on? It wasn¡¯t nearly this busy earlier.¡± I say ¡°Beats me. It almost looks like they are setting up for a festival or something. I don¡¯t remember any holidays being around this time though.¡± He says absentmindedly as he stares in minor amazement at the scene ¡°Perhaps Tea will know what¡¯s going on. Which reminds me¡ I need to grill him for not telling me about the Yuusha coming through town.¡± I say as we continue forward Tea¡¯s shop is on a different street than Kera¡¯s, but we don¡¯t want to go into the chaos on the main road, so we take back-alleys and paths to get there. It doesn¡¯t take long to navigate a path, as Kiel seems very familiar with the alleys of this village. I must say though, for the size of this town it¡¯s surprising that there are even alleys. You can see either end of the city from most streets, but the buildings separating them are so tightly packed in that they resemble large cities. Between each street are two rows of buildings, each leaving only small gaps between one another. Kachii! As we approach Tea¡¯s shop we hear a loud sound resembling breaking glass. ¡°Old man!¡± Kiel yells as he runs for the shop Worried as well I follow close behind. Kiel practically tackles the door making it fly open. Inside is Tea behind the counter looking surprised and worried, with a man in front of the counter looking over his shoulder at us. The man has slicked back spiky red hair and a shady trench coat-like outfit. He is holding a small dagger just above an area on the counter that has been smashed through. Is Tea getting robbed? ¡°Tch! You better pay up next time you rat geezer!¡± The red-haired man says tossing the dagger in his hand to the side and walking towards the door. I nearly decked him as he went past, but just as I clenched my fist Tea suddenly collapsed behind the counter. ¡°Tea!¡± I yell as I rush behind the counter to help him He is on his knees with his arms limp at his sides looking at the ceiling. He is breathing heavily and sweat is running down his bald head, but aside from that, he looks fine. ¡°Maaaan! I seriously thought that was going to be the end!¡± He says breathing what seems to be a sigh of relief ¡°Are you okay? Did he hurt you?¡± I ask as I further inspect him for wounds. ¡°No, I was just a bit scared. Thanks for your concern.¡± Tea says looking at me with a heart lightening smile Good. My heart skipped quite a few beats there when I thought he was hurt. Now that I know that he is okay¡ ¡°Kiel,¡± I say without looking back ¡°Yes?¡± He asks ¡°Bring him to me,¡± I answer ¡°Roger!¡± He says drawing his sword and turning on his heel ¡°Stop! You¡¯ve misunderstood!¡± Tea yells outstretching his hand Kiel turns and looks angrily at Tea, almost as if to say ¡°I understand perfectly¡±. ¡°That man is from the financing company. He was simply here to collect a payment I owe.¡± Tea says turning to meet me instead of Kiel ¡°You took out a loan?¡± I ask looking over the damage again Isn¡¯t a financing company supposed to take collateral if they don¡¯t receive payment? Why in the world did they break his counter for it? ¡°Well¡ at first, I didn¡¯t really think it was a great idea, but these men who truly love weapons convinced me to do it!¡± Tea says with an expression of pride and happiness ¡°Weapon lovers?¡± slips out of my mouth in my surprise at his sudden change in mood ¡°Indeed! The men who I met both carried around huge decorative swords! After we talked for a while, they took me back to their office! It was amazing! They had swords, spears, crossbows, even decretive patterns that would look amazing on weapons hanging all over their walls!¡± Tea continued with a look like he could hardly contain himself He¡ found a loan shark. ¡°Thing is¡ they have been kind of aggressive about their payments. I could swear I¡¯ve already paid back what I owed for quite some time now¡ but every time I mention it they get angry. Am I offending them in some way?¡± Tea asks as he crosses his arms and lowers his head to ponder the question I didn¡¯t notice before, but Tea is an airhead isn¡¯t he? ¡°Tea¡ I think you have been scammed.¡± I say attempting to break it to him gently ¡°Hm? Did Kiel put you up to this? I¡¯ve already told him a hundred times that they are perfectly respectable people! Men who love weapons cannot be foul!¡± Tea says sternly while looking at Kiel Kiel turns and refuses to look back. At his side, I see his fist clench so hard that it could only be painful. I watch for a moment as I realize how long Kiel must have been trying to help him. It seems like he could hardly stand to watch anymore. ¡°Where is this office you mentioned?¡± I ask looking back to Tea ¡°Are you going to go and cause trouble?¡± Tea asks with a concerned look ¡°No, of course not. I¡ recently decided on peddling while I travel. Such respectable men sound like just the people to get a small loan from! I¡¯ll even ask them about your situation while I¡¯m up there for you.¡± I say putting on a fake smile ¡°Well¡ that¡¯s a great idea! A pretty girl like you would be so much more successful than I would! You can find them up in the capital, they call themselves the ¡°Grand Tier Company¡±. Tea responds with a happy smile I look at Kiel to see what he thought¡ he stared back at me with a look I would nearly describe as ¡°disgust.¡± Chapter 28: A Maou Listens ¡°Good luck! I¡¯ll let you know if anything happens around town!¡± Tea yells, waving at us as the door closes behind us I had to sit through a 30-minute lecture from Tea about everything I would need to know if I wanted to become a merchant. I only managed to escape by saying I had other business I needed to attend to. ¡°You are a terrible actor, you know that?¡± Kiel says as we walk down the street ¡°Hm? Tea believed me. Besides, maybe I am considering it.¡± I respond hiding my embarrassment Am I bad at acting? Nobody ever seems to react the way I think they are going to when I do lie. Maybe I¡¯m a pretty bad liar after all. ¡°That¡¯s the problem¡ He will believe anything.¡± Kiel says in a sullen voice ¡°How long have they been doing this?¡± I ask ¡°I don¡¯t know. Tea isn¡¯t from this village. He arrived about 5-6 years ago to set up a shop here. I already hated this village at that point, so I played outside the village. I made the money to live off of by helping out at the merchant guild and looting the corpses of cocky adventurers who got injured in the dungeon.¡± Kiel said as his pace slowed For some reason, contrary to my expectation, he has a faint smile as he talks about this. ¡°Remember that old lady that runs the popular blacksmith? Well, about two years ago she got tired of me cutting into her profit. Apparently most of the swords that I brought back were ones she sold to overzealous adventurers. She claimed that her weapons would make them powerful enough to take on much bigger foes, but after people noticed the sheer amount that were found on dead adventurers they stopped buying them. The people who still believed in their quality would just buy the ones I sold to the merchant¡¯s guild for a cheaper price.¡± The main street has calmed a little bit since the last time we walked through so I decided to check out all the stalls being set up on our way. ¡°The hag was furious at me! She thought it was completely my fault that people stopped buying them. She told the villagers that the reason I ventured outside the village so much was that I had made friends with the monsters from the nearby dungeon¡ and that I was the one killing the adventurers for the weapons. She convinced them that I must have been a powerful monster in disguise and that was the reason the adventurers kept dying. The people who had previously believed I was a Maou follower jumped on the bandwagon immediately.¡± As he says this we pass by the witch in question She is¡ larger than I had imagined. She is covered in what are obviously expensive black garbs. She is wearing what I would describe as a dress¡ but there are so many parts to it. It looks like it would take hours to put on. She is holding a black fan that she is pointing at people when barking out commands. ¡°You! We are going for a beautiful design! That color is far too gruff! Not that it matters¡ My stall is going to make so much money, that there won¡¯t even be any left for the guild! Wohohohohoho!¡± As she cackles in her gaudy clothing she resembles a gothic orc When I turn to Kiel I expect for him to be looking at her with hatred, but instead, he stares ahead with a smile. ¡°That¡¯s when I first met Tea. When the village was about to stone me to death, he stepped in front of me to protect me. It was almost funny ¡®what¡¯s going on?¡¯ he asked calmly. He was clueless! It even shocked the village to have someone so calmly ask them something after stepping up for me. After they explained the situation to him, he asked if anybody had one of the swords. Some old guy from the merchant guild handed one to him. Tea snapped the sword in two like it was nothing! It surprised everybody!¡± Kiel says excitedly recounting the story The hag seems to hear a little of what he was saying. I can see her expression turn sour before she spits in disgust. Did Tea really snap a sword in two though? Maybe he is really strong after all. I wonder if he can fight? ¡°The situation almost turned bad after that¡ Tea is from a country that not many people around here are familiar with. Some people started calling him a monster too, because of his unusual skin. After snapping an iron sword in two, he nearly got put into the same boat as me.¡± Kiel says looking sullen again I would probably think something was odd too, to be honest. Humans in this world seem pretty weak. A local blacksmith shouldn¡¯t have that kind of power right? ¡°Tea began to panic at first, but then he got an idea. He pulled someone random from the crowd and handed him part of the sword he snapped. He showed the guy a specific place on the sword to place his hands, and gave him a few instructions. Then that guy snapped the sword too!¡± Kiel says demonstrating with his hands The look on his face¡ It seems he really does respect and admire Tea. ¡°Tea told them ¡®If a sword is imbalanced and uses such a weak metal of course the person would lose against strong monsters. Even a child could break a sword like this with a little practice.¡¯ Another sword was brought out by the old merchant, and it too was snapped by yet another person. For the rest of the day nearly the entire village snapped swords in the main street as if it was some kind of festival! It was hilarious!¡± Kiel says snickering and smilingSupport the creativity of authors by visiting the original site for this novel and more. Ah¡ I get why the hag got angry when she heard Kiel telling the story now. ¡°The hag became absolutely infuriated! She turned so red I thought she was going to rank up! She began to berate Tea yelling things like ¡®My swords are perfectly fine! This is sabotage! I bet I could break any of your swords the same way!¡¯ Then Tea bowed to her and said ¡®Sorry!¡¯ so loudly that I nearly wet myself with surprise! ¡®I¡¯m sure a master blacksmith like you wouldn¡¯t make such a shoddy sword! I have no intention of ruining your reputation! These were the result of one of your apprentices¡¯ right?¡¯ He said pressing her. Man, for someone so innocently gullible he can be really unintentionally intimidating!¡± Kiel excitedly continues I¡¯ve got to agree with him there. Once Tea gets excited he becomes impossible to say no to. I wonder if those loan sharks were attempting to recruit him rather than scam him at first? ¡°He asked her if she wouldn¡¯t mind snapping any of his swords. He kept saying things like ¡®a master inspecting my sword would be an honor¡¯. Hahaha, she spent like 10 minutes trying to break his sword. After that she just scoffed and walked away in embarrassment. The town had so much fun snapping her crappy swords that they completely forgot about her accusations. I¡¯ve helped out Tea whenever I could since then.¡± Kiel finishes with a look that resembled bragging ¡°You sound like you¡¯re very proud to be close to him.¡± I say with a snicker ¡°Of course I am! He¡¯s humble, but he is definitely the best blacksmith around! Now¡ what were we talking about again?¡± Kiel ask scratching his head ¡°When you first noticed the loan sharks?¡± I respond ¡°Oh, yea¡ Well, since that incident I started hanging out around town far more often. I would visit Tea to help out in his shop whenever I could. I¡¯ve seen them in his shop regularly all the way since back then. I stopped helping out in there, because between me and the loan sharks people started to make vicious rumors about the people Tea does business with. It seems like its recovered a bit since I stopped¡ but he is still being scammed!¡± Kiel says clinching his fist and lowering his head ¡°Don¡¯t worry, We are going to fix that. Tea is my friend now too and I¡¯m not going to keep letting people take advantage of him.¡± I say placing my hand on his shoulder ¡°¡Thanks¡± Kiel says warmly smiling at me ¡°Now¡ You said something about a dungeon?¡± I say ¡ô¡ó¡ô¡ó¡ô¡ó¡ô¡ó¡ô¡ó¡ô¡ó¡ô¡ó¡ô¡ó¡ô¡ó¡ô ¡°Why are we here?!¡± Kiel whines loudly ¡°Hmph, you complain too much child!¡± Kurobe interjects ¡°I¡¯m with Loverboy on this one! Why do I have to go in the dungeon?!¡± Kera says in turn ¡°Loverboy?! Hey wait aren¡¯t you misunderstanding som-¡° Kiel rebukes loudly ¡°Will you all shut up! We are headed to the capital! While our gear is good, we still look like country bumpkins! I refuse to go to the capital looking like this! What kind of princess walks into another country''s capital looking like she is from the slums?¡± I state loudly in turn Why did nobody tell me about the dungeon? I can finally get some decent looking clothes! ¡°So you think we will find the dress of your dreams in there?¡± Kera says with a look like she is containing laughter ¡°No, I think we are going to find a magical item of some sort in there. Which I will then sell for a decent outfit.¡± I say glaring at her to stop ¡°Eh?¡± slips out as she looks dumbfounded ¡°Wait wait wait! You''re planning on selling a magic item if you find it?!¡± Kiel yells with the same look on his face ¡°Hmm? Why wouldn¡¯t I?¡± I respond thinking deeply about the possible reason. ¡°Why?! Do you know how rare magical items are?! Simple owning one marks you as royalty! It takes more than a thousand deaths in a dungeon before one can even get a hint to the location of a magical item!¡± Kiel spouts frantically Are magical items really supposed to be that rare in this world? I thought with the com-stones and Kera¡¯s weird bag that magical items must be at least pretty common. ¡°Well¡ Maybe I won¡¯t sell it. If it¡¯s useful.¡± I say thinking it over I doubt there are going to be much out there that would be too useful for me. After all, I don¡¯t want to stand out too much. Where an ax that can cause earthquakes or a mirror that could see the future would be cool, they would just be too much trouble to hide. ¡°Maybe?!¡± Kiel yells Sigh ¡°Mano you¡¯re a bit of an idiot aren¡¯t you?¡± Kiel says losing his spirit I begin to glare after this remark and ready my fist to respond when- ¡°Wha- OW! Ow owow ow!¡± A white bird starts pecking on Kiel''s head ¡°Kiri!¡± I call out with a smile ¡°Ki!¡± Kiri cries out flying onto my shoulder ¡°What? Is that the bird you tamed?¡± Kera asked as she walked over to pet Kiri As she reaches her hand to do so Kiri quickly flies to my other shoulder. ¡ She reaches again, and Kiri again flies away. ¡ And again ¡ And again. ¡°Why?!¡± Kera yells swinging her arm around wildly to touch Kiri They are now both scrambling around me wildly. ¡°Kera,¡± I say calmly ¡°¡Yes?¡± She responds stopping in her tracks and looking terrified Phwak! ¡°Kii!¡± Kiri calls out after sticking out his chest proudly. ¡°I didn¡¯t know you tamed a bird,¡± Kiel says outstretching his finger. Kiri swiftly flies over to Kiel and perches there. ¡°Am I being harassed?!¡± Kera cries ¡°For some reason, he disappeared when I went to talk to the chief. I figured since he was a bird that he just flew away. I didn¡¯t really want to endanger him if he didn¡¯t want to come himself, so I didn¡¯t summon him back.¡± I say looking at Kiri These birds are common around here for sure, but none the less they look very elegant. ¡°Ki! Ki kiri Ki! Kiiiiiii¡± Kiri begins flapping his wings angrily It is quite obvious that he intends to convey some kind of message through his gesturing¡ but I can¡¯t figure it out for the life of me. ¡°Wait¡ why can¡¯t I understand you? My ¡®Natures Knowledge¡¯ ability should be translating for me.¡± I ask as I concentrate on Kiri¡¯s gestures ¡°That¡¯s because that little bird isn¡¯t speaking any language. He is like a baby to a mother. No matter how good your ability, it can¡¯t translate what doesn¡¯t have meaning.¡± Kurobe interjects During our conversation, he laid down and seems to have gotten comfortable. ¡°Kic! Kiiiiiiii¡± Kiri lets out an irritated sounding noise then begins to cry out Kiri begins to glow faintly, and over time the glow becomes more radiant. Eventually, from Kiri¡¯s mouth, a seed-sized glowing ball emerges. It begins to grow until it reaches about the size of an apple. Confused at a skill that I''m unfamiliar with I stare at the ball intently. ¡°Status¡± I say switching my stare to Kiri Name: Kiri Species: Flocking Bird Level:5 Skills: Way light Peck Minor gale Detect Chapter 29: An Adventurous Maou We watch as Kiri performs a series of motions and gestures in an attempt to convey a message. It felt very much like a game of charades. ¡°So¡ After you became her pet you went on a journey to help her?¡± Kera ask tentatively ¡°Kii!¡± Kiri excitedly cries out while nodding and flapping his wings happily ¡°Really! Yay! I win!¡± Kera yells happily in response before turning to look at us with a condescending look Sigh ¡°I would be more impressed if it didn¡¯t take nearly an hour to figure it out¡± I respond ¡°Are you finally done? I¡¯m getting quite tired of waiting.¡± Kurobe says in an irritated voice as he walks over to us ¡°Kii!¡± Kiri says flying over to the entrance of the cave He begins to excitedly fly in circles. ¡°How large is the dungeon?¡± I ask Kiel as I confirm our supplies The town didn¡¯t have anything remotely similar to healing items or MP restoring potions, but from what I heard sweets and sour berries have a magic restoring property. Our supplies should last a week or two, but I don¡¯t know just how long we are going to be down there. ¡°All the known dungeons are separated into floors. I only know of one dungeon in the world that anybody in the world has ever reached the bottom of. This dungeon is known as ¡®Fleca¡¯ and the current record is floor 20¡± Kera responds before Kiel gets a chance ¡°Seriously? How big was the one that was cleared?¡± I ask ¡°There is no proof to support this, but the person who claimed to reach the bottom said there were 50 floors.¡± She continued ¡°Claimed? Is there reason for doubt?¡± I say closing my inventory and giving the conversation my full attention ¡°Each floor in a dungeon is a rather large leap in difficulty, so often the record is only raised one at a time. A trophy of something you can find on any other floor is usually a requirement for credibility, but this person only brought out one item. A magical artifact that can produce water from mana. Because of the value of the item, his claim of ¡®delving 20 floors deeper than the record¡¯ was accepted by most.¡± She explained ¡°Is it really that valuable? It doesn¡¯t sound all too impressive.¡± I ask I don¡¯t have any water magic, is it that rare? Still, I can¡¯t imagine the equivalent of a water gun would support such a hefty claim. ¡°Creation magic is something almost entirely unheard of. There exists a large span of land to the west that couldn¡¯t support life due to its lack of water. A country headed by that very person now exists in that land. Even then, usually nobody would believe someone conquered 20 new floors all at once without further proof. At the time though, nobody wanted to dispute his claim. He was the current Yuusha and was incredibly childish. They thought that if they called him a liar, that he wouldn¡¯t protect them from the Maou.¡± Kera said looking down with an odd look on her face ¡°I never heard about that. What I heard was that the royalty of the country vouched for him, and that¡¯s why people believed his claims.¡± Kiel ask in a confused tone ¡°Huh¡ guess I got some unreliable info.¡± Kera said casually shrugging ¡°In that case today¡¯s goal won¡¯t be to clear the dungeon. Today we are going to delve as deep as we can so I can get a good measure of my power, and you all can level.¡± I say as Kiri lands on my shoulder ¡°Don¡¯t forget to register at the ¡®return stone¡¯. On some floors returning to the previous floor becomes impossible. Registering here will allow you to use the ¡®Return¡¯ command to exit the dungeon instantaneously.¡± Kera said as she unveils a moss covered stone It was hidden by bushes and branches that had grown around it. How long has it been since someone maintained this thing? ¡°That sounds rather convenient. Is that kind of magic common?¡± I ask Teleportation magic is nothing to be laughed at. The imps have a skill called ¡®Teleport¡¯, but as far as I can see it has a rather strict range to it. I don¡¯t know how deep this dungeon goes, but if this stone works anywhere in the dungeon it would be a proportionally stronger skill than what the imps use.Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on Royal Road. ¡°Small-scale space manipulation skills are somewhat common. Enough so that even some lower rank monsters hold variations. When it comes to this scale though, these stones are unique. They were created by a Yuusha intent on delving the dungeons. He was convinced that the dungeons were important. One dungeon was discovered after his death, however, so it doesn¡¯t have a return stone. Many have tried to replicate them, but none have succeeded.¡± Kera answered Shame, it would be quite useful if I was ever on the run from the Yuusha. ¡°You may have defeated me this time, but this is not the end! Until we meet again accursed Yuusha!¡± That kind of scene comes to mind. I walk over and touch the stone as instructed by Kera. The carvings on the stone glow with a soft neon blue light and a prompt appears before me Would you like to register at the Fleca return stone? [Yes/No] I select yes, and the stone flashes red for a moment. ¡°¡You always have to make everything weird don¡¯t you princess?¡± Kera says in an exasperated tone One by one my other party members walk over to the stone and place their hand on it. Every time the stone flashes red for a moment. It seems I¡¯m the only person who made the carvings on the stone glow. ¡°Shall I assist you in the dungeon Mano-sama?¡± I hear suddenly from close behind me ¡°Gero! It¡¯s bad for my health if you keep sneaking up on me like that!¡± I yell turning to see a confused Gero ¡°I apologize Mano-sama. I will attempt to make my presence better known when I arrive.¡± He says with an apologetic bow ¡°Forget that! Where have you been all this time? I have been getting a bit worried!¡± I question him angrily I feel like he can handle himself, but I can¡¯t help but worry when he suddenly disappeared. gero ¡°I was instructed by Mano-sama to ¡®stay hidden for a little while¡¯ before embarking to the goblins'' fortification. I was following instructions and staying hidden. Was I incorrect in my assumption of the timeframe for ¡®a little while¡¯?¡± Gero ask cocking his head I sit there stunned as I remember giving him that command. My surprise is caused by a mixture of learning just how literally he takes commands, and surprise at myself for giving him such a lazy order. I want to be angry at him, but I realize that I was at fault for giving such a logical creature a vague request. ¡°I must apologize to you Gero, it seems that I made a mistake there.¡± I say bowing slightly geko! ¡°Maou-sama! Please do not apologize! It isn¡¯t appropriate!¡± Gero says frantically ¡°What isn¡¯t appropriate about apologizing for my mistake? You need to explain it to me or I won''t understand.¡± I say returning to the standing position gero gero ¡°I am the servant of the Maou. Any mistakes or misunderstandings are my responsibility to resolve. A Maou has no reason to ever bow or apologize to me.¡± Gero state returning to a relaxed and proper form ¡°You¡¯re my servant?¡± I ask in return ¡°Yes, Mano-sama.¡± He answers with a bow ¡°Then you are ordered to allow me to apologize and bow, whenever I see fit to whomever I see fit.¡± I order in a demanding tone gero gero gero ¡°¡Yes, Mano-sama.¡± He responds once more with a bow ¡°Will you be needing my assistance within the dungeon?¡± He ask I think for a moment, and an idea comes to me. ¡°Actually I have the perfect job for you,¡± I say pulling a piece of parchment out of my bag ¡°Please make a map of the area¡¯s we explore for us.¡± I continue Maps of this dungeon were all rather expensive. I doubt I can sell this one, but it could certainly come in handy in the future should we choose to return. gero ¡°As you wish, Mano-sama¡± He responds "Have either of you ever been down here before?" I ask ... Silence is my only answer. Both Kiel and Kera look as if they are remembering something unpleasant. ¡°What should we expect going in?¡± I ask as we prepare to enter ¡°Well¡ I think it¡¯s better that you see it for yourself.¡± Kiel says in a disappointed tone We enter the cave and find a single staircase going down. As we stand at the top of the staircase and look down we see nothing but blackness. How deep are these stairs? Should we have brought a torch? ¡°Kiri, would you mind giving us a light?¡± I ask as I search the darkness for a single spec of light ¡°Kiiii!¡± Kiri calls out as a glow exits him and floats down the staircase ¡°That¡¯s not going to work,¡± Kiel says as he walks ahead of us down the staircase I hardly have time to question his statement before the light that was floating down the staircase suddenly disappears. ¡°Wha?¡± I let out in surprise ¡°There is a barrier between each floor on the staircases that prevents anything not in contact with a living thing through. Magic, light, arrows, even simple pebbles end up getting stopped by it. As far as I know, every floor is a total surprise because no form of detection magic can penetrate the floors.¡± He says before he too disappears into the darkness suddenly I look along the wall of the staircase and notice something quite strange. It is quite dark already so it was quite hard to see, but there is a place where the walls suddenly turn pitch black. I suppose that must be where the barrier is. ¡°Prepare for the worst. We don¡¯t want to get hurt down here. If you think that you¡¯re in any real danger use the return stone.¡± I say as I follow Kiel Yuusha and Maou both seem to be incredibly powerful beings in this world¡ yet neither of them have ever been recorded to reach the bottom of a dungeon. I hope I¡¯m not getting too cocky by thinking that we should be able to handle the first couple floors. I won¡¯t go in there unprepared though. I¡¯m ready for whatever dangers this place is going to throw at me! ¡°Heeellloo travelers! Are you ready for your first challenge? I know I am!¡± I suddenly hear in an incredibly jovial tone For a moment I cannot see anything. My eyes had adjusted to the darkness I had been staring at for the last couple of moments, but this room is quite well lit¡ When they do adjust, and I lay eyes on the origin of that voice I cannot help but yell. ¡°The heck?!¡± Chapter 30: A Maous Trial I stand in a room that can be considered somewhat large. The walls all look to be made out of the same stone as the cave walls, but they are far more cleanly cut. A glowing crystal floats above the center of the room letting off a strong light that illuminates everything. The room is completely empty except for me, my companions, and¡ whatever that thing is supposed to be. ¡°Kiel, what in the world am I looking at?¡± I ask nervously Opposite from the staircase we just descended is a very similar set of stairs leading down to the next floor, there is one glaring difference between the two, however. Above the one in front of us is a carving of what I can only recognize to be a clown. ¡°That¡¯s what people around here have named the ¡®gatekeeper¡¯. Don¡¯t worry about him he¡¯s pretty harmless.¡± Kiel says with a bit of an embarrassed look ¡°My job isn¡¯t to harm! If I wanted to harm you, I would probably though! Pwhaahaha!¡± The creepy clown cackles in response When he talks the mouth of the carving moves. He seems very much alive when he is moving, but the moment he stops it becomes quite hard to believe that he is anything but a very creepy art-piece. ¡°He seems to be part of the dungeon. I hear that he is a bit of a prankster, but he himself isn¡¯t dangerous.¡± Kiel continues Who in the world made these dungeons? Whoever it was certainly had bad taste. ¡°So why is he here then? Do we just get to skip the first floor?¡± I ask without looking away from him I don¡¯t care what Kiel says, I¡¯m not going to let my guard down around that thing. ¡°Not qui-¡° Kiel begins before ¡°Let the shooooow begin!¡± The clown yells in a very game-show like voice ¡°Wha-¡° I let out in surprise ¡°To see if you travelers are worthy of the challenge, I am going to test your mettle! If you prove that you are truly capable, then I will personally watch over you in the dungeon!¡± He continues ¡°No thanks.¡± I state instinctively ¡°Hmm?¡± He lets out with a disappointed face ¡°That¡¯s mean you know!¡± He says crying softly ¡°Ah! No, sorry! I didn¡¯t mean to make you cry¡ but.¡± I say panicking ¡°But?¡± He ask with a expecting tone ¡°Well¡ it would be a little creepy to have you watching us the whole time.¡± I say looking away as I speak ¡°So mean!¡± He yells out as he begins bawl fully ¡°Mano-san!¡± Kiel says grabbing my shoulder ¡°He is the gatekeeper! If he doesn¡¯t give us permission we can¡¯t enter any of the floors below this!¡± Kiel frantically explains ¡°Hmm? Can¡¯t we just force our way through?¡± I ask ¡°So mean! You¡¯re a bully! Someone so mean must be a child! My master loves children, but I was told to not allow any children in!¡± The clown yells angrily ¡°Huh?! I¡¯m not a child! I¡¯m going through this dungeon whether you let me or not!¡± I yell angrily in response Calling me a child! How insulting! ¡Wait. I was born only a few days ago. Doesn¡¯t that make me an infant in terms of age? ¡°Mean children deserve a spanking!¡± The clown yells as the room begins to shake From the walls, masks begin to materialize. Like liquid, stone begin to form behind them, warping into an odd shape. The odd shapes fall from the walls and begin to lumber over to us. They have a simple appearance with just a mask, arms, and legs made of stone. Even their hands and feet are simple as they are featureless and rounded off. ¡°Status!¡± I yell out looking at these strange creatures Name: None Species: Basic golem Level: 20 Skills: RegenerateThis book is hosted on another platform. Read the official version and support the author''s work. Smash Golem form All of the golems seem to have identical information as well. New skill learned: Golem form New skill learned: Regenerate I learn two skills after observing every golem. ¡°Bad kids should leave before they get hurt!¡± The clown yells On his queue, the golems all begin to lumber towards us. ¡°Good thing there aren¡¯t any kids here!¡± I yell back Sigh ¡°¡I think princesses¡¯ switch got flipped¡± Kera says as she begins to pull something out of her bag Does she intend to fight with us? She pulls out a stone before running to the nearest wall. ¡°Tell me when you¡¯re done!¡± She says before holding out the stone and seemingly seeping into the wall How useless! ¡°Kiel, Imps get ready!¡± I yell as I draw my sword ¡°Okay!¡± They yell simultaneously as they take up a formation When did they practice this? ¡°Gero! Use your speed to avoid getting hit.¡± I yell back at Gero ¡°Yes Maou-sama¡± He says before seemingly disappearing Where did he go? I suppose I¡¯ll have to save figuring that out for after the fight. The golems are rather slow, but they outnumber us greatly. They surround us on all sides, and as they lumber towards us the area to fight gets smaller and smaller. ¡°Mano-san! They seem strong, I don¡¯t know if we can handle this many.¡± Kiel says without looking away These golems are all about the same level as Kiel and the Imps. It may be a bit difficult for them to take on several at once ¡°No time like the present to try this out I suppose. Fal-Kei-Tera Earth Manipulation! Tei-Meta-Tera Golem Form!¡± I yell thrusting my hand forward When I try to use the skill ¡°Golem Form¡± two spells flow into my head rather than one. I watch the earth bend from the floor upward and then take the form of a golem on my command. Is this a chain skill? I wonder if I can use any of my other skills like this. ¡°Wha?! There''s another one be careful!¡± Kiel says jumping between me and the new golem ¡°Don¡¯t worry about it, I made that one. The rest of you stay with him and focus on defense. I¡¯ll try to end this quickly.¡± I say as I walk around him and get in a fighting stance ¡°Seriously?! These things are super strong you know!¡± Kiel yells out behind me Ignoring him I prepare my first attack. ¡°I beseech nature grant me your power, stun my enemies. Ai-Va-Aer!¡± I say thrusting my sword at three golems that had grouped together Lightning flies from my sword, the air crackling around it. It finds its target in the middle golem. On impact seemingly nothing happens. Small sparks and discharges can be seen transferring between the golems. I was confident that lightning wouldn¡¯t work against rock creatures, but I figured this was as good a time as any to confirm it. To my surprise, however, there is a noticeable effect. The golems in front of my have stopped moving. I suppose in the first place it was meant to be a stun spell. Maybe with the rock weakening the charge, it functioned as intended. ¡°Mano-san!¡± I hear Kiel yell behind me I quickly turn around. A golem has made its way behind me and is already mid-strike. Kirtch As I prepare to defend, a sword appears through its chest. ¡°I told you to focus on defense you know,¡± I say as I glare at him ¡°I am, I¡¯m defending you aren¡¯t I?¡± He says as he gets into position to fight next to me ¡°¡Do as you will.¡± I say as I charge for the golems I stunned I swing my rapier in one fail swoop and cleave through all three. Their lifeless torso¡¯s all land on the ground around them and crumble. I turn my head to peak at how everybody else is doing. Each of them is tearing through the golems one by one. However, Bik is the fastest amongst the group. He fights with an amazing amount of grace and efficiency. He throws an ax at a far-off golem, as it hits it crushes the head instantly. Bik teleports to the air above the golem and throws the ax again without a moments delay. He has already taken out twice as many as I have using this method. He is a bit stronger than I thought he would be. I decide to check his stats. Level: 3 Att: 255 Def: 260 Int: 220 Wis: 250 Spd: 280 Dex: 275 Skills: Small Fireball(s) Small Fireball(m) Teleport Blink Glare Peirce What the heck?! His stats have skyrocketed! Is this because of the rank up? I suppose that would explain why his level is 3 again for some reason. I check Kiel¡¯s stats next Level: 26 Att: 200(+52) Def: 190(+63) Int: 160(+35) Wis: 152(+24) Spd: 210(+55) Dex: 200(+54) Skills: Conceal Stab Strong Slash Athletics Back-slash Escape Pounce It seems everybody¡¯s stats have drastically risen. Is this kind of growth natural? I hope I¡¯m not already harboring a group of monsters. I look around and find Gero standing still in an area rather devoid of Golems and attempt to check his stats as well, but still only "???" appear. I focus my attention on the golems and join the fray again. It is a disappointingly short amount of time before all the golems are wiped out. ¡°Guh! Bad kids won¡¯t be allowed into the dungeon!¡± The clown yells in what sounds like a tantrum Who exactly is supposed to be the kid here? ¡°Oi! Why exactly am I a bad kid because I don¡¯t want you watching over me?!¡± I rebut ¡°You¡¯re a bad kid because you called me creepy! Those who refuse to do the trial won¡¯t be allowed to continue!¡± He continues ¡°Fine! I¡¯ll do the trial!¡± I yell to shut him up ¡°¡Really?¡± He says in a doubting tone ¡°Really. I don¡¯t mind doing the trial I just don¡¯t want to be watched¡ It¡¯s creepy.¡± I say shivering Who doesn¡¯t think being watched like that is creepy. I won¡¯t mention the fact that being a clown look alike only makes it worse. ¡°That can be arranged I suppose. In return, you must pass the trial perfectly!¡± He says with his voice still resembling an upset child. ¡°That¡¯s impossible!¡± Kiel yells out ¡°What, how hard can it be?¡± I say turning to ask him ¡°It changes every time! It takes people hours to do normally. To do it without making a single mistake just isn¡¯t possible.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll manage. We accept your deal.¡± I say turning to the clown once more ¡°Mano-san!¡± ¡°Then the deal is made! If you fail to do the trial perfectly then you will not be allowed to continue to the dungeon!¡± The clown yells as the room begins to shake The floor trembles violently, threatening to throw me to the ground. After a few second walls suddenly emerge from the floor and quickly move upward until they are connected to the ceiling as well. Chapter 31: A Maou Cheats As walls quickly begin to rise all around us, I fear the possibility that the room might close in on our group. When a wall burst from the ground directly to my right, an image of a wall rising below our feet and crush us into the ceiling enter my head. ¡°No, you won¡¯t!¡± I say as I prepare to evoke a spell ¡°Mano-san don¡¯t!¡± Kiel shouts out as he grabs my shoulder I was prepared to ignore him, but I look over my shoulder and see that he is staring at me with a face that says ¡°Trust me!¡± I suppose this wouldn¡¯t be the first time acting before I knew everything about the situation made things worse. This time around I¡¯ll trust his expertise. The ground below us suddenly shakes in an odd way. It moves us backward, and a wall rose where we once were. Are we safe until preparations are done then? I can¡¯t imagine the dungeon would move us out of the way if the intention was to crush us. The rumbling and sounds of moving stone begin to calm, and one by one the final walls of stone manifest. ¡°Let the trial begin!¡± I hear the clown-like statue yell out as trumpet sounds play behind his voice He really likes to make a show of it, doesn¡¯t he? ¡°The trial is a simple one. A maze! Though the set up was pretty A-maze-ing as well don¡¯t you think?¡± He says in a joking tone ¡ I¡¯m beginning to really question the taste of the person who designed this dungeon. ¡°Your trial is a bit tougher! You are not allowed a single mistake, you must always move forward. If you take a step backward or turn around you fail.¡± He continued Bzzz zzz! A buzzer noise played when he said ¡®fail¡¯. Is this really meant to be a game show or something? Also, I guess that means I¡¯m not allowed to hit a dead end then. Is it even supposed to be possible to be able to make your way through a maze without hitting a dead-end unless you already know the correct path? ¡°So I just have to get to the end, without having to turn back? Any other rules?¡± I ask loudly I don¡¯t exactly know if he can even hear me. There should be quite a lot of solid stone between me and him. ¡°Fuu fuu fuu, no other rules are needed. With this, the bad children will be sent home.¡± The clown statue states confidently ¡°Mano-san, maybe we should apologize! We really won¡¯t be allowed into the dungeon if we fail here!¡± Kiel begs from behind me That isn¡¯t fair¡ I trusted him didn¡¯t I? I wonder how long it will be until they learn to trust me in return. ¡°It seems your friends were separated from you during the trial''s preparation. Since you accepted the trial, whether they go to the next floor will be pending on you as well. Until then, I will keep them here as well.¡± The clown says in a sudden shift in tone Why does he suddenly sound different? ¡°I won¡¯t keep them for long though! After three hours I will return them to the previous floor and they will have to do the trial as well to pass!¡± The clown says in a condescending voice And suddenly he sounds normal again. ¡°Don¡¯t worry about that. It won¡¯t take me nearly that long.¡± I say as I walk forward to the first wall blocking my pathUnauthorized duplication: this tale has been taken without consent. Report sightings. ¡°Don¡¯t get cocky! This trial has made grown men cry!¡± The idiot-clown says in a confident manner Isn¡¯t he the one getting cocky? ¡°You really should have made more rules. Fal-Kei-Tera Earth manipulation!¡± I say placing my hand on the wall To my will the stone begins to bend aside, making a small archway for me to pass through. ¡°Wha?! Cheater!¡± The childish clown cries out ¡°Whoa!¡± Kiel yelled in surprise Didn¡¯t he see me make the stone tower? Speaking of which, I wonder if that¡¯s caused a disturbance yet? With how tall I made it, you can probably see it from the main road. Don¡¯t things like that usually become wonders or tourist attractions? Though, they may want to remove the pile of charred River Crays next to it first. ¡°I already told you, you should have made more rules. I wasn¡¯t told that I couldn¡¯t use magic or modify the maze.¡± I say as I proceed One by one the walls move aside and a path forms. It''s quite lucky actually, that they didn¡¯t shift us left or right. Since we only moved backward, I still know exactly where the stairs leading downwards is located. They should still be straight ahead. ¡°Maou so smart¡± ¡°I was gonna say that!¡± Mak and Kay begin to argue. I suppose we really do still have two children with us. Though technically Bik, Mak, Kay, and I are all about the same age. We were all born less than an hour apart¡ Though if I was summoned here, I suppose I would be much older than them. ¡°Kue! Fine, I can bend the rules too!¡± I hear in a temper tantrum like voice before the world around us begin to shake again. Once again, we are forced onto the ground as we all attempt not to fall. Mak and Kay fall into each other, while Bik, Kiel, and I all crouch to the ground first. The room grows silent far faster than it did before, and no walls around us visibly move. ¡°The path from this point has been changed! There are now twice as many walls between the exit and you!¡± The sore loser clown yells out ¡°That may be useless, but it still pisses me off!¡± I rebuke I place both my hand on the ground and focus ¡°Fal-Kei-Tera Earth manipulation!¡± I yell out A crack flows from the point my hands touched and goes into the next wall. As it crawls up the wall a series of cracking and crumbling sounds being to resound in front of us. The crack in the wall begins to expand as the two halves of the once whole wall begin to separate. More than just the wall in front of us however, all the walls up to the exit have opened in the same manner. By the way, I could have done this the entire time. I thought I would rub in my victory by making my path look elegant and easy. ¡°KUU!¡± I hear the defeated-clown let out in frustration Really though, looking at the walls put between us and the door it¡¯s hard to believe he ever intended to play fairly. Some of the walls are so close together that I don¡¯t know if I could even fit between them towards the exit. Pin pon! When I reach the stairway, a victory sound plays. ¡°Any other trials or are we free to enter?¡± I ask I try to keep my bragging to a minimum since I do feel like I cheated a little. ¡°¡No, the trial is completed. You and your friends will be allowed to continue. You will be allowed to traverse the dungeon without being monitored. Automatic defenses will still activate if you cause trouble, however.¡± His voice changes a bit again, and he responds in a more sullen tone What is that supposed to be? I prefer it whatever it is. The entire room begins to rumble strongly, and all the walls begin to lower simultaneously. I see Kera and Gero emerge from behind them. A golem is also standing next to them but isn¡¯t attacking. That isn¡¯t my golem so whatever happened to the one I made? Is that one meant to be guarding them? Or was it to make sure they didn¡¯t try to leave, or do the trial themselves? ¡°Took ya¡¯ long enough. You wouldn¡¯t believe how they treat their guest around here.¡± Kera says jokingly as she points over her shoulder at the golem Gero doesn¡¯t approach us, however. I think for a moment about the things I said to him, to see if I can remember why. I notice he is still keenly staring at the golem that was guarding them. Sigh I¡¯m having a harder and harder time figuring out his train of thought by the day. I wonder if that bump to the head is related. ¡°¡ Come on Gero, we are about to descend to the next floor.¡± I say waving him over gero ¡°Yes, Mano-sama.¡± He says turning away from the golem immediately to bow at me. I¡¯ve got to tell him not to do that if he ever comes into town with us. Sure I¡¯m meant to be a princess and all, but it¡¯s just embarrassing to be bowed to in public. ¡°Maou¡¯s magic was awesome!¡± One of the imps yells behind me I turn to see him gesturing at Kera. Is that Mak? Honestly, I still have trouble telling them apart. ¡°She went like pow on the wall, and it just moved out of the way! Then she went all cratchacha on the floor and the huuuuge cracks showed up!¡± He excitedly recounts ¡°Seriously?¡± Kera says as she looks at me with a worried expression I bet what¡¯s going through her head is ¡°How can I get away with pranking her if she is getting so strong?¡± It¡¯s written on her face quite obviously. ¡°Mano-san... It¡¯s getting really hard to seem like I¡¯m contributing when you do things like that.¡± Kiel says dejectedly hanging his head Chapter 32: A Bored Maou After readying ourselves again we begin to descend to the next floor. As we continue down the staircase, we grow ever closer to a veil of darkness. Small crystals resembling the one that was lighting up the previous room are growing out of the ceiling above us. It is quite clear where the barrier is this time around. ¡°Any advice about the next floor Kiel?¡± I ask as we stop before the barrier ¡°I¡¯ve never made it very far before, but I¡¯m pretty familiar with the monsters. You can have a look for yourself soon. The staircase continues for a while past the barrier.¡± Kiel says as he walks into the darkness in front of us I don¡¯t think I¡¯m going to get used to walking through something so ominous any time soon. Nonetheless, we all pass through and continue down the staircase. ¡°We aren¡¯t going to have to perform anymore ¡®trials¡¯ are we? I found that odd jester to be incredibly annoying! Don¡¯t bother throwing minions at me if I can¡¯t even eat them!¡± Kurobe agitatedly ask Now that I think about it, Kurobe didn¡¯t really join the fight before. I don¡¯t really know how powerful he is aside from what I saw at the goblin camp. I wonder if he is going to be alright down here. ¡°I¡¯ve heard from others that you have to perform a trial every ten floors, but the first is unique. From now on, in order to continue, we would need to defeat a powerful monster. We shouldn¡¯t have to worry about that though, there is no way we are going that deep!¡± Kiel says looking over his shoulder with a smile so large that his eyes close He is directing this face at me. Am I imagining things? ¡°That depends on the strength of the monsters. I don¡¯t really want to leave till I get a good feel of my own strength.¡± I say in response His face suddenly turns to a mix of disgust, disappointment, pity, and fear. Was his previous face supposed to be beckoning me to agree with him? ¡°Give it up lover boy,¡± Kera says placing her hand on Kiel¡¯s shoulder and giving him a look of pity As we continue to walk, a dull green light grows closer and closer. Before long we reach the next floor. This floor is incredible; it''s much bigger than the last one we were in. Strange stone formations protrude from the ground. Their shape is similar to that of stalagmites, but they twist around each other oddly to form helices of stone with varying size all throughout the floor. In a strange way, they resemble trees. An entire village could quite easily fit in here. Green orbs about the size of a melon protrude from the ground every couple feet, letting off a very faint light. Upon closer inspection, they look like a cut gem. ¡°What are these things?¡± I ask as I attempt to pull one from the ground It¡¯s loose, but I would need to dig them out a bit if I actually wanted to remove it. ¡°This is a mineral rarely found outside of dungeons. I believe they were called ¡®Sol Crystals¡¯. They have a unique ability to store magic, but the lower the grade the more magic leaks out of it. The magic that leaks out does so in the form of light. If you supply it with more magic, usually they will get brighter.¡± Kera says leaning down and placing her hands on another nearby stone. After a few moments, the stone begins to emit a light far stronger than the last. ¡°I only gave it a little magic, so these crystals must be really low in quality.¡± She says standing again Magic storing stones? I wonder if I could use them as a sort of bank for MP. I still haven¡¯t found any way to restore magic in the middle of a battle yet and that could become an issue in the future.The story has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation. ¡°We should collect a few¡± I say placing my hands on the ground next to one ¡°Fal-Kei-Tera Earth Manipulation¡± I call out as the earth begins to recede around the Sol Crystal It is a bit lumpy on the underside, but nonetheless, it looks incredible. I could very well see this being used for jewelry. ¡°We probably shouldn¡¯t. At least not yet, these are worth little more than a common stone. The better ones are usually found deeper in the dungeon. As the magic power on each floor rises, the surrounding Sol Crystals¡¯ grade increases with it.¡± Kera says I suppose farming rocks wouldn¡¯t be a very good start to our first dungeon anyways. I place the stone I already dug out in my inventory regardless. I might find a use for it later. PUKYOOO! I hear a strange squeal from nearby and ready myself for a fight. As I look around I notice that everybody else had done the same. Kurobe on the other hand¡ has a weird look on his face. PUKYOOO! Oink oink I hear the squeal again and turn to the origin of the sound. I can see in the distance a small boar-headed out way quickly. ¡°Tei-Va-T-¡± I begin to evoke before- ¡°MINE!¡± Kurobe says leaping forward suddenly and charging the boar Stunned by the sudden outburst from our quietest member I simply watch as he single-handedly takes the boar down. What happened next¡ I¡¯ll omit for those who have recently eaten. Turns out Inaba do not have a very graceful method of eating their prey. ¡°Pah! That hit the spot! That crud the goblins gave us just wasn¡¯t the same as when food is fresh!¡± Kurobe says as he walks back towards us with a refreshed expression It¡¯s a jarring look considering the fur around his mouth is still stained with blood. Squii~ A small squealing sound can be heard in the far distance again. ¡°Seems there is still much more to this feast! I¡¯m certainly not one to pass up a good meal!¡± Kurobe says dashing away His ¡®dignity¡¯ flies out the window when food comes into play doesn¡¯t it? ¡°Do you recognize the monster Kurobe just... defeated?¡± I ask Kera I still don¡¯t think I¡¯m perfectly used to seeing such large amounts of blood yet. It¡¯s easier when it¡¯s a slime or a large crustacean. ¡°Yes, it¡¯s called a Borka.¡± She says ¡°Anything we could sell on it?¡± I ask plainly This world differs from RPG¡¯s in a major way. Monsters don¡¯t have ¡°drops¡± if you want to profit from slaying them you have to actually take the valuable item from their corpse¡ I think regardless I¡¯m going to leave any of the ones Kurobe comes across alone. ¡°Not really. Some places grind up their tusk as a food seasoning, but they can be domesticated so they aren¡¯t really that valuable.¡± Kera says shrugging She really does know her monsters, doesn¡¯t she? She might be really helpful down here. ¡°Tell me if anything we come across can be turned into profit.¡± I say drawing my sword At first, we decided to stick together and take down possible threats, but soon we discover that the monsters on this floor are quite weak. They are stronger physically and in numbers than the goblins, but their methods of fighting are all quite simple. I decided we should split up and search for the exit. The plan is to meet up at the entrance to this floor in roughly an hour. The monsters on this floor all resemble small woodland creatures but have red eyes and odd black markings. The ¡°Borka¡± are boars just large enough for a small child to ride. They have tusk that stick straight out, and they mainly attempt to attack by charging into you with them. The next two I learned the names of from Kera later. The ¡°Banir¡± are large rabbits about the same size as the Borka. The Banir tend to attack in groups. Their main attack method seems to be kicking. It¡¯s almost comical to see them launch into the air and adjust themselves to kick forward. The last creature the ¡°Gurat¡± is your simple stereotypical giant rat. They don¡¯t seem to be hostile, but I¡¯ve seen a large number of them on this floor. I imagine you would get into quite a bit of trouble if you were to back them into a corner or run into a nest of them. Our travels through this floor weren¡¯t all too interesting honestly. I would occasionally cross paths with one of my companions, and occasionally they would be fighting, but aside from that, we cleared this floor with little difficulty. After I became bored of fighting the monsters on this floor, I summoned a golem to fight for me and returned to the meeting point. While I was fighting, I managed to obtain two skills from using ¡°Status¡± on monsters. Forward Rush: Charge forward and pierce your enemies High Jump: Increased jumping ability by twofold Even the skills from these monsters aren¡¯t exceptional. I¡¯m beginning to wish I had made the meeting time shorter. Chapter 33: A Maous Worry Most of us returned to the meeting place early. Kera and Kurobe are the only exceptions. If I remember correctly, Kiel and Kera were grouped together. When I asked him about it he said: ¡°After a little while she just kind of ditched me. I tried to chase after her, but it¡¯s like she just disappeared¡± Is she going to be alright on the floor by herself? Somehow I have trouble actually worrying about her. She seems to know so much about monsters that fighting might be completely unnecessary for her. ¡°Kiri you go see if you can find Kurobe for me. If you find him instruct him to make his way here.¡± I order Previously, Kiri had been circling above us ¨C monitoring everybody. His job was to come get me if any surprises happened. I still don¡¯t know enough about this floor to know whether a boss of some kind will show up if we stay for too long after all. Kiri returned to the meeting point as well when most of us gathered there. I pull up my inventory menu and find Kera¡¯s com-stone. ¡°Oi! You there?¡± I say after tapping the icon next to it ¡°That you princess? We giving up already?¡± She responds with a snarky tone ¡°As if! The rest of us have already gotten bored with this floor, so we are about to move on.¡± I respond There is a short silence before she responds. I stare skeptically at the icon for a few moments as I wonder whether we were disconnected. Pchshiiiiiiiiiii ¡°Ya, I suppose I¡¯m done as well. I¡¯ll meet ¡®cha at the entrance to the next staircase.¡± She says after an odd sound comes through the com-stone Is this thing malfunctioning? What was that strange sound? It sounded almost like static on TV. The icon in my inventory goes dark signifying the end of the call. Did she just hang up on me? How is that even possible? After a short while, Kurobe comes running back with Kiri on his head. His mouth is clean of blood, how in the world did he clean his fur? ¡°Did you eat your fill?¡± I ask sarcastically when he arrives ¡°Not even close! Fresh food is good, but small fry like this won¡¯t satiate my hunger in the least even if I were to eat every last one of them!¡± He says raising his head up His pride shows its head even in weird ways like this it seems. ¡°How did you understand Kiri¡¯s message?¡± Kiel ask Oh! I completely forgot about that. I suppose having Kiri as our messenger is pretty pointless if we can¡¯t understand him. ¡°I can understand the bird''s tongue,¡± Kurobe responds When he does Kiri happily dances on his head. He''s prideful even about minor things like his appetite, and yet he will still allow a bird to dance about on his head? ¡°Then why did you let us try and interpret him for so long before we came in!?¡± Kiel asks with a mild irritation. ¡°Hm? I enjoyed watching the loud one¡¯s struggle.¡± Kurobe says as he turns and begins to walk towards the next floors staircase I begin to walk as well, but I do peak over my shoulder to see Kiel¡¯s response. On his face is a look that says ¡°Oh, I see!¡± in a joyful way. My group does get along with each other right? I¡¯m not going to have a group of monsters down each other throats right? ¡°Maou-sama?¡± Bik ask as he jogs to catch up to me ¡°I told you to call me ¡®Mano¡¯ didn¡¯t I?¡± I say glaring down at himIf you encounter this story on Amazon, note that it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it. He already gave my identity away to Kiel. I need to squash that habit quickly before we end up in a place like the capital where that would cause some serious trouble. ¡°Sorry¡ Mano-sama, what is the purpose of this journey?¡± Bik sheepishly ask ¡°What?¡± I say caught off guard by the question ¡°Well, I mean, you said we were friends and you also said that you didn¡¯t want to destroy the humans, but you''re still on a journey to power up and! ¡¡± He says stuttering and flailing over his own words He has a dejected look on his face like he just screwed up big time as well. Does he think I¡¯m mad at him for asking that? Now, that I think about it¡ I haven¡¯t told any of the imps or Gero why we are on a journey. Thinking back on it, the things I said before we headed off could even be interpreted as ¡°Let¡¯s go become stronger to destroy the humans!¡± No wonder he is confused. ¡°To be honest I don¡¯t really know,¡± I say as I look away from him ¡°When we left the castle the only real thing on my mind was ¡®I¡¯m not an evil villain! I¡¯ll go on a journey like the Yuusha and prove to the world that I¡¯m good!¡¯ but in the short time since then I¡¯ve come to realize the world works a bit differently from that. Maybe one day I will decide to destroy the humans. I think for now our journey is just to help me gain perspective. Plus, traveling with all of you is getting to be pretty fun.¡± I say looking down at him again ¡°Mano-saamaaaa~¡± He says with eyes full of tears ¡°Wha?! Stop that!¡± I say when I see him like that He is making me realize just how cheesy the speech I just gave was. I think this fantasy world is beginning to have an effect on me. ¡°So you are thinking about things! I was beginning to think you just turned your nose towards whatever sounded the most dangerous and charged towards it!¡± Kiel says from behind having overheard our conversation ¡°Oi! Don¡¯t think so lightly of me! We haven¡¯t had any injuries or causalities yet have we?¡± I ask in an irritated tone ¡°I nearly bit your arm off at the goblin settlement.¡± Kurobe chimes in ¡°You¡¯re not helping!¡± I rebuke ¡°Seriously?! Nothing slows you down does it? I can never tell whether you''re amazing or stupid.¡± Kiel says giving me an odd look ¡°I smell human blood!¡± Kurobe yells before I have a chance to get angry ¡°Whose?!¡± I yell as our gentle stroll turns into a full sprint ¡°It¡¯s the loud one''s! There isn¡¯t much but there is an odd smell accompanying it!¡± Kurobe continues As we all run, we try to keep up with Kurobe; but he is much faster than us. ¡°Long Run, Ai-Meta-Ei Haste!¡± I invoke all the skills that I can to try to catch up with him, but I can only barely keep up. Kurobe is incredibly fast when he runs! ¡°Mano-san!¡± Kiel calls out as he grows farther and farther behind by the moment Can I even use this on others? It¡¯s worth a try at least! ¡°Ai-Metai-Ue Invoke Haste!¡± I say looking behind and pointing my hand at them The spell changed? Even the skill name is slightly different. I¡¯ve got to remember that for the future, but for now Kera is my priority! The spell did work and the rest of our party did speed up, but nonetheless the ones who can somewhat keep up are Kiri and I. Everybody else had already disappeared behind the forest of odd stalagmites. Regardless of leaving them behind, Kurobe, Kiri, and I all charge forward to save Kera Or¡ not. ¡°Oh, what¡¯s up guys? Sorry, I¡¯m not quite finished yet, I could have sworn you would take longer to get here.¡± Kera says looking back over her shoulder Whereas she is in perfect health by the looks of things, she is standing before a pretty amazing scene. A large boar, comparable to the one that Bik and Kiel took down next to the goblin camp, is being surrounded by light. The light is emanating from a strange formation on the ground that looks oddly similar to a magic circle. Looking closely, even the light surrounding the boar has strange characters and symbols being formed occasionally. ¡°What is going on here? Weren¡¯t you in danger?¡± I ask as I try to grasp the situation ¡°This? I¡¯m contracting this demon. He¡¯s a variant of the Borka, I couldn¡¯t resist! Why would you think I was in danger?¡± She asks with a confused look on her face ¡°Kurobe said he smelled your blood!¡± I let out excitedly to try and redeem my actions I feel like yelling ¡°Don¡¯t waste my worrying dangit!¡± ¡°I could have sworn I smelled a pool of blood. It smells quite a bit like yours.¡± Kurobe says sniffing around ¡°Blood? I had to prick my finger for the contract, but it was little more than a drop.¡± Kera says as the ritual finishes and the large boar disappears into nothingness. ¡°See?¡± she says as she holds up the scroll with the drop of blood on it Oddly enough the blood looks like print on the paper rather than blood dripped onto it ¡°A pool?¡± I say turning to Kurobe with a skeptical look ¡°That¡¯s quite odd¡ My nose hasn¡¯t made a mistake like that since I classed up decades ago.¡± Kurobe says as he repeatedly paws at his snout ¡°Mano-san!¡± I hear from behind in an excited voice ¡°We are here to hel¡p?¡± Kiel says as he emerges from a particularly thick set of stalagmites At first, the look on his face resembles that of a valiant hero who has made his dynamic entrance, but now it far closer resembles a dumbfounded fool. Though I probably shouldn¡¯t talk, the look on my face is likely quite similar. ¡°All this to help little ol¡¯ me? Oh, I¡¯m flattered!¡± Kera says with mocking eyes as she does a joyful dance Phwak! ¡°Did you come to save or kill me?!¡± Kera yell as she nurses her head ¡°Sorry, it seems my irritation got the better of me, shall we move on?¡± I ask ¡°Don¡¯t just act like hitting me is a normal thing!¡± She rebukes ¡°Yes, it seems like the loud one is truly okay. I hope there is nothing wrong with my nose.¡± Kurobe says as he continues to paw at his nose It¡¯s a little cute honestly. ¡°Who''s the loud one?!¡± Kera rebukes again Chapter 34: A Maou Descends With that, we decided to continue to the next floor. Without a method of communication should we separate we decided to stick together as a group this time. We won¡¯t split to level again until we find a floor where it is more efficient to do so. ¡°So you¡¯ve never been on this floor before?¡± I ask Kiel as we continue to descend down the staircase ¡°No, any one of the monsters on the last floor would have creamed me before. Making it past the boss Borka would have been completely impossible even if I was stupid enough to try back then.¡± Kiel says scratching his head with a happy look on his face ¡°In that case, we have no idea what to expect. Everybody be on your toes. It¡¯s been easy so far, but I can¡¯t shake this feeling that if we let our guard down it will mean disaster.¡± I say brushing my hand up against the handle of my sword I¡¯m not exaggerating. I really do have a gut feeling that things are just a little bit too easy. Humans are numerous, persistent, and creative. At some point they must have had the idea to try to send an army down here to clear it, and yet 20 floors is the record? Something just doesn¡¯t quite seem right about that. ¡°Well, it was only that easy because of you I¡¯m sure,¡± Kera says as she passes me in the stairs The way she descends worries me. At first glance, it just looks like she is jumping down several steps at a time, but upon further inspection, you can notice that she is skipping down the steps. How she can do such a thing without falling is a mystery to me. ¡°Well, just because I haven¡¯t gone down to these floors myself, doesn¡¯t mean I¡¯m completely in the dark about them. I¡¯ve heard some rumors from passing adventurers. A couple years ago a myth about a magical item being on the 22nd floor popped up and Jin became a real tourist spot due to all the people coming by to try and claim it.¡± Kiel says smiling as he reminisces He might not have had the best childhood here, but he really does seem to like this town nonetheless. ¡°Anything about the next floor that we should know?¡± I ask ¡°Well, there is one thing. On the next floor are some animated swords. I''ve not heard that they are particularly tough or anything, but apparently a lot of naive adventurers pick them up after defeating them hoping they will sell for a lot. The metal they are made of is such trash quality that it takes more money to purify than it''s worth." Kiel explains ¡°They have a magical core on them though if you can manage to nick that I could find a use for it!¡± Kera chimes in Despite how far ahead of us she is, she still seems to be able to hear our conversation. Is it that sound carries well in this staircase? Or is she just that good at getting into other people¡¯s business? I must remember that the second time we met she discovered my secret because she was spying on us. The light of the next floor grows closer while we speak. It''s far dimmer than the last floor, but it is still a bluish-green tint. ¡°So do adventurers have any reason to challenge the dungeons besides the possibility of getting a magical item?¡± I ask Kiel ¡°What do you mean?¡± He responds caught off guard by the sudden leap in conversation ¡°Well, earlier you said that magical items immediately make someone royalty. I can see why that would make some people want them¡ but I wouldn¡¯t think that adventurers would strive for that kind of thing. If it¡¯s so uncommon for someone to sell a magical item, then what¡¯s the point of getting one if you¡¯re not trying to become a political figure?¡± I continue as I think aloud From what I¡¯ve heard the only two things that are in a dungeon are extremely rare magical items, and monsters strong enough to protect them. ¡°I¡¯ve heard a ton of people talk about that before, but I¡¯m afraid I didn¡¯t understand a lot of it. They would always talk about the adventurers¡¯ role in politics, but it was always mostly politics so I could never follow the conversation. The only incentive I know is an age-old legend about the dungeons.¡± He says as his eyes become slightly fearful That sounds like a flag to me. Legends are always smoke to the fire. They might not be completely accurate but they always have touches of truth to them. ¡°Do tell, I like legends.¡± I say with a grin ¡°¡They say the power of a god lies at the bottom of a dungeon. It¡¯s called the ¡°Ultimate Irony¡± though. I mean, to get to the bottom of a dungeon you would have to be several times stronger than any Yuusha that has ever tried. You would need the power of a god, to obtain the power of a god.¡± He says with a smile that seems to imply that he is reassuring himselfStolen content warning: this content belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences. ¡°There¡ aren¡¯t any gods right? I mean outside of religions. I¡¯m not going to run into a god, or some kind of demi-god right?¡± I ask with a cold feeling running down my spine I¡¯m already being hunted by a complete cheat-like entity; I don¡¯t want to get on the bad side of something far and beyond stronger. sigh ¡°I want to say no, but when I look at you I can¡¯t help but think I¡¯m just jinxing myself.¡± He responds as we reach the next floor The layout is completely different from the last. Previously we were in a flat room that expanded out quite a far distance, with the only thing obstructing our vision being the weird stalagmites. This floor however resembles a cave. Right away there are three paths before us separated by cave walls; looking through each path carefully, they seem to stretch on much further. The Sol Crystals are implanted into the rocks on the ceiling of the cave, almost resembling modern lights. ¡°It seems if we explore too much we are going to get lost on this floor, so let¡¯s head straight for the exit,¡± I say as I try to choose a path ¡°I never heard about this. I wish we had a map or something¡± Kiel says scratching his head I suppose no matter how long you listen to stories about the dungeon, without going in yourself there are going to be chunks of info missing. ¡°Let¡¯s just start moving. We won¡¯t find the exit standing around talking about it.¡± Kera says as she starts down the left path Fuuuuchu! We attempt to follow, but we are stopped by a trap. As she walks ahead of us, a wall suddenly rises behind her. ¡°Hey!¡± Kiel yells as he sprints forward and begins to bang on the wall ¡°Kera! Hold on! Fal-Kei-Tera Earth Manipulation!¡± I yell as a try to free her Ptzz TCH A spark jumps out of the wall that I attempt to use the spell on and shocks me. ¡°Wha-? Fal-Kei-Tera Earth Manipulation!¡± I say as I attempt it again Ptzzt cha! Again the spell fails and I¡¯m shocked. Is this a power of the dungeon? I¡¯ve not run into this problem yet, even during the trial. Is it due to us being on a harder floor? That clown statue on the first floor seemed to be able to use the same spell. I suppose the person who made this dungeon must have known to take countermeasures. Are all my tricks going to stop working as we go lower and lower? Fal-Kei-Tera Earth Manipulation, Tei-Meta-Tera Golem Form.¡± I say placing my hand on the floor As before stone begins to rise from the ground and take the shape of a small golem. ¡°What are you doing?¡± Kiel ask giving me an odd look ¡°The dungeon is stopping me from moving this stone. I¡¯m testing to see if the same applied to the walls and floor.¡± I say as I point towards the right path ¡°And now I¡¯m going to make sure that no more of us get separated.¡± I continue as the golem moves to my will and walks down the path Fuuuchu! A moment passes before yet another wall slams down behind him. I think I¡¯ve also figured out the trigger conditions as well. The golem was about as far into the path he went down as Kera was when the wall rose up behind him. Golems move significantly slower, so at the very least I can rule out it being on a timer. Sigh ¡°Seems this floor is going to be a complete pain. Everybody stick together! If you get separated just try to find the exit. We will all meet there. ¡° ¡°What about Kera?¡± Kiel asked giving a somewhat worried look to the wall that separated her from us ¡°She knows where we are headed. Hopefully, she can handle herself and meet us there.¡± I say as I stop before the last cave This is the only path left. I don¡¯t know if the walls behind us will lower again after a certain amount of time, or if they will stay up until we leave entirely. It could be a disaster if this door separated anybody else in the group. Those left on this side would have to try to wait out the door or leave and start over completely. The imps jump on Kurobe and everybody huddles together as we pass through the threshold. We all make it through and after some distance, the wall raises behind us. You know thinking about that the other way around, we just lost our only escape route as well didn¡¯t we? ¡°Gah!¡± Kurobe suddenly yells out as he falls to the ground and covers his nose ¡°What is it?! Another trap?¡± I say as I look around frantically ¡°No! Something ahead smells absolutely horrid!¡± He says and he hides his nose with everything he has It is obviously having no effect. ¡°Wait, seriously? You''re cowering over a bad smell?¡± I ask in an unintentionally snarky voice ¡°I am not cowering! For a while now I¡¯ve been getting the feeling that my nose has become more sensitive. It¡¯s like smearing salt in a wound, painful and difficult to bear.¡± He says rising proudly, before once again falling to cover is nose Mak and Kay both fall off, but Bik barely manages to keep his balance. His nose has become more sensitive? What could have caused that? If it was being caused by the dungeon wouldn¡¯t it have affected all of us? ¡°Gero, do you know of anything that could be causing Kurobe¡¯s sudden nose sensitivity?¡± I ask I suppose since our anatomy is different it could be caused by some kind of drug or something he ate. If that¡¯s the case then I should start looking for an antidote quickly gero ¡°As he is a member of Mano-sama¡¯s empire, he will become stronger at a significantly higher pace. The Ina, as well as all of their subspecies, gain stronger perceptive abilities as their body¡¯s capabilities rise.¡± Gero says with a bow ¡°So this is just his nose becoming more powerful?¡± I ask as I look over at Kurobe The proud wolf that nearly took my arm off has been reduced to a sniveling puppy. I suppose getting stronger isn¡¯t always a good thing ¡°Why did the smell only just hit you? Shouldn¡¯t you have smelled it from far away if it is so potent?¡± I ask as I walk over to him I kind of feel for him honestly. I wish there was something I could do. ¡°I heard the sound of stone moving up ahead and to the left. A door must have opened when one shut behind us.¡± He says as he rises to his feet He is attempting to look proud again, but there is still and faint look of disgust and pain on his face. Chapter 35: A Frightened Maou ¡°Shall we go investigate?¡± I ask as I begin to walk in the direction the smell is supposedly coming from ¡°Must we?¡± Kurobe asks, giving me a disappointed yet still pained look ¡°There might be more of whatever is making that smell up ahead, there is no telling if we are ever going to escape that smell if we don¡¯t find the cause,¡± I say trying to justify my curiosity In honesty, I fear the possibility of the smell originating from a corpse. A part of me can¡¯t resist at least checking to make sure. I feel like my imagination will only make whatever it is worse if I don¡¯t see it with my own eyes. Kiel is giving me a look of skepticism, my curiosity and fear may be showing on my face without me realizing it. The walls perfectly resemble a cave as we continue. If not for the lights in the ceiling it would be easy to believe this was a natural cave if one didn¡¯t know better. As we walk along, the smell of compost becomes apparent and eventually quite strong. I look back to see how Kurobe is doing. He is wobbling back and forth and looks completely disoriented. This must be absolute torture for him. We come across a somewhat unnaturally formed passage on our left as we continue. There is no light in this passage and all is dark aside from a small pink glow. ¡°What is that? Is that what¡¯s causing this horrid odor?¡± I ask as I strain my eyes to see the source ¡°I can¡¯t get any closer~ my head is already spinning~¡± Bik says as he attempts to wobble ahead of me and investigate ¡°I¡¯ll try to light it up. Fal-Su-Feir Fireball!¡± I say as I cover my nose Three fireballs appear and hover over my head awaiting my command. I send one towards the pink glow, and it easily begins to light up the passage. What I see actually surprises me. An extremely ugly flower is growing from the wall. It has fat dotted petals and a putrid color pallet. It would be easy to believe that this plant was already dead and rotting. ¡°Gero, what am I looking at?¡± I ask as I scan the plant thoroughly Why would a plant like this randomly be growing down here? I haven¡¯t seen so much as a blade of grass since I entered. gero gero ¡°This is a plant commonly known as the ¡®Rafflum flower¡¯. It typically grows in areas with high level of rotting organisms, and has a smell bewitching to decomposing insects. One characteristic to bew-¡° putch ptch PUH! Sparks start to appear around the fireball I had sent in to light up the corridor. They begin to get bigger and more frequent quickly. Gero stops for a moment when I turn my attention to it. ¡°One characteristic to beware is that its pollen is extremely flammable, and has an explosive quality.¡± He finishes with a bow ¡°Eh?¡± I say stunned by how calmly he just announced our doom I quickly snap back and do the first thing I can think of to save us. ¡°Fal-Kei-Tera Earth Manipulation!¡± I yell throwing my hands in front of me The earth shoots upwards in front of me sealing off the ever more violent growing sparks. PuwhuhuhIf you spot this tale on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation. The wall is rising quickly. I imagine in total only a few seconds will have passed when it seals off the corridor completely, and yet it seems so slow as a sound I¡¯ve never heard before loudly echo¡¯s on the other side. The sound is like a mixture between a raging flame and rushing water. As it grows louder the danger of it becomes more apparent ¡°Duck!¡± I yell as I jump away for cover PUUUUUUUH! I¡¯ve not even finished falling to the ground when flames begin to erupt from the top of the rising stone. I¡¯m at my limit trying to process the situation as it all keeps happening so quickly. The only coherent thoughts in my head are simple ones such as ¡°fear¡± or ¡°amazement¡±. I fall to the ground and cover my head. I don¡¯t know if it will help, but I can¡¯t think of much else. Puuuuuh~ The sounds of flames die down, and I confirm my lack of injury as I get up. I look around to find everybody had either fall or knocked to the ground except for two that were standing up unscathed. The first is Gero still in a bowing position, and the other is Kiel. Wow, I never thought he would be brave enough to not falter in the face of an explosion. ¡°Few~ That was a close one! I suppose you weren¡¯t worried though right!¡± I say as I jokingly pat him on the back ¡°¡¡± He doesn¡¯t move an inch ? Confused I decide to inspect him further. His face is completely pale and he is blankly staring upward. ¡ sigh ¡°Or you we¡¯re frightened to the point of not being able to move a muscle,¡± I say as I disappointingly look at him ¡°Wah?!¡± He suddenly lets out as color flushes back into his face and he seems to become aware again ¡°Hmm?¡± I say He looks around and notices the scorch marks on the ceiling and the partially risen wall. As if they are confirming whatever is going through his head, at the sight his expression changes to one of discontent. ¡°Mano-saaaaan~¡± He calls out as his head slowly turns to look at me and he begins to exude a horrible aura A small chill runs down my spine as I realize that I might have pushed him a little too hard. ¡°Don¡¯t blame me! Gero was the one who told us about the danger way too late!¡± I say like a child as I point at Gero Kiels attention turns to Gero. Gero simply looks in our direction and tilts his head to the side as if to say he doesn¡¯t understand¡. Then after a moment, Kiel¡¯s look of discontent directs itself back to me even more intense than before. ¡°Sorry to interrupt, but where did Kurobe go?¡± Bik asks Chance! ¡°That could be really bad! If we don¡¯t stick together we will get separated again!¡± I say looking around for signs of what happened to him gero ¡°If I may. When burned, the Rafflum flower¡¯s odor becomes especially pungent. He likely ran off when the smell intensified.¡± Gero said He walks over and picks up a clump of white fur that was lying further along the path. sigh ¡°So now we have to search for Kurobe and Kera.¡± I say peeking slighting in the direction of Kiel jiiiiiiiiii~ He is still definitely staring me down! ¡°A-anyways! We should keep going! We don¡¯t know what other traps might be waiting for us!¡± I say loudly as I dust myself off and continue forward I suppose I need to be more careful. This level, in particular, seems to be filled with traps. We start moving again and as we do, we search for possible traps. I decided to summon my golem and have him walk several feet in front of us. Through this method, we avoided dart traps, several dead ends, and a pitfall trap. ¡°I wonder how close to the exit we are,¡± Kiel ask as we come to another split This is actually one of the most worrying points. I have no clue whatsoever where we are. We could be wandering around like this for days, and eventually, one of us will slip up and fall into a trap. Should we consider turning back? ¡°Ribbit.¡± I hear suddenly close to my head I turn slighting and find a frog''s face inches from my own Fwak! ¡°I hate this dungeon!¡± I yell as I run away with full force ¡°Wait it¡¯s me!¡± I hear from behind, but I don¡¯t even have the time to turn my head before Fuuuuchu! The wall rises up behind me. I turn and quickly start banging on it. As I begin to process what just happened, my banging becomes significantly more violent. ¡°I¡¯ll get you for that!¡± I yell out angrily Can she even hear me? I open my inventory and touch the button next to the com-stone. ¡°PTttcTHaztchpzzzzt prin- Paaaztcttt¡± All I hear is a strong static Is it malfunctioning after all? I wonder if the dungeon is interfering with it. sigh ¡°I don¡¯t know if I¡¯m more worried for my own safety or theirs.¡± I say as I place my back on the wall and slowly slide down ¡°Kiii¡± I hear a joyful chirp as Kiri lands on my shoulder ¡°Well, at least I¡¯m not all alone,¡± I say giving a faint smile I get up and start looking around again. As always there are no real landmarks at all to even tell if I¡¯ve been here before. I suppose walking forward is as good a plan as any. At least we haven¡¯t run into any monsters yet. Snarl ¡°I really hate this dungeon,¡± I say unsheathing my sword Chapter 36: A Maous Song I look forward into the dimly lit path in front of me. Pairs of eyes begin to faintly shine from beyond the reach of the lights. It is not long after that I find myself surrounded by many strange creatures. They look similar to a fox or a hound except for one major trait. Each of them has thick spiraling horns jutting out from behind their ears. They move together, their eyes never looking away from me. Slowly they encroach on me, leaving no gaps in their formation. ¡°Status¡± I say looking between them Name: None Species: Yamahan Level: 22 Skills: Battle analysis Lunge Tear Night vision Ram Level 22? Isn¡¯t the incline in levels a bit steep? Most of the monsters on the last floor had an average level of about 14. Even the golems that the clown statue summoned to try to get rid of me when he thought I was going to be trouble were still only level 20. At this rate, the next floor looks like it could be quite dangerous. Snarl Once I¡¯ve seen their levels I relax my body a fair amount, which seems to have antagonized them. They seemed quite confident about their victory at first, but now they look angry and nervous. I still pay them little mind and continue to use ¡°Status¡± on each of them to try and gain more skills. The knowledge of others fills you New skill learned: Night vision New skill learned: Ram I only end up learning these two skills after observing every Yamahan in sight. Only one of them seems to have much use, unfortunately. I guess I should clear these guys out and keep moving. I shift my stance slightly; however, the Yamahan all suddenly look as if they were staring at a demon. I look around to make sure that their looks are indeed intended for me. Why are they suddenly acting so fearful? ¡°Who?!¡± I hear suddenly bellow loudly from the path in front of me The voice is deep, and I don¡¯t recognize it. The Yamahan don¡¯t react to this at all. ¡°Who has the guts to show their bloodlust around me?!¡± It continues, accompanied by heavy footsteps that sound as if they are growing closer Bloodlust? Was I giving off anything so sinister? ¡°One such as this is the source?¡± A gigantic Yamahan asks as his form emerges from the darkness He is giving off quite a Boss-like feeling. If he¡¯s talking, does that mean that this species is intelligent? ¡°I apologize, it seems like I offended you all somehow. Why are you preparing to attack me?¡± I ask sheathing my sword I remember the goblins attacked me initially as well. Having the appearance of a human may be a benefit, but I suppose it also means that I will have to deal with any messes they have made along the way. ¡°¡Amazing, to be able to turn on and off such bloodlust as if it were a simple faucet¡ You will prove to be formidable no doubt!¡± He says as he too takes up a position to attack ¡°Wait! Can¡¯t you understand me?! I don¡¯t mean you any harm!¡± I say as I back up slowly I know doing so is futile considering I have a wall behind me, but I don¡¯t want to reach for my sword and set them off. ¡°Of course I can. The human tongue is not foreign to me.¡± He says proudly The rest of the Yamahan all seem to gain back their confidence as the conversation continues. ¡°Then why do you prepare to attack?¡± I ask as I slowly begin to reach again for my blade I regret putting it away greatly. I did so as a gesture of trust and good faith, but I suppose such a gesture comes at a risk.This content has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. ¡°Is it not in your nature to feed on those weaker than you? Is it not in your nature to sharpen your fangs on those stronger than you? Do I need a reason to fight?¡± He continues Many of the Yamahan begin moving inward again. The distance between me and the leading few is becoming dangerously close. If I don¡¯t keep my guard up I don¡¯t think this will end well. Can I even beat this boss-Yamahan? ¡°Status!¡± I state with authority hoping to scare back some of the weaker ones Name: Yama Species: Handon Level: 28 Skills: Battlefield overlook Advanced battle analysis Lunge Tear Rip Sharpen Night vision Ram The knowledge of others fills you New skill learned: Battlefield overlook New skill learned: Sharpen The fact that I received two new skills simply from observing him is a testament to his strength. I might be in a bit of trouble here. ¡°Is there nothing I could say to make you leave us be?¡± I ask as I draw my sword At this point, there is no point worrying about antagonizing them. ¡°A question suited for a coward¡¯s death. I will be troubled if you do not make your last words more dignified.¡± He answers ¡°Oh? Why¡¯s that?¡± I ask partially out of curiosity and partial to stall as I try to get into a good stance ¡°I will likely not leave this fight without grave wounds even if I am victorious. If the last words of the one who caused me such injury were the words of a coward, the ridicule would last a lifetime.¡± He says ¡°There is no reason to worry about that unless your race has a habit of ridiculing the dead,¡± I say after I become confident of my stance ¡°Do you intend to mock me? To say such grand words with such an ominous pressure, and yet you take up the stance of a child playing hero?¡± He says with a snarl ¡°Huh, what¡¯s wrong with it? I thought I was finally getting the hang of this.¡± I say as I look at my feet to see what the issue is I think I read somewhere that you have to keep a wide low stance, but it¡¯s hard to thrust my sword if I bend my knees too much. Do I really need to go lower? ¡°If your intent was to anger me then you were successful! I hope you take responsibility and accept my wrath!¡± Yama says lunging forward at me Following him, the smaller Yamahan all charge forward as well I lower my stance a bit and swing horizontally, trying to hit as many as possible. There are far too many coming at me at once to use thrust on them individually. As if by magic Yama manages to halt his forward lunge and juts backward slightly as I swing. Those following him were not so lucky. Nearly half of the Yamahan that initially surrounded me went down with that single swing. Seriously? I didn¡¯t even put that much power into it. Though, even this doesn¡¯t seem like it would have done much to the big guy. Perhaps I should try something else I point at the ground and focus ¡°Fal-Kei-Tera Earth Manipulation, Tei-Meta-Tera Golem Form¡± I say raising my finger as if to beckon the earth As I do, three golems raise up before me. I open up my status menu to confirm a suspicion I had. Good, I was worried that I would be limited to only one. Unfortunately, it seems like summoning each golem takes up a substantial amount of MP. Now that I think about it, I wanted to try to use chain skills. I¡¯ve had an idea for one for a while now ¡°Fal-Kei-Tera, Tei-Va-Feir Fireball¡± I say placing my hand on the ground Hmm¡ It just doesn¡¯t feel the same. Maybe it¡¯s because golem from is an actual spell, and this just using the spells I have in a different way. ¡°So you show your true ability? I would not have it any other way!¡± Yama yells as he charges forward again Something is different about how they are charging in this time, however. They seem to have staggered their attacks making it impossible to attack them all at once. Still, their numbers are overwhelming, and their attacks come too quickly to dodge or counter them all. I jump out of the way of the first few and draw my golems towards me. They form a small defensive wall around me. crirtchh crack As the Yamahan charge forward their horns dig into and become stuck inside the golems. I¡¯m left to defend myself against those fast enough to make it past them, however. ¡°Foolish woman, have you forgotten about me?!¡± Yama yells as he quickly approaches BANG! He turns into a ball of flame several feet before me however. I confidently begin to raise a smile before I notice my error. ¡°Crap!¡± I yell as I jump to the side avoiding the hurtling clump of burning fur that I just created FWAM! A loud sound resonates throughout the area as his corpse slams into the wall behind me. Several cinders slowly fall to the ground in its wake. ¡°I completely forgot about his momentum, if I wasn¡¯t paying attention that could have ended really badly¡± I let out as I let my muscles relax again I¡¯m noticing a trend here, why am I always the cause of the danger that I run into? wimper What¡¯s left of the Yamahan all shake and whimper as they begin to move backward in fear. ¡°If you want to run, I won¡¯t follow.¡± I say with authority as I put away my sword once again Killing something intelligent has left a bad taste in my mouth. I don¡¯t really care about leveling at the moment. According to the goblin chief, most high ranking monsters have the capability for human speech, does that mean I¡¯m going to run into many more like Yama? I hope I have better luck convincing them to be peaceful in the future. In reaction to me speaking, many Yamahan begin to run away immediately. The few that are left continue to cower, attempting to keep a proud look about them. ¡°Leave!¡± I state with more authority and a bit of anger Their looks turn to one of terror before they too run in fear. ¡°Maaaan~ I¡¯m already tired, should we go ahead and turn back? I don¡¯t really feel like continuing anymore.¡± I say as I begin to walk down the path directly in front of me I suppose for now I¡¯ll just find the staircase to the next floor and meet up with the rest. Afterwards, we can all head out together using ¡°Return¡±. ¡°I forever look outwards, yet these walls are all I see~" As I walk forward a faint mumbled humming can be heard. ¡°So far yet so close, why can you never hear me?~ I yell and I sing, and yet you never listen~¡± I strain my ears to listen, and I can hear the voice of a young girl. Her song is quite beautiful, yet it seems very strange. I can hear the rhythm clearly, and it flows together beautifully, yet the words don¡¯t match it at all. It''s as if I know the song is on rhythm, but the timing of the words I can hear isn''t. Is this because it¡¯s being sung in another language? Don¡¯t I have the ability to hear the actual words they are saying? ¡°Will you ever return my love?~ Will you ever return my song?~¡± I become so lost in the beautiful song, that I don¡¯t even notice it becoming louder. Chapter 37: A Maou Coerces ¡°I¡¯m told to search for meaning in life~ but what¡¯s a life without you supposed to mean?~¡± The voice continues I stop and close my eyes to further focus on the song. ¡°I''ve searched and searched for so very long~ Will you never return until I find it?~¡± The singing sounds as if it¡¯s coming from a young girl, but it¡¯s so well sung that you can¡¯t help but think someone spent their entire life to perfect it. ¡°A puppet''s strings attach it to its maker~ Oh how I envy them~ Tell me what I must do to see-! Who are you?!¡± As the singing suddenly stops and is replaced with the panicked questioning of a young girl, I snap back into reality. ¡°Have you come here to steal Mana?!¡± The girl questions in a slightly fearful tone Although I look around, I cannot find the origin of the voice. ¡°No, I entered the dungeon out of curiosity. I don¡¯t intend to harm anyone that doesn¡¯t try to hurt me or my friends.¡± I say as I continue to scan around the corridor My eyes eventually focus on a small discrepancy around one of the corners. Whereas shades of light green, brown, and black had made up most of the wall and lighting, a small sliver of white is poking out from a connecting corridor far ahead. ¡°I don¡¯t trust you. Lots of people want Mana. You¡¯re just a bad person lying to Mana¡± She says in a pouting voice When she does, she pokes her head out a bit more to look at me. Although she is quite far away, she looks like a cute young girl with stark white hair and crimson red eyes. She keeps saying ¡°Mana¡± is that her name? ¡°Are you Mana? I¡¯m sorry if I scared you, I didn¡¯t know you were down here. My name is Mano.¡± I say trying to appeal to her I honestly don''t know why I am trying to convince her I¡¯m a good person, especially since I¡¯m the Maou. She just kind of feels like a scared cat or puppy. It just kind of hurts to think that she doesn¡¯t trust me. ¡°¡Does Mano like candy?¡± She asks, poking her head out slightly more Candy? I remember that candy is supposed to be sweet or sour, but for some reason, I can¡¯t remember the taste of any. Would this world''s candy even be anything like the candy from my world? ¡°I don¡¯t know. I don¡¯t think I have ever had any.¡± I say nervously backIf you encounter this narrative on Amazon, note that it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. ¡°Mano¡¯s never had candy before?!¡± The young girl yells in surprise before running out from around the corner She runs up to me without fear and presents a colorfully wrapped hard candy. The look on her face is one of insistence and pride. ¡°Um, thank you,¡± I say as I pick it out of her hand and put it in my mouth I become instantly nervous that this child is yet another trap created by the dungeon and that I am consuming poison. Every time I get close to spitting it out though, I look back at the girl with her expectant eyes. I just can¡¯t do it! ¡°Well?¡± The girl asks, cocking her head a bit ¡°Oh, uh, it¡¯s good,¡± I say with a half genuine smile as I realize that I wasn¡¯t paying attention to the flavor ¡°Yay!... Wah!¡± She yells running back to the corner she was hiding behind before ¡°You are a smart one! Mana won¡¯t be tricked so easily though!¡± She yells Huh? She seems to be a bit of an airhead? ¡°Well, thanks for the candy anyways. Are you lost down here?¡± I ask ¡°No, Mana knows where she is. If you aren¡¯t here for Mana, does that mean that you are lost?¡± She asks This kid managed to make her way this far into the dungeon? She seems super relaxed as well, just how strong must she be? ¡°Kind of, I am looking for the staircase and my friends. If you know your way around here, could I ask you to show me the way?¡± I ask after thinking about it for a bit She must be some kind of strong adventurer to able to act so casually this deep. She might be willing to help us out. ¡°¡You''re sure you¡¯re not after Mana?¡± She asks, leaning a bit further out from around the corner ¡°I promise that I¡¯m not after you. My friends and I will leave as soon as we find each other.¡± I say giving a small bow ¡°Okay then! Mana will show you the way!¡± She cheers out as she runs up to me and grabs my hand For an adventurer, she is quite odd, though I suppose I don¡¯t have any room to speak. Sure enough, as we briskly walk she walks with the intent of one who knows where they are going. ¡°So what did you come into the dungeon for?¡± I ask trying to make conversation ¡°Huh? Mana lives here, Mana loves her home!¡± She says looking back at me with a large smile ¡°Wait! You live in here?!¡± I let out in surprise How is that possible? Just how strong is she to be able to live in such a place? ¡°Yup! Mana¡¯s home gives her tons of candy! Teko is super nice too!¡± She continues almost skipping with joy as she does It¡¯s odd to see a child so attached to such a place¡ but seeing her so happy I can¡¯t help but share her feelings¡ Wait. ¡°Did you just say the dungeon gives you candy?¡± I ask in disbelief ¡°Ya! Teko gives me candy when I get lonely or bored! He hasn¡¯t talked to me for a while though¡ I wonder if I did something wrong.¡± She says looking a bit worried and sad ¡°Tell me, what¡¯s Teko like? Describe him for me.¡± I say as I begin to have a suspicion ¡°Teko is super nice! He¡¯s always happy and he treats me super well! He gets angry at big people though, and others always call him ¡®annoying¡¯. They don¡¯t know what they¡¯re talking about though, Teko is super nice!¡± She says coming to a full stop and turning to look at me with a determined look That confirms it, Teko is the name of that annoying clown. Damn that lolicon! He¡¯s gone as far as kidnapping a girl! Next time I¡¯m smashing that clown statue! Wait, maybe he has a real body somewhere¡ ¡°How long have you known him? Have you ever seen him before¡± I ask to see if I can find him ¡°Hmm, Mana''s known Teko all Mana''s life, cause Teko was made before Mana. Teko doesn''t really have a body, but Mana''s seen his funny dolls!¡± She says with a giggle ¡°Wait, ¡®made¡¯ before you?¡± I ask no longer following her ¡°Ya! Mana and Teko were both made by daddy! Daddy is the one who made Mana¡¯s house!¡± She continues with a smile Chapter 38: An Easily Manipulated Maou Mana was made by the creator of the dungeon? Does that mean that she is a monster? She looks just like a human child though. ¡°How old are you Mana?¡± I ask trying not to seem too surprised I can see why she would think that people were after her. If someone captured her, they would be able to sell the information about the dungeon that she has to others. They would make a fortune overnight and likely be awarded at least a minor status of nobility. Even worse, if her captor thought to monopolize on her knowledge and attempt to use her to find magical items. One could possibly rule the world if they monopolized that kind of information. ¡°How old?¡± She asks, tilting her head ¡°How many years have passed since you were made?¡± I clarify ¡°Mano says funny things. What¡¯s a year?¡± She says with a giggle sigh ¡°¡Never mind. I don¡¯t think we will get anywhere like this¡± I say somewhat exasperated I¡¯m honestly still trying to grasp the scope of the danger that simply standing beside this kid is putting me in. ¡°Hey, does Mano know what happened to Teko? Is Teko mad at Mana?¡± Mana asks as she says tugging on my sleeve On her face is the look of a genuine worried and sad child. ¡°Why would you think he was angry at you? Did you do something you weren¡¯t supposed to?¡± I ask ¡°Teko told Mana that she couldn¡¯t go this high today, but Mana wanted to play a game with Teko. Mana was supposed to hide, and Teko was supposed to find her... but Teko hasn¡¯t found Mana yet, and he won¡¯t answer me when I call for him.¡± She says looking down at the ground Crap¡ That was my fault, wasn¡¯t it? I told that annoying clown not to watch me, which means that since she got too close to me he can¡¯t watch her either. ¡°I¡¯m sure he has a good reason for keeping silent,¡± I say trying not to look guilty ¡°Will Mano go with me to apologize?¡± Mana asks looking up at me with tears in her eyes ¡°Wha?! Well¡ that is¡ sure.¡± I let out as I try to find the words ¡°Yay! Mano is super nice!¡± She yells out happily How can I tell her that if she stays near me that she won¡¯t get the chance when she looks at me like that? I regret telling him not to watch me now. The only way that I can think of for her to do so would be for me to return to the beginning. ¡°Are you registered with the return stone?¡± I ask as I think of possible solutions ¡°Hmm? What¡¯s that?¡± She asks cocking her head Of course not. ¡°For now, why don¡¯t we focus on finding my friends?¡± I ask Maybe one of them could help. If I had one return to the first floor of the dungeon and tell the stupid clown that it¡¯s okay for him to watch us again then I should be able to keep my promise. ¡°Okay, I don¡¯t mind. Are your friends nice?¡± She asks grabbing my hand and beginning to walk again She clearly knows where she is going. I don¡¯t know how long I was going to be wandering around down here without her. ¡°They are all a little weird, but they are all nice,¡± I say back with a smile To tell the truth, it feels a little weird to be vouching for people that I¡¯ve met so recently, but I already trust each of them implicitly. Am I just too trusting? Considering the vast amount of people who want me dead, I could probably due to be a little bit more cynical when meeting new people.The tale has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation. ¡°Hey, Mano?¡± Mana asks looking back at me ¡°Yes?¡± I respond ¡°What¡¯s that thing?¡± She asks, pointing her finger at my shoulder ¡°You mean Kiri?¡± I ask looking at the perched bird ¡°Yup! It¡¯s kinda cute¡ Is it dangerous?¡± Mana asks shyly ¡°Kiri is my¡ pet?¡± I say looking inquisitively at Kiri ¡°KII!¡± Kiri chirps back angrily ¡°Companion?¡± ¡°KII!¡± Kiri chirps again with an even further annoyed look ¡°Friend?¡± ¡°Kiki! Kiri!¡± Kiri chirps happily flying around my head ¡°There you have it; Kiri is one of my friends. He is perfectly safe, no need to worry about him.¡± I say with a smile I¡¯m glad Kiri doesn¡¯t hold any kind of grudge against me for using magic to tame him. ¡°Can I pet it?¡± Mana asks with a sheepish and cute look ¡°Gah!... Yes.¡± I say unable to deny her If she turned that look at a world leader she could easily bring ruin to a country. ¡°Kiikii!¡± Kiri chirps out shaking his head furiously ¡°Kiri?¡± I say in a bit of a demanding voice as I turn to look at him ¡°Kii!¡± Kiri lets out before quickly rushing to Mana ¡°Mano¡ Is a little scary. That¡¯s okay though! I know that Mano is nice!¡± Mana says as she fawns over Kiri Mana continued to guide me from that point on until we reached the staircase to the next floor. Needless to say, we were the first to arrive. Mana continued to play with Kiri as we waited for the others. ¡°Ribbit.¡± I hear echo in a familiar voice from one of the nearby tunnels I draw my sword and point it towards the sound. ¡°Woah Woah! It¡¯s just me!¡± Kera says as she comes into view ¡°I know,¡± I say with an increasingly annoyed look ¡°Wah! Save me lover boy~¡± She says hiding behind Kiel who arrived at the same time. Kurobe is also with them. I¡¯m glad they found Kurobe, but where in the world did the imps and Gero go? ¡°Um, Mano-san?¡± Kiel asks with a worried look ¡°Yes?¡± I ask sheathing my sword again ¡°Who is that?¡± He asks pointing at Mana As he does the color begins to drain from his face. ¡°Hmm? Oh, that¡¯s Mana. She was wandering around the dungeon so we decided to stick together.¡± I say as I pet her on the head. She looks a bit nervous meeting these three. ¡°Wait, did she get lost down here?¡± Kiel ask ¡°No, she says that she lives in here,¡± I say as I try to think of ways to explain the situation I only just got a grasp on the situation myself. As Mana played with Kiri, I attempted to explain the situation to everybody. ¡°So that would make her a magical item right?¡± I ask a stunned Kera and Kiel Kurobe has completely lost interest and started taking a nap. ¡°I¡ don¡¯t know. She could be an extremely complex automaton, but I can¡¯t imagine one that could imitate a young child so well. So, what are we going to do?¡± Kera says with a puzzled look ¡°What do you mean?¡± I ask unsure what she was asking ¡°Are we going to take her with us?¡± Kiel chimes in ¡°Hmm, I don¡¯t know¡ The dungeon seems to protect her, so I imagine she would be safer down here. On the other hand if a situation like this happens again and the person she meets is some kind of creep she could be in some serious danger.¡± I say as I watch her play with Kiri Kiel looks at me for a moment with a stunned look on his face, before it shifts into a soft smile. Sigh ¡°I almost forgot that that was the kind of person you are.¡± He says as his smile grows wider ¡°What¡¯s that supposed to mean?¡± I ask Is he making fun of me? Does he think I¡¯m being overconfident by thinking that I could protect her better than a dungeon could? ¡°Well, let¡¯s forget that for now. Should we continue further into the dungeon? I imagine with her helping us it should be quite a bit easier.¡± Kera ask with a similarly wide smile ¡°No, I¡¯ve gotten my fill of exploring this dungeon for now. As soon as I fulfill a promise I made with Mana then I plan to leave¡± I answer ¡°A promise?¡± Kera ask ¡°Yes, she seems to think that the reason that the clown isn¡¯t talking to her is that he is angry at her. I¡¯ve yet to tell her otherwise, but she made me agree to apologize with her.¡± I explain ¡°She made you?¡± Kera ask with a snarky look ¡°I¡¯ve found another weakness of hers! Yay!¡± Is written all over her face ¡°In that case should I go tell the guardian that you¡¯ve changed your mind about your deal?¡± She says in a mocking tone Fwak ¡°Please do so¡± I say ¡°Why did you hit me first?!¡± She yells out nursing her head ¡°You just annoyed me, that¡¯s all.¡± I say walking over to Mana ¡°Hmph! Return!¡± Kera says as a bright light embodies her leaving nothing in her place moments later ¡°Mana, are you ready to apologize?¡± I ask after walking over to her She stops her playing and dons a guilt-ridden and worried look before nodding and grabbing my sleeve. Barely enough time passes for one to believe that Kera actually explained anything to that annoying clown before- ¡°Mana?! Are you alright? Did they hurt you?!¡± He excitedly starts doting over Mana ¡°Mm-mm Mana¡¯s fine,¡± She says meekly shaking her head Despite the fact that the voice is seemly coming from every direction, Mana still hides behind me as she answers. ¡°Wait a second! I¡¯m going to bring you to your room!¡± The doting clown spouts ¡°No!¡± Mana yells and she hugs me tightly Sparks of light quickly start flying all around me. If it wasn¡¯t so surprising and sudden I might even think it was beautiful. ¡°Mano-san!¡± Kiel yells as the entire world turns to a bright white light. Chapter 39: A Maous Imouto The light that surrounds me is so bright that I¡¯m blinded, unable to see for several moments. Should I have kept my eyes closed? Why didn¡¯t anybody warn me about that? The air is cooler, and I can hear the faint sound of music in the distance. This must be the same magic that teleported Kera away. Even past the initial flash, this room is several times brighter than the last, so my eyes take time to steadily adjust. ¡°Mana what were you thinking?!¡± I hear yelled out in a familiar and oddly clear voice I rub my eyes until the stinging ceases and look around for the source. What I saw amazed me on several levels. Instead of another dungeon room, some kind of throne room or any kind of normal building at all, what I saw was a modern western style girl¡¯s bedroom with an incredible amount of the color pink. In awe of a sudden familiar sight, I look around the room furiously to make sure it¡¯s the same. Unfortunately there are several noticeable differences that set it apart. There are no doors or windows anywhere in the room, and the walls seem to be an incredibly smooth pink stone rather than painted walls or wallpaper. There are a few similar looking devices to things like alarm clocks and a television, but they only look the same at a single glance. The TV¡¯s glass seems to be shimmering and pulsating slightly. It reminds me a bit of moving water; however, the movement of it is slightly more unnatural. The alarm clock does indeed seem to be a clock of some sort, but the markings on it are totally different and there are four equally sized hands and more notches than one could count at a glance. Whereas this room is quite obviously of this world, the similarity is a bit too much to ignore. The creator of this room might know more about the other world. Flomp Mana plows into me and hugs. She looks up at me with tears in her eyes. It seems that in my awe of the room, I was leaving her to take the scolding by herself. ¡°Ah! I didn¡¯t even notice that you came as well. I will send you back immediately!¡± The overbearing clown lets out in an exasperated voice ¡°No!¡± Mana cries out as she strengthens her grip on me Sigh ¡°Please pardon my intrusion. I told Mana that I would come with her to apologize to you. She misunderstood your silence to be anger, so she was quite scared to do so by herself.¡± I calmly try to explain ¡°M-Ma-Mana i-is scared of me?¡± The doting clown lets out in a broken voice ¡°Hmph! Mana wasn¡¯t scared! Mana isn¡¯t scared of anything!¡± Mana says while looking up at me angrily with a flushed face and tears in her eyes I can¡¯t help but smile and pet her head when I see this. ¡°S-still! You are not allowed in here! The master strictly forbids it!¡± The doting clown lets out He still seems pretty shaken about the Mana thing¡ Why do I feel like messing with him some more? ¡°Don¡¯t worry; I plan to leave the dungeon as soon as we are done here. Aside from that, is ¡¯Master¡¯ what you call the one who made you and Mana?¡± I askStolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon. ¡°How did you?! Wait! You knew about Mana this whole time?¡± He asks in disbelief ¡°Hey Mano what did you mean ¡®leave the dungeon?¡¯¡± Mana asks with a confused face ¡°Wait, don¡¯t-!¡± The doting clown lets out ¡°Huh? I mean I plan to go back to the outside world and continue my adventure.¡± I respond, accidently cutting him off Why is she asking that? Is it that she wants me to stay here with her? I hope not, I don¡¯t think I could deal with that annoying clown for the rest of my life. ¡°What¡¯s the outside world? Is that one of the higher floors?¡± Mana asks, tilting her head ...This clown! ¡°You didn¡¯t tell her about the outside?!¡± I yell out ¡°Shut it! If you keep talking-¡± ¡°I wanna see it! Is it big? Is it bright?¡± Mana starts questioning me excitedly ¡°Noooo~¡± The annoying clown lets out again in a broken voice ¡°The dungeon is a very small portion of the world. The area that most people live in is one large area. From what I¡¯ve heard there are plenty of other dungeons that you can enter from there as well.¡± I saw trying not to look angry at the clown ¡°Other dungeons? Like Mana¡¯s home? Did daddy make them too? Are there more Mana?¡± She ask Her previous excitement is gone. Her tone resembles that of a child who was just told they were adopted. I look away from her and look for the source of the despicable clown¡¯s voice. I never find it, but I suppose he must have gotten the message. ¡°No, master only created this dungeon. There are no other children like Mana, she is a unique entity.¡± He answers in a sad voice ¡°Teko knew about the outside?¡± Mana asks sadly ¡°Well, um, about that¡ I was going to tell you eventually¡¡± He panicked at first, but after being confronted with Mana¡¯s sad face he caved and told the truth ¡°Teko lied to Mana! Teko said all those people were going home!¡± Mana cried out angrily ¡°I haven¡¯t lied to you! I promise! It¡¯s just¡ it¡¯s dangerous out there for you. If I told you about the outside you would want to go, and master would¡ no, I wouldn¡¯t be able to take it if you got hurt.¡± The desperate clown explained ¡°You said that the people who came here wanted to hurt Mana! Mano is good! Teko is a liar! Waaaaaaaah!¡± Mana yelled as she began to cry loudly It¡¯s hard to accept the phrase ¡°Mano is good¡± when I¡¯m responsible for making such an innocent girl so sad. Have I done the right thing here? He is right. A lot of people out there would do anything to get their hands on Mana. He¡¯s also right about Mana wanting to leave. I wouldn¡¯t have even met Mana if she followed the rules he set for her. ¡°Please, Mana listen to me¡ If I told you everyth-¡± The desperate clown continued ¡°Teko go away!¡± Mana yelled ¡ The sound of Mana softly sobbing is the only thing that fills the room after. ¡°Mano¡± Mana says wiping her face with her shirt ¡°Yes?¡± I ask feeling guilty ¡°Is the outside filled with bad people?¡± She asks ¡°There are no bad people¡ just people who do bad things.¡± I answer How do I answer that? ¡°No the world has lots of good guys!¡± ¡°The world is full of evil!¡±? This world''s ultimate good guy is currently training in order to slaughter me and all of my friends. ¡°Mano is good,¡± Mana says looking at me sternly ¡°If people knew what I really was, most of them would tell you otherwise,¡± I say turning my head down Who am I to teach someone morality? The Maou teaches children the difference between good and bad! Most would think that was a very poor joke. ¡°Is Mana a bad girl because she is different?¡± She asks sadly ¡°No!¡± I yell out Crap! Those were a poor choice of words! ¡°If Mana isn¡¯t bad then neither is Mano!¡± Mana says looking sternly at me ¡°Listen¡ I¡¯ve been alive for a very short amount of time. I don¡¯t know if I¡¯m going to be a good guy, or if I¡¯m going to be a bad guy. All I really want at the moment is to protect my friends. Good people can do bad things and bad people can do good things. I don¡¯t know if there is such a thing as ¡®good¡¯ or ¡®evil¡¯ out there.¡± I explain It feels like I¡¯m explaining the difference between colors to a blind person. Where do I start? Am I getting through at all? ¡°Mana doesn¡¯t understand.¡± She states plainly Of course not¡ ¡°So Mana is going with you.¡± She continues ¡°¡What?¡± I ask stunned Chapter 40: A Maou Plays ¡°Mana doesn¡¯t know anything about the outside. Mano is good so I can trust Mano to protect me!¡± She says looking at me with a resolute face She clearly doesn¡¯t question whether I will take her or not at all. ¡°Listen I don¡¯t mind but¡¡± I say as I try to organize my thoughts As much as the clown annoys me, even I find it a bit cruel to just take his only living family away. Then again, by the sound of it, that¡¯s not an option. It seems like if I deny her here she will simply go on a journey of her own alone. If she does, she will certainly run into trouble. Will she be much safer traveling with me though? I¡¯m the Maou, a ticking time-bomb waiting to cause trouble for all those around me. Won¡¯t she be in even more danger if I allow her to travel with us? ¡°You won¡¯t?¡± She asks, looking up at me a tearing up ¡°Guh!¡± I let out in surprise I must stay strong! I can¡¯t let that face control me forever! ¡°Are you sure you want to go? There will be a lot of danger no matter who you travel with.¡± I plead ¡°Like monsters and bad guys?¡± She asks, tilting her head ¡°As well as lots of other things. The world is full of all kinds of danger.¡± I explain I¡¯m doing my best to keep my personal biases out of this, but it¡¯s hard not to considering how similar our situations are. ¡°¡Okay. Mana understands.¡± She responds with a nod after a short moment of silence Does this mean that she¡¯s changed her mind? ¡°So then you¡¯ll-¡± I start ¡°Yup! Mana wants to go anyways!¡± She finishes sigh I¡¯m not going to win this one, am I? ¡°What about ¡®Teko¡¯? Won¡¯t he be quite upset that you¡¯re leaving? He will be all alone here without you right?¡± I ask Not that I feel an incredible amount of sympathy for this lolicon clown, but I would still have to be evil to take Mana away from him like this. ¡°Teko¡¯s a meany! Mana doesn¡¯t care!¡± She says puffing up her cheeks and looking away Oh? ¡°We are going to be gone for a looooong time, and he will be reeeeally upset you know?¡± I say teasing her slightlyIf you encounter this tale on Amazon, note that it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. Maybe she will change her mind because of how much she cares about that worthless clown. sniff sniff ¡°He won¡¯t hate me right?¡± She asks with her cheeks still puffed but with tears beginning to form ¡°¡I don¡¯t think he would. He seems to love you quite a bit. That¡¯s why I don¡¯t think it¡¯s fair to him for you to just leave like this.¡± I explain Somehow it pisses me off to have to say good things about him. ¡°Mano?¡± Mana asks with a troubled look and tears still in her eyes ¡°Yes?¡± I respond in a soft voice ¡°Will you stay with me for the night? I want to think¡ but I¡¯m scared to be alone.¡± She asks, tugging on my shirt ¡°About that¡ Where did ¡®Teko¡¯ go? You told him to go away and he suddenly went silent.¡± I ask Is he just heartbroken over Mana being angry with him? ¡°Teko has to listen to Mana. Daddy told him to. Mana doesn¡¯t like to tell Teko what to do¡ but Teko is a meany!¡± She explains looking at the ground with a hint of regret in her eyes. Isn¡¯t that a bit odd? The person who made this dungeon supposedly made both of them right? Why would he create a small girl and give her control over the guardian? Also, what¡¯s up with this room? It looks like the room of a pampered rich girl. What¡¯s the story behind Mana? ¡°Mano?¡± She asks, again looking at me worriedly ¡°Oh, sorry I zoned out for a moment. I suppose one night couldn¡¯t hurt. Just let me tell my friends real quick.¡± I respond Will the com-stones work down here? I imagine we are probably pretty deep right now, it seems a bit too important to keep towards the surface. I was receiving a bit of interference earlier as well. It¡¯s worth a shot anyways. ¡°Hello? Can you hear me?¡± I ask pressing the button to connect to Kera¡¯s com-stone ¡°Princess? That you? Where are you? About 10 minutes after you left everybody returned to the first floor looking for you. The imps are all freaking out saying you were kidnapped.¡± Kera responds in an excited tone It¡¯s amazingly clear. I don¡¯t even think the reception was this good when we were outside. ¡°Something like that¡ Listen, return to town. I¡¯m going to be a while. I¡¯ll call you in the morning to let you know that I¡¯m alright.¡± I explain as I fight off Mana who is tugging on my shirt ¡°What?! You''re staying overnight? Where are you? Are you still in the dungeon?¡± Kera questions ¡ After considering it for a while, I just decide to cut the call. It will be a pain to explain everything now. I¡¯m sure they will manage. ¡°Maaano~ Do you know any games?¡± Mana asks as she tugs on my shirt ¡°Games? I only know a few, is that alright?¡± I ask Most of the games that I know of require some kind of set up, like boards or pieces. Though given how much this room looks like a modern one, I wouldn¡¯t be surprised if there were videogames. ¡°Yup! Teach me one!¡± She says completely elated ¡°Okay, have you ever heard of rock paper scissors?¡± I ask smiling myself ¡°Nope! Is it hard?¡± She asks, tilting her head ¡°It goes like this¡¡± Several hours pass and Mana is still enjoying playing rock paper scissors with me. It seems that the concept of a game that she could play with somebody else directly is still new to her. She hasn¡¯t stopped smiling once since I explained it. click As we were playing I hear a small clicking sound, and with it, the light dims considerably. ¡°Bed time!¡± Mana cheers as she jumps into the bed. She happily pats the space next to her to prompt me to crawl into the bed with her. I suppose I won¡¯t get the opportunity to sleep in a comfortable bed like this again for a while. I should enjoy it while I can. When I crawl into the bed Mana latches onto me tightly, cuddling me. I¡¯m surprised at first, but it feels quite nice so I don¡¯t stop her. Suuuuhuuhuu saaa suuuuhuuhuu What¡¯s that weird noise? She¡¯s already asleep?! That¡¯s quite a talent. Though I suppose she has the right idea. I should go ahead and get some sleep too. Light suddenly fills the room, contrasting with the darkness and blinding me. Don¡¯t I recognize this pattern? ¡°We need to talk.¡± Chapter 41: A Decisive Maou When the light fades I find myself in a dark room. It''s almost completely featureless. There isn¡¯t a single door leading into or out of the room either. The only thing in the room worth noting is a single chair and a table. sigh ¡°I knew you were going to be trouble as soon as you entered¡± A calm sullen voice explains The voice is familiar¡ is this that odd voice that showed up after the trial? I remain vigilant as I wait for the voice to continue. There is a high likelihood that I¡¯m going to have to fight my way out of here. From just about anybody''s perspective, I¡¯m totally kidnapping a child right now and an extremely important one at that. I just really wish that my opponent this time isn''t a guardian of an ancient dungeon. ¡°Just to confirm, you are the Maou correct?¡± The voice asks ¡°What?! How do you know about that?!¡± I ask as my hands reach for my blade My blade is no longer at my side, however. Was it removed when I was teleported? ¡°I¡¯ve been around for quite some time¡ You are not the first that I have seen. I¡¯m honestly surprised that humans have not learned a method to identify your kind yet.¡± The voice continues in an exasperated tone ¡°Let me ask you then. For what purpose do you intend to use Mana? To control the world? To destroy the humans?¡± It asks, sounding completely uninterested in the answer ¡°Hm? I don¡¯t plan on using Mana for anything. In fact I¡¯m still on the fence about whether I should let her come with us.¡± I answer almost insulted by the question Even he thinks that I¡¯m trying for world domination! Seriously what did the Maou before me have to do to convince everybody that we are so evil? I¡¯m sure the history books will have pretty skewed info on the subject¡ I wonder if Gero knows more about it? ¡°There is no point in lying to me. I have no power to stop you. Mana has complete authority over me. Since you have befriended her, I¡¯m afraid I can no longer stop you.¡± The voice continues The general apathy coming from it is beginning to resemble one that has simply given up. It has a slight feeling of ¡°Why should I even care? It¡¯s already over right?¡±. ¡°Listen, let me make one thing clear: I currently have no qualms with the humans. I also have no desire whatsoever of having to deal with all the world¡¯s problems, so conquering it is out of the picture as well. I understand that the knowledge that Mana has can be pretty dangerous if it gets out¡ but if she wants to see the outside world then I¡¯m going to let her! I¡¯ve decided that I will protect her! I will fight you too if you¡¯re lying and you intend to keep her locked up here as well!¡± I proclaim loudlyEnjoying the story? Show your support by reading it on the official site. I¡¯m saying this to myself as well. I¡¯ve been too indecisive as of late! If I don¡¯t make a choice on what path I¡¯m going to take then I¡¯m simply going to run around in circles pointlessly. ¡°Her knowledge? What possible threat could come from letting what she knows get out?¡± The voice asks me with confused interest ¡°What? Isn¡¯t that the reason why she is being protected? If she were to help me find magical items I could easily seek to rule the world with them you know?¡± I answer confused in turn What did he think I meant? Is there even more to Mana? ¡°Pff¡ pffa, PWAHAHAHAHA! WHAHAHAHAHA! Has this world already become so weak? Time has been so cruel to me! Pfft, but I suppose that¡¯s only fair! Hahahaha!¡± Suddenly he burst into laughter His voice has life in it again, it would almost be a heartwarming difference¡ but there is just a hint of madness in it as well. My head is fighting over whether to be confused, happy, or disturbed by this. ¡°Then Mana is yours to take! If it is to end, let it end with a bang!¡± He cheers out happily ¡°What are you talking about? What¡¯s going to end?¡± I ask ¡°I will not accept it!¡± An all too familiar voice interrupts ¡°Good to see you too loli-clown.¡± I say sarcastically in response ¡°A child as bad as this one could not possibly treat Mana right! She wouldn¡¯t even follow the basic rules! She cheated for Pete''s sake!¡± He begins to rant frantically completely ignoring my insult ¡°Simply ask Mana when you wish to leave.¡± The sullen voice says over him as lights once more begin to form around me ¡°Wait!¡± I yell throwing my hand out I still have so many questions. Who is this voice? What exactly is Mana? What is the purpose of the dungeons? None of my questions are answered however as the scenery around me becomes a bedroom once more. sigh I let out a disappointed sigh as I realize that my questions were intentionally dodged. I walk over to the bed to make another attempt at sleep. I pay close attention to Mana as I attempt to slip back in under the covers, but something seems a bit off? Sniff sniff As my eyes finish adjusting to the room I realize what¡¯s wrong. She is crying in her sleep. ¡°Daddy¡¡± I can hear her softly say She has been through a lot, hasn¡¯t she? She¡¯s going to go through a lot more in the future too. I put my arms around her and drift off to sleep quickly. When I wake up, the lights have already illuminated the room. I suppose this means that it¡¯s morning? A simple clock would work wonders. On that train of thought, I decide to check the clock in my menu. Sure enough, it is 7am on the dot. I sit up and lean against the headboard of the bed. I don¡¯t think I will ever get used to waking up without being tired. Mana is still sleeping so I guess I¡¯ll browse my menu while I wait. Maybe some new skills have popped up. After a while of looking through my menu, I noticed only a few relevant changes. In my skills menu, four new entries popped up. ??? ??? Golem intellect up: Formed golems can act autonomously and perform simple commands. Transmute: Infuse magic into an object in order to change it drastically. What is with the question marks? How can I learn a skill that I can¡¯t even apparently understand yet? The timer I noticed before has also continued to countdown. It is now at 216h:58m:26s. Chapter 42: A Maous New Companion After about an hour or two, Mana woke up. She briefly paid me a smile before running over to a closet and rummaging around. ¡°What are you doing?¡± I ask, already knowing the answer ¡°Packing! Mana wants to see the outside world today!¡± She joyfully answers sigh I suppose she¡¯s made her choice. I decided last night that I would go along with whatever she decided, so I suppose I¡¯ll go lend a hand. ¡°Put all the clothes you want to bring in a pile over here,¡± I say as I go over to her and start looking through her closet I must say, her father had quite a sense of style. The clothes she was wearing yesterday were simple and plain but the items in her closet are all quite beautiful. I wonder if he created all these himself? As Mana excitedly places the clothes she wants to bring, I begin putting them away into my inventory. Mana looks at me with starry eyes when I do. ¡°Can Mana do that too?!¡± She excitedly asks ¡°Nope, and you have to keep it a secret that I can! You and I aren¡¯t normal so we have to be careful that others don¡¯t find that out.¡± I say as I continue shoveling clothes into my inventory. As we continued to pack, I tried to explain to Mana what others consider "Normal". It¡¯s certainly not easy since I¡¯m not quite sure myself about this world¡¯s rules and customs. ¡°Is that all you want to bring?¡± I ask as we prepare to leave ¡°Yup!¡± she excitedly responds I mentioned before that a large number of her clothes were extravagant and beautiful, but for some reason, she didn¡¯t pack much of them. The clothes that she did pack were all things like a white one-piece dress, pajama-like garments, or loose plain colored clothes. In the end, I had to force her to bring at least one or two of the more extravagant pieces. It would just be a waste to leave them. ¡°I¡¯m going to head back up to my friends. You should say your proper goodbyes before you follow, okay?¡± I say as I confirm that she has everything she needs in my inventory ¡°Do I have to?¡± She asks, puffing out her cheeks and looking disobedient ¡°You might be gone for a long time, that alone is going to make that clown sad. If you leave without saying a proper goodbye I don¡¯t think he would be able to handle it.¡± I explain Seriously, I don¡¯t want to know what that annoying clown going on a rampage would be like. He might try to lock down the entire dungeon just so he could properly sulk. If something big like that happened just after I left, there would be some serious suspicion placed on me.The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement. ¡°What¡¯s a clown?¡± Mana asks ¡°Ahem¡ well, don¡¯t worry about that. Focus on saying your goodbyes¡± I say deflecting the question I accidentally said what was on my mind there. ¡°¡Okay, Mana will say goodbye to Teko.¡± Mana says in a dejected voice Somewhere in her voice you can hear that she knows it¡¯s the right thing to do though. ¡°I¡¯ll see you in a little bit. Return¡± I say after giving a nod Light floods around me again, anticipating it this time, I close my eyes. Regardless, it''s still painfully bright. ¡°Mano-san!¡± I hear before my eyes can adjust ¡°You certainly took your time.¡± ¡°You better feed me well for waiting so long¡± As my eyes adjust I notice that I¡¯m surrounded by all my comrades. ¡°How long have you all been waiting for me?¡± I ask with a faint smile ¡°About an hour?¡± Kiel says looking at Kera for confirmation ¡°Sounds about right.¡± She responds ¡°Shall we go then?¡± Kurobe asks as he gets up to don his cart again ¡°In a little bit, we have one more that we are waiting for.¡± I explain I expected questions to follow, but instead everybody just smiled and reassumed their waiting position. I told them about the room I had been transported to and the conversation with the mysterious voice while we waited. "I can''t get this one thing he said out of my head. ''Has this world already become so weak?''. It almost sounds like he expected the world to be getting weaker. If the world he remembers was stronger than our current one it would explain why magical items can be found in dungeons wouldn''t it?" I say after recounting our conversation ¡°That¡¯s quite a discovery there. That might support the withering human theory.¡± Kera says looking ahead somewhat blankly ¡°The withering human theory?¡± I ask, not understanding the term gero gero gero ¡°The withering human theory is the theory that over several generations, the human race becomes weaker. Historical documents suggests that during the reign of the first Yuusha, humans were roughly equal in strength to him initially and that his true power was shown after training rigorously.¡± Gero explains with a bow ¡°There is no proof though. Personally I just think it¡¯s another way to make the Yuusha sound like a hero. It¡¯s hard to admire someone that is handed everything on a silver platter right? The entire concept just seems like a way to explain why the current Yuusha doesn''t need to train in the same way to be more powerful than the common folk.¡± Kiel interrupts Admittedly I¡¯ve heard of things like this before. Religions tend to use tricks like that quite a bit to explain the differences in their scripture and things that the current day people can''t confirm or deny. The Yuusha seems to be treated similarly to religious figures in this world as well, so it¡¯s common sense that some lies are going to be spread to make sure they keep that position. ¡°¡The theory also encompasses the power of the first Maou. The theory suggests that the Maou was supremely powerful and grew more powerful by absorbing the malice and fear from those around him.¡± Gero continue while staring at Kiel Although he doesn¡¯t have any facial features he somehow conveys the feeling of being annoyed while he¡¯s talking. shwii A light begins to emanate suddenly from behind me, and as I turn I see Mana in its place. Sniff sniff Tears are streaming down her face. ¡°What happened? Did he try to stop you?¡± I try to ask considerately I¡¯m sure I just looked like I was floundering about though. ¡°Nuh-uh.¡± She says shaking her head ¡°Teko was nice, and I said my goodbyes,¡± She says hugging me ¡°Then why are you crying?¡± I ask continuing to flounder ¡°Mana was mean to Teko, but Teko didn¡¯t get mad at all. Teko was sad that Mana was leaving, but Teko was nice. Mana was a bad girl!¡± She explains before burying her head into me and crying loudly A faint smile makes its way onto my face as I simply pet her head and let her cry. Chapter 43: A Maou Waits ¡°Alright! It¡¯s finally time to go to the capital!¡± I say excitedly as we prepare to leave ¡°Woooh~¡± I hear unenthusiastically from Kiel and Kera ¡°What¡¯s wrong?¡± I ask, confused by their lack of excitement ¡°Well¡ both of us have already been to the capital before.¡± Kiel answers somewhat timidly ¡°It¡¯s not the greatest place in the world; the slums extend through a fair amount of the city. In the upper districts, if you¡¯re not an influential merchant or some kind of aristocrat, it¡¯s also pretty unpleasant.¡± Kera elaborates ¡°I can kind of understand why Kera was in the capital considering she owns a shop, but why were you in the capital Kiel?¡± I ask, somewhat deflated ¡°I used to help Tea out whenever he had business in the capital, but people kept mistaking me for a street rat. Every time I went into the upper districts I would get reported to the guards. They had this idea that I must be trying to steal something if I was outside of the slums.¡± He explained I would feel sorrier for him if not for the fact that we met when he tried to rob me. ¡°What about the rest of you? I¡¯m sure none of you have ever been to the capital right? Are any of you excited?¡± I ask ¡°What¡¯s a capital?¡± Mana asks ¡°It¡¯s harder to guard you in such a crowded area so I would prefer it if we went to an abandoned castle or something¡± Bik answers with a shrug ¡°All is for Maou-sama.¡± Gero answers with a bow ¡°Where we go is all the same to me.¡± Kurobe nonchalantly adds ¡°Is the capital fun?¡± ¡°Ya! Let¡¯s go somewhere fun!¡± Mak and Kay chime in ¡°Kii!¡± Kiri cries out flying around I blush and turn away from everyone ¡°Jeez, the rest of you certainly know how to kill a mood¡± I say with a bitter face sigh ¡°Well excited or not, we still have to go.¡± I say as I hop onto the cart Kurobe pulls ¡°Well, I can¡¯t say that I¡¯m not the least bit excited to register with the adventurer¡¯s guild.¡± Kiel says as he follows my lead and jumps in ¡°Hoo!¡± Kera calls out throwing her hand into the air and vaulting into the cart as well And like that we set off towards the capital. It was a long enough trip that I managed to fit in a short nap as well. No stat or skills gains this time however. Maybe it was due to how uncomfortable I was. Between the bouncing of the cart and the knowledge that Kera was simply waiting for an opportunity to make a claim at my innocence, it was nearly impossible to get truly comfortable. When I woke I greeted with an odd scene. ¡°What¡¯s going on here?¡± I ask, looking ahead Before us stands a high pristine white wall, with a large gate facing us. The only thing visible past the wall is the top of a castle. The castle itself isn¡¯t necessarily amazing by itself, but the way the sun illuminates the silhouette of the castle from behind is quite a marvel. The scene would be comparable to a work of art¡ if not for the huge line of people standing in front of it.Stolen content warning: this tale belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences elsewhere. ¡°We still have to get past customs before we enter the city. I suppose this is an oddly large amount of people though.¡± Kera explains whilst scratching her head ¡°Customs¡ I didn¡¯t think of that. What does this city consider contraband?¡± I ask as I sit up ¡°Not much honestly, the main point of the checkpoint is to make sure that they can properly tax goods entering the city.¡± She answers ¡°I suppose we have nothing to worry about then.¡± I say as I begin to lay back down to resume my nap ¡°Excuse me miss?¡± I hear just as I do I jinxed myself there didn¡¯t I? ¡°Yes?¡± I answer as I get up again ¡°Am I correct in assuming that these creatures are yours?¡± A guard asks, indicating the imps ¡°That is correct. Might I ask how you figured that out?¡± I ask in a worried tone I still don¡¯t know the scope of magic in this world. If they can identify tamers from a distance, then I need to avoid cities at all cost. It¡¯s only a matter of time before they notice that something¡¯s different about me. ¡°Well, until you sat up a moment ago a flocking bird was nesting on your head. Even now it¡¯s perched right behind you. Flocking birds are common here, and I¡¯ve never seen one so fond of a human. I figured you must be a tamer.¡± He explains somewhat proudly I shoot a sharp glare for a moment at Kiri. ¡°Kii?!¡± Kiri cries out before flying away ¡°I can save you some time since I caught you quickly. Do you want to register these monsters for sale?¡± He asks, pulling out something similar to a clipboard ¡°No! None of them are for sale.¡± I blurt out ¡°Oh? I don¡¯t see any goods aside from them. Does that mean you¡¯re here on personal business?¡± He asks, looking at his clipboard and writing something with a jagged black stone ¡°Yes, we intend to join the adventures guild.¡± I answer ¡°Is that so¡ You¡¯re going to be waiting around for quite a while though. It might be best for you to find an inn in a nearby town and come back tomorrow.¡± He says while scratching his head with the black stone ¡°The line doesn¡¯t seem that long? Why would it take so long?¡± I ask looking at the line again At the rate they are being processed, we should probably be at the front of the line in about an hour. ¡°Well, we have orders not to let anybody through until the number of merchants decreases. By the time this lot goes through another group just about as large if not larger will take its place. The king says we need the merchants through right away so we can¡¯t allow anything to slow them down.¡± He answers as he points to carts on the horizon carrying large amounts of cargo ¡°Is that so? I was excited to finally see this ¡®capital¡¯ everyone is talking about.¡± I say as I scratch my head and think ¡°Hm?!¡± The guard lets out Caught off guard by the strange noise he let out, I freeze in place for a moment. ¡°I¡¯m so sorry ma¡¯am! Don¡¯t worry I¡¯ll get you into the city!¡± The guard says with a strong change in tone He even stands upright and gives a salute before running to the other guards at the gate. He runs back excitedly and gives another salute. ¡°Right this way ma¡¯am!¡± He says as he turns and starts walking slowly to the side of the line ¡°What should we do princess?¡± Kera asks, giving me a befuddled look ¡°Let¡¯s go with it I guess. He doesn¡¯t seem like a bad guy.¡± I explain with a short shrug before we begin to follow behind him Everybody is looking at us and murmuring. This is probably less due to the fact that we are moving past them in line, and more to do with that fact that the guard leading us has started marching. We are led to the left of the gate where, a short ways down the wall, there''s another large door. It looks far better fortified than the door before it, as well as slightly more regal. As we approach the door it opens before us. I never saw the guard give any kind of signal, perhaps this is a form of magic? The door leads directly into a large street that runs into the main road. I wonder why they weren¡¯t using this door as well? Do they simply not have enough people to man both of them at once? ¡°Is there anything else that you will be needing ma¡¯am!¡± The guard asks standing upright at attention ¡°For starters can you explain why you¡¯re talking like that?¡± I ask feeling slightly sorry for him He is obviously uncomfortable doing all this, so I can¡¯t imagine why he continues to do it anyways. ¡°What way would you like me to speak?¡± He asks giving a confused look ¡°Normally?¡± I respond not understanding the question ¡°Oh! I get it! You don¡¯t want anybody to know who you are!¡± He says excitedly as if he just figured something out ¡°What? Who do you think I am?¡± I ask turning my head to the side with cold sweat going down my spine Just how many people are going to discover my identity?! ¡°Hahaha, don¡¯t you worry about that! I won¡¯t tell anybody that you¡¯re a noble. You don¡¯t have to try and hide it from me!¡± He says going back to his comfortable tone ¡°A¡ noble?¡± I ask stunned by the answer nudge I receive a sharp nudge from my side from Kera. She then leans in close and whispers ¡°Roll with it¡± Sigh I can¡¯t help but feel exasperated as I decide to follow her advice. Chapter 44: A Maous Hunger ¡°Would you folk like me to show you around?¡± The guard asks as he adopts his previous style of talking I suppose having a guide would be useful. The two biggest points of business that we have in this town are sorting out Tea¡¯s debt and joining the adventures guild, but we''ll still need to know where to find a good inn and place to eat. Maybe I should look into blacksmiths as well? I feel as if I would be betraying Tea if I did. ¡°That would be quite helpful actually. Could you show us the way to a good inn? I want to secure our lodgings as quickly as possible.¡± I explain I actually want to visit the loan sharks as quickly as possible, but it might be best if I don¡¯t let the city guard know about that. If any kind of trouble erupts, I would like my name to be free of suspicion. ¡°I know of the finest inn in the city! I couldn¡¯t even afford a night there with my entire year''s pay!¡± He says with a haughtily laugh I¡¯m not quite sure, but it also looks like there''s a small tear in his eyes as he¡¯s laughing. Just don¡¯t say it if it¡¯s going to hurt your pride to do so. ¡°Actually, I want a more affordable solution. About something a common adventurer could afford if you know one.¡± I explain further I still don¡¯t have a lot of money. Kera convinced me to hold off selling the monster drops that we obtained during our travels until we reached the capital. The Merchant¡¯s Guild is very perceptive about the value and the difficulty of acquisition of the things they buy. Hopefully here in the capital, we can sell them off without gaining too much attention. ¡°Ah! I see~ I know just the place!¡± The guard says confidently We follow him through the city and as we did, I witness a miraculous scene. The amount of people and stalls lining the streets makes the streets of Jin pale in comparison. How many people must be on this road alone? Hundreds? Thousands? More? I can¡¯t see the edges of the city because the streets curve, but I do know that this road is only a small portion of what this city has to offer. How many people must live here? ¡°Hey, Gero? What¡¯s the last known population of this city?¡± I lean back and whisper to himThis content has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. Gero gero ¡°The last known population of the capital was 253,530.¡± Gero responded at a normal volume shh I frantically single him to lower his voice, but he doesn¡¯t understand the gesture. Still, for so many people to be living here is amazing. Even for a city as large as this, that population just doesn¡¯t seem sustainable. ¡°Is your friend a historian or something? Sorry to tell you mate, but your info is a bit outdated. A plague hit the city about 30 years ago and they say it dropped the population to under 200,000.¡± The guard responds Whereas he seems chipper at the idea of idle conversation, he seems slightly despondent as he talks about the plague. ¡°If you want more detailed info though, I hear that the library is always welcoming new historians to cross reference old books and junk.¡± He continues with a smile gero gero ¡°Thank you. With Mano-sama¡¯s permission I would like to visit this ¡®library¡¯¡± Gero says, giving a polite bow to both him and me I¡¯ve never seen Gero ask for anything before. It makes me a little bit happy that he has a hobby. ¡°Sure, after we get a couple rooms at the Inn. Stay as long as you like, but make sure to return during the night.¡± I explain I¡¯ve have to be specific with him. If I¡¯m not careful, he will likely stay there night and day and gather quite a bit of unnatural attention. gero ¡°As you command Mano-sama.¡± He responds with another bow ¡°Good, now how far is it to the-¡° groooooowl~ ¡°¡Shall we stop somewhere to eat first?¡± The guard asks, looking at me considerately I blush and consider the punishment I would receive for hitting a guard. He leads us off for a few minutes before we arrive in front of a small store that is effectively taking up the space of large alleyway. It''s an old and slightly beat up place. It¡¯s sandwiched between two pristine buildings, making it look even shabbier. ¡°This place has the best food in the capital! I don¡¯t have much of a taste for the fancier stuff though, so I can only really say what I like.¡± He says giving a slightly embarrassed expression and rubbing the back of his head ¡°What do they serve here?¡± I ask, slightly worried I suppose I shouldn¡¯t be picky. I¡¯ve already eaten goblin gruel. ¡°It¡¯s a noodle soup they call ¡®ramen¡¯. It used to be way more popular back in the day, but not many people have a taste for it any more. It¡¯s really greasy so it¡¯s hard to work after eating a lot of it.¡± He explains with a continued look of embarrassment ¡°Ramen?!¡± I blurt out without thinking ¡°Huh?! Um.. ya, do you know of it?¡± He asks back, surprised by my sudden change in demeanor ¡°Ah. Ahem! I¡¯ve heard it¡¯s quite the delicacy, I can¡¯t wait to try it.¡± I say as I try to regain my composure ¡°Is that so! You have good ears then!¡± The guard says happily and proudly walks into the restaurant ahead of us Everybody starts to follow him, but I grab Kiel by the sleeve and pull him close enough to whisper for a moment ¡°If I finish three bowls, stop me,¡± I say before letting him go and walking in I don¡¯t look back to see if he understood me. Admittedly I¡¯m a bit too excited to be able to have a familiar dish. Chapter 45: A Maou Consumes A sense of euphoria encompasses me as I walk in the door to a familiar scene. The restaurant has a very traditional feel to it and despite noticeable localization, it feels just like being home again. ¡°Oh! As always, it looks like you have a good eye, Jorge! This customer looks like she really appreciates good food!¡± An older gentleman with a cooks attire on as he pats the guard''s shoulder and gives him a large smile ¡°Ahem! I heard that you serve a sish shallesh ramen?¡± I attempt to say in a dignified manner My mouth betrays me, however, as drool interrupts my words. ¡°Indeed we do! We serve it better than anybody else in the world! We keep to the fundamentals! We use the Yuusha¡¯s original recipe, even if that no longer suits the taste of our customers.¡± The old man begins to proudly boast It seems he made himself a bit sad with that last comment though. ¡°Get ready!¡± I hear Kiel whisper to Kera I look over my shoulder to glare at him. He notices my glare, but continues to whisper to her with a determined look. I would be angry enough to hit him, but my priorities are elsewhere. ¡°In that case please serve me a bowl,¡± I say, sitting at the front counter I can see an array of strange cooking utensils from here. ¡°Right away!¡± The old man cheers, out donning an apron ¡°One for me too pops!¡± The guard calls out as he sits next to me, tapping the counter twice loudly ¡°Roger!¡± The old man calls back ¡°Are you all not going to eat?¡± I ask, confused at everybody standing behind me Gero aside, I¡¯m pretty sure human food is fine for everybody else. Inaba are anything but picky eaters as far as I¡¯ve heard, and the imps don¡¯t seem to have any strict dietary needs. ¡°I don¡¯t think that¡¯s a good idea¡¡± Bik says, turning his head away ¡°We um¡ we just aren¡¯t hungry that¡¯s all!¡± Kiel responds in a flustered manner ¡°Here you go!¡± The old man calls out, putting the bowl in front of me shrug Whatever, I¡¯ll figure out why they are acting weird later. For now, ramen! Unfortunately, they don¡¯t have any chopsticks laid out, but I dig in with the fork given to me all the same. ¡°Delicious! It¡¯s greasy and yet slightly tangy! It has a complex flavor, but it doesn¡¯t overpower you at all! The broth goes down easy, and leaves you with a warm feeling on the inside!¡± I let out as I devour the noodles in front of me I can¡¯t help it! The flavor is so good, I think I might go crazy! ¡°Another please¡± I say, copying the guard and tapping on the table twice ¡°Wow! You really wafted that down didn¡¯t you!¡± The guard says with an impressed lookThe tale has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation. He begins to down his bowl quickly as well I hardly pay him any mind though, my focus quickly shifts to the second bowl placed in front of me. I quickly begin to devour it as well. ¡°Whoohooo! A race it is then!¡± The guard calls out, tapping on the table ¡°Another!¡± I say, following him The bowl quickly gets placed in front of me. It was so quick that it must have been prepared beforehand. I¡¯ve got to thank the old man who runs this shop after. Wasn¡¯t I only supposed to have two bowls though? Whatever, it¡¯s not important. ¡°Another!¡± I call out, finishing the bowl This ramen is fantastic, but I kind of want to know what the other flavors are like. ¡°sho shou haf ohher flafors?¡± I ask in the middle of the next bowl ¡°Of course! I¡¯ll let you taste every one!¡± The old man calls out happily with tears in his eyes A woman next to him seems to be trying to stop him, but he is in a daze. I wonder what''s wrong with him? Wait, when did that woman get here? Whatever, back to the ramen. ¡°Another!¡± I yell out, trying to tap the table I can¡¯t move my hand? I wonder why? ¡°Right up!¡± The old man calls out, placing a different colored ramen in front of me Whatever, if the ramen keeps coming I suppose I don¡¯t need that hand. ¡°Woooo! This one has such depth! The thick meat slices and the fried egg mixes perfectly, complimenting the noodles!¡± I let out as I waft down the bowl It¡¯s hard to keep a hold of my chair and continue eating though. Wait¡ why am I holding on to the chair? What¡¯s stopping me from getting more ramen?! ¡°Mano stop!¡± ¡°So strong!¡± ¡°Bwahahaha! I-I I just can''t! Bwahahahaha!¡± When I turn to find the source of my difficulty, I see my entire party except for Kera struggling to pull me away from the table. My hand that I couldn¡¯t use anymore was firmly grasping the counter. I hadn¡¯t even noticed the strange position I had begun eating in. ¡°Sh-She can¡¯t! Can¡¯t stop! Bwahaha! I wish I could record this!¡± Kera blurted out as she rolled around on the ground laughing ptch phwak! ¡°If you have time to laugh help me!¡± I yell as I snap back into my senses ¡°Always the same spot! You''re going to leave a dent there if you don¡¯t stop!¡± Kera yells as she continues to roll on the ground A shiver runs down my spine as I remember the guard and the shop owner who just saw me consume so much food. How many did I eat? 5 bowls? Could I manage to trick them by saying I have a special magic or skill? I turn to see the damage, and all hope drains from me. Two stacks of bowls, each the size of a small child is sitting on the counter next to where I was just previously at. I can even see an area where the wood is broken from me latching onto it so tightly. There is no getting out of this is there? Will I have to kill them to keep it secret? Is it worth it? My head begins to spin, but my thoughts sort themselves out when- ¡°Hohoho! To be able to eat Jorge under the bus is no small feat! Twofold at that!¡± The old man proudly laughs with his hands on his sides ¡°Come back here and eat anytime! Someone who loves ramen as much as you is always valued!¡± He continues to boast ¡°I¡ I don¡¯t think I can afford that,¡± I say looking for an excuse When the words exit my mouth, the realization of their accuracy dons on me. I open my inventory and look through my money reserves. When I look back at the bowls to try and calculate my debt, I notice that two women a furiously washing dishes in the back as well. There is no way I can afford this meal is there? Will I have to dine and dash? This guard knows what I look like though¡ I won¡¯t be able to become an adventurer if I¡¯m a known thief. Especially not for this much cash. ¡°Don¡¯t worry about it! Your meals are on the house! Whahahaha!¡± He continues in a loud voice ¡°Honey! We will go bankrupt if you don¡¯t stop!¡± one of the women washing dishes cries out as she latches on to his shirt and drops to her knees to beg ¡°Nonsense! The god of ramen has descended upon us! It simply wouldn¡¯t feel right to charge her!¡± He argued back ¡°Um if it¡¯s alright, I would still like to pay¡ what I can at least. I¡¯ll pay back the rest when I have it.¡± I say dejectedly feeling sorry for the women ¡°No! I will not accept your money! If you feel like paying us back then spread the word about our shop! A woman with taste as good as yours will surely get her feelings across to gourmets!¡± The shop owner says, standing proud again It only makes the women look more pathetic since he actually looks a little bit cool. ¡°R-right.¡± I say turning my head away This guy reminds me of Tea a bit. Especially since I have a hard time dealing with him as well. ¡°Take it from me, this would be a good time to leave!¡± Kiel whispers into my ear and indicates that everybody else has left I look back at the old man once more and see that he and the women are in a world of their own now. Are all the people in this world crazy? Imps side story ¡°Hey hey, bet I can run faster than you¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m faster!¡± I listen to my brothers bicker as I try to find a way back to our master. While traversing this dungeon, we were separated by a trap. I need to find my way back to her side. ¡°Ready? Go!¡± Mak yells before dashing ahead ¡°Wait!¡± I yell, using magic to blink in front of him ¡°If you run off like that we will be even more separated!¡± I lecture as both Mak and Kay looked at me with disapproval ¡°Bik no fun.¡± ¡°Ya ya Bik bad captain!¡± They mock, running around me in circles ¡°I don¡¯t need to be ¡®fun¡¯. Maou-sama assigned me to be your leader to make sure that we could all properly serve her, and that you two wouldn¡¯t get into any trouble.¡± I say, turning my nose up A leader has to show confidence and dignity! I must show them that Maou-sama did not make a mistake in promoting me. ¡°But Bik is no fun?¡± ¡°Does Maou not like fun?¡± They ask with inquisitive looks. ¡°Maou doesn¡¯t like fun? Surely that can¡¯t be true. She seems to have a fair amount of fun when she uses her magic.¡± I speak aloud as I think about it ¡°Maou has tons of fun then!¡± ¡°Maou has lots of magic!¡± They respond back angrily ¡°Maou likes fun! Bik bad leader!¡± ¡°Ya! Be more fun for Maou!¡± They say as a weird glimmer appears in their eyes ¡°What are you?!-¡± I let out as they lunge at me ¡°Whahahaha! Stop it! Wahahohoha! I order you! Wahohoho!¡± I laugh uncontrollably as they both tickle me mercilessly Caught off guard, I quickly run out of breath and the two show no signs of stopping ¡°There!¡± I say as I find an opening and blink away ¡°Enough! If you do not listen to instructions how can you be of use to Maou-sama?!¡± I angrily yell as I regain my breathEnjoying this book? Seek out the original to ensure the author gets credit. ¡°¡No use?¡± ¡°Maou doesn¡¯t need us?¡± They ask again with inquisitive looks. There seems to be something else mixed in. They seem to be lacking energy suddenly. ¡°If you don¡¯t shape up then, you will not be of use to Maou. Even if you become strong, if you cannot follow instructions as demons, then you are not needed in Maou¡¯s army!¡± I say putting my chest out This is a moment where a leader must show his worth! I must lead by example! ¡°Not needed¡¡± ¡°We aren¡¯t good demons¡ ¡° It seems it sunk in! Good! Maybe I can get them to help me find a way to reunite with Maou-sama now! Sniff Huh? ¡±Whaaaaaah!¡± They both suddenly start wailing, tears streaming down their faces ¡°Wait, did I do something wrong? Why are you crying?¡± I ask as I check their bodies for injuries Poof While I''m checking them though, they both suddenly disappear. ¡°Where?!¡± I let out as I look around the room That was ¡°Blink¡± for sure. When did they become able to use their magic so well? Imps of their level should take months of training to be able to use such magic, even with the Maou¡¯s influence. Before that though, where did they go?! I look around trying to find any trace of them. Blink is instant and powerful, and it can be used consecutively as well if you have enough mana, but you still need to be able to see your target to teleport to it. Even if they can use Blink, if I can find their trail I should be able to catch them since I can use it more times without having to rest! ¡°Aha!¡± I let out as I find their trail It¡¯s not easy to follow an imp''s trail, but it¡¯s no problem for another imp! I quickly blink forward following the tracks of my brothers through the caves. I expect to find them around every corner out of breath and resting, but somehow the trail continues. How much mana do they have? Crrrtcha! I hear a loud slamming sound from behind me, and a cold gust quickly accompanies it. One of the trap doors triggered behind me. How did they manage to not set that off? Have they learned the trick to it? Or is it just luck? As I ask myself these question I begin to tire. I¡¯m not sure how much longer I can keep this up! If I don¡¯t stop soon my life will be in danger. ¡°Ah?¡± I hear from my left as I stop to catch my breath I turn to see Mak and Kay resting around a corner ¡°See. Told you he would catch up.¡± Mak says with a disappointed look ¡°Can¡¯t do much. Too much mana.¡± Kay agrees They are both looking at me with obviously upset faces ¡°Why did you two run away like that? If you get separated you could get hurt!¡± I ask trying not to seem tired Seriously though, I¡¯m on the verge of collapsing and these two hardly look like they¡¯ve broken a sweat. I am the more powerful imp aren¡¯t I? ¡°Maou don¡¯t need us.¡± ¡°We don¡¯t want Maou to leave us¡¡± They say with the same despondent look from earlier ¡°What? Maou would never leave us.¡± I say confused ¡°But we are bad demons,¡± Mak argues When he does so, I realize my mistake. ¡°Honestly¡ I don¡¯t think Maou-sama cares.¡± I respond ¡°You said Maou doesn¡¯t need bad demons though!¡± Kay let outs angrily ¡°I''m sorry, it seems like in my anger I said the wrong thing... What would we do if Maou-sama got hurt?¡± I say after thinking for a few moments ¡°What?¡± ¡°Maou hurt?¡± They both ask. After a moment of thought, they both burst into tears once more. ¡°We would be sad!¡± ¡°Ya Maou¡¯s nice!¡± They passionately yell in response I suppose I¡¯m not the best at getting my thoughts across. Hopefully, with this, they will get the message. ¡°Then you should aim to become more able to protect her. It¡¯s our job to protect Maou-sama! If you two don¡¯t properly listen to what she says, in the future, it could mean serious trouble. Maou-sama is kind¡ it will make her sad if any of us get hurt.¡± I explain I¡¯ve got to make sure to teach them properly! One day they will make fine commanders in Maou-sama¡¯s armies! ¡°I don¡¯t want Maou to be sad.¡± ¡°Mhmm me either.¡± They say looking to each other before smiling ¡°Ready for orders Bik captain sir!¡± ¡°Yup we ready captain Bik sir!¡± They both stand and salute. Their form is sloppy, and they still don¡¯t know the proper words¡ but I¡¯m sure we can work on that. ¡°Then let¡¯s go find Maou!¡± I say before we set off further into the tunnels Chapter 46: A Worried Maou ¡°Hahahaha! I¡¯ve never seen pops so happy before!¡± The guard guiding us laughs as we continue ¡°Hah¡ Hopefully, I will be able to repay his kindness.¡± I say exasperated ¡°I won¡¯t lose next time though! I¡¯m always up for a rematch!¡± The guard says with a newfound determination I decide to ignore him and look around the city some more. I never seem to get tired of sightseeing here. It has such a different environment from anywhere else I¡¯ve ever been, feeling more like a fantasy than the monsters or magic in that respect. I wonder how Mana is- ¡°Guys?¡± I ask looking around ¡°Yes?¡± Kiel answers with a confused look ¡°Where is Mana?¡± I ask looking around more frantically They all look around for a few moments before everybody¡¯s faces turn blue. ¡°You weren¡¯t watching her?!¡± I ask in disbelief ¡°Well excuse us, princess! We were a bit busy with a certain inhumanly strong glutton!¡± Kera argues back defensively I can¡¯t really argue with her there. I was supposed to be the one to keep an eye on her in the first place. ¡°We need to find her before she gets into any kind of danger,¡± I say as I think up a plan ¡°What kind of danger could she really get into? The city isn¡¯t that dangerous.¡± Kera asks shrugging her shoulders ¡°She is a morally ambiguous little girl that hasn''t seen anything this world has to offer, and she is wandering around in wonder about everything she sees. Even if someone didn''t puzzle out her origin, they would still think she was a noble of some sort.¡± I explain as I continue to think through a plan ¡°¡¡± Everybody stops for a moment and stares at me ¡°The pot and the kettle,¡± Kera says with a shrug ¡°Alright, I think I¡¯ve decided what we are going to do. She couldn¡¯t have gone far so we should split up and search the area surrounding the ramen shop. Kera and Kiel will search by themselves since they know their way around the city somewhat. The rest of us will need to stick together I suppose so we don¡¯t get lost ourselves.¡± I say lost at how to make full use of everybody elseThe tale has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. We have a large group but most of us have just as little experience in this city as Mana. If I¡¯m not careful I¡¯m going to make the situation much worse than it already is. ¡°Why not send the Imps out to search as well? If they make good use of their natural maneuverability they should be able to search the area very quickly? Plus you can summon each of them back regularly to report.¡± Kera explained Oh yeah, I completely forgot that I could summon them at will. I suppose it would be worth it to send them out as well. ¡°What about me Mano-sama?¡± Gero ask with a bow It¡¯s unusual for him to speak up on his own, it almost caught me off guard. ¡°You tend to stick out, and I¡¯m not confident that you wouldn¡¯t get lost as well,¡± I explain He seems to get disheartened somewhat, but he gives up quickly. ¡°Would you mind waiting here for us to find our friend¡ um?...¡± I ask turning to the guard I¡¯m embarrassed when I realize I don¡¯t know his name yet. ¡°Jorge, and feel free. This seems like a big deal, so of course, I wouldn¡¯t mind.¡± He explains putting his fist to his chest ¡°Alright then, that¡¯s the plan. Kurobe and Gero will stay with me, and everybody else will split up and search. Any objections?¡± I ask as I decide on a path ¡°Nope¡± Kiel answers ¡°I¡¯m good¡± Kera answers lazily I¡¯m not super happy about the enthusiasm, but for now, it will have to do. ¡°Let¡¯s go!¡± I say and I begin swiftly moving down the main road ¡°If I may add, I should be able to narrow down the search.¡± Kurobe chimes as we move swiftly along ¡°The girl smells slightly of that retched flower from the dungeon. It has a very distinct smell so I should be able to narrow down her general direction.¡± He says sniffing around I suppose that is one major benefit to this world''s typical beast of burden. Dogs are quite useful in situations like these. ¡°Follow!¡± Kurobe says dashing ahead with a determined look I think his pride might be getting ahead of him! He is moving so quickly through the crowd that he is drawing a fair amount of attention. ¡°Kurobe stop!¡± I yell as I attempt to run after him He doesn¡¯t seem to hear me as he continues forward at a high speed. Running as quickly as I can manage, I¡¯m still lagging behind a bit. Should I use ¡°Haste¡± and narrow the gap? No, that would only serve to attract even more attention. I need to do something quick though, the crowd ahead is getting even thicker. I might even lose track of him soon. ¡°Waaaaah!¡± I hear a man yell loudly I don¡¯t recognize the voice, but he seems to be within the thickened crowd. My attention wavers for a moment and I look away. ¡°Oumph!¡± I let out as I plow directly into Kurobe quickly He was somehow at a complete standstill and is now looking towards the yell. ¡°Ouch! You have to calm down, what are you going to do if we draw too much attention!¡± I begin to lecture, but my words seem to fall unto deaf ears He continues to look ahead through a gap in the crowd at the incident in front of us. When I raise my head to see the source I realize why. In the center of the gathered crowd stood 3 people. An average looking if not slightly haggard man is on the ground cowering, a large muscle-bound man with an imposing aura is looking down on him, and between the two of them is¡ Mana. She is looking up at the large man with a confused look on her face and a finger on her lips. ¡°Hey mister, are you a bad guy?¡± She asks the now very angry large man Chapter 47: A Maous Worry A cold sweat runs down my back as the imposing man looks at Mana and smirks. ¡°Am I a bad guy? Of course I¡¯m not, girly. He¡¯s the bad guy. He bumped into me without even saying sorry. My shoulder hurts reeeeal bad too.¡± The larger man says rubbing his shoulder I''d heard of this scheme before, but I never thought I''d see it. A thug bumps into somebody that he can threaten then extorts ¡°reparations¡± from the person. Everybody else must be too scared of the thug to step in. Has anybody called the guards yet? ¡°That¡¯s not true! I¡¯ve already apologized!¡± The man on the ground argues ¡°Words don¡¯t soothe the pain in my shoulder though! I¡¯m a hard worker, and I do a lot of lifting. How am I going to do my job if my shoulder hurts this bad!¡± The larger man says his face warping intentionally The other man is staring at him with contempt. I doubt by his looks that he¡¯s going to hand over any money. Should I step in? If I make a display of strength here I will be drawing attention to myself for sure. ¡°Wha?!¡± The man lets out drawing my attention back to him When my eyes refocus Mana is gone and everybody is looking up. Following their lead, I look up and see a sight that makes my jaw drop: Mana has jumped 10-15 feet into the air. plomp Before I even have time to process what just happened, she lands on the man¡¯s shoulder. Her landing seems unnaturally soft for some reason. ¡°Hmm, you can carry Mana okay. Is Mana not heavy enough to hurt?¡± Mana asks with a curious look to the larger man ¡°Your gonna regret that kid!¡± The man yells swinging his hand towards Mana I get ready to jump in, but the people in my way are delaying me too much! I won¡¯t make it in time! Ponk I¡¯m stunned into silence with the rest of the crowd as the hand makes contact. Along with a strange sound though, it doesn¡¯t seem to have hit properly. Upon closer inspection, Mana has stopped the man¡¯s hand casually with one hand.Enjoying the story? Show your support by reading it on the official site. ¡°Why did you try to hurt Mana? Did you lie about being a bad guy?¡± She asks tilting her head ¡ What just happened? Rather, why wasn¡¯t I prepared for this? She was living in that dungeon this whole time, I suppose some basic level of strength would be necessary. Still, I can hardly contain my surprise as she completely overpowers this imposing muscular man. ¡°What?! Let go of me you little brat!¡± The man yells struggling to free his hand It¡¯s such a strange scene that many people in the crowd start murmuring that he must be faking it. I don¡¯t blame them really. This small girl is managing to completely restrain his arm with a single hand without even the slightest look of difficulty. ¡°Let go?¡± Mana asks before releasing his hand Fwack! ¡and of course, because he was struggling to free it, his hand ends up flying into his face. The impact sends him toppling over as well. Mana manages to land softly on her feet. This isn¡¯t going to end well! I need to get through this crowd quickly! Everybody is so amazed by the odd scene in front of them that nobody notices that I¡¯m trying to get past them till I¡¯m shoving them out of the way. ¡°grr¡ grraha¡ GRAHAHAHAHAHA!¡± The man burst out sitting up Once more I stop in shock at the situation. I quickly come to my senses and continue shoving my way through though. ¡°You, boy! Leave. I have no interest in you anymore.¡± The large man says returning to his feet ¡°What about your shoulder?¡± Mana ask ¡°Don¡¯t care anymore! I found something way better! Grahahahaha!¡± The larger man says placing his hand on Mana¡¯s shoulder ¡°Follow me girl-iiie!¡± The man squeals as I place my hand on his shoulder and squeeze hard enough to make him release his grip ¡°She¡¯s not going anywhere with you,¡± I say coldly ¡°Whawawawa! Let go let go! There¡¯s been a misunderstanding!¡± The man yells out dropping to his knees I might have squeezed too hard. ¡°Explain,¡± I say coldly loosening my grip, but making sure not to release him ¡°You this girl''s guardian?¡± I hesitate for a moment before answering. I suppose I am for now. ¡°Yes,¡± I answer ¡°I see where she gets her incredible strength from then. My group respects strong fighters, and is in desperate need of one right now. I can¡¯t give any more details here though, could you follow me back to our office?¡± The man tries to calmly explain He does an admirable job considering the pangs of pain on his face while he is explaining. Just as I¡¯m ready to deny him and toss him aside, I feel a tug on my shirt. ¡°Can we go, Mano?¡± Mana asks with upturned eyes in an innocent voice ¡°¡You. Do you expect us to do this for free?¡± I ask looking at the large man ¡°Of course not! You will be greatly compensated. Our group is very wealthy!¡± The man pleads A thug like this comes from a wealthy group? I suppose he could be a hired guard or a bouncer, but even then he seems bad for one''s reputation. This sounds a bit fishy. ¡°Just know that if you try anything, what I¡¯ve done to your arm will seem like a handshake compared to what I will do to you.¡± I say trying to be as threatening as possible gulp ¡°I¡¯ll let my boys know that¡¡± The man says with a nervous look Chapter 48: A Maou Investigates Mana jogged along with a bright smile on her face as we followed the man. If someone asked me whether I trusted this man, of course, my answer would be ¡°no¡±. I''ll follow him all the same though since he was causing trouble in broad daylight and had the gall to attack Mana. If he has a group, I plan to go and crush it. ¡°So how did you two misses get to be so strong?¡± The man asks, trying to start some idle chatter as we walked ¡°Mana gre-¡° ¡°That kind of information is very expensive, are you sure you can afford it?¡± I ask, purposely interrupting Mana The secret to our strength is such that we can''t simply reveal it to just anyone. I never suspected I''d so easily make a display of my powers, so I haven¡¯t thought of any good excuses yet. ¡°Smart. I won¡¯t pry any deeper then, though I¡¯m sure we could afford it.¡± The man said with a genuine and respectful look He seems so different from the person harassing a man on the street that I almost feel like trusting him. It put¡¯s you off your guard in a way. ¡°Muh! Mana was speaking, Mano! That was rude.¡± Mana says pouting a bit ¡°Sorry sorry, I¡¯ll buy you ice cream later so forgive me.¡± I say jokingly, attempting to make it seem natural ¡°What¡¯s ice cream?¡± Mana asked with sparkles in her eyes ¡°You¡¯ve never had any before? I¡¯m sure you''ll love it, so let¡¯s make it a surprise, okay?¡± I say ¡°I¡¯ve never heard of this ¡°ice cream¡± either. What sort of item is it?¡± The man asked with curiosity obviously showing in his voice ¡°Oh¡ D-Does your country not have any? That¡¯s a surprise. Hahahaha¡± I say awkwardly, realizing my mistake Ice cream is a complex treat that certainly wouldn¡¯t exist here. I need to be much more careful next time. ¡°I¡¯m not sure since I¡¯ve never heard of it before. What¡¯s it like?¡± The man asks with a worried look ¡°Well¡ We freeze a substance called ¡°milk¡± after sweetening it.¡± I explain ¡°Just because I look like a thug doesn¡¯t mean you have to treat me like an idiot you know. I know what milk is. Besides your ¡°ice cream¡± is just another name for ¡°gelalo¡± it seems. Many vendors sell it in the market.¡± The man explains, looking disappointedThe author''s tale has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. ¡°Is it tasty?¡± Mana asks with upturned eyes at the man ¡°Eh, I like it at least. Bit expensive though.¡± The man responds with disinterest Now I know this man is evil. To have such resistance to Mana¡¯s sad look¡ he must be entirely heartless. ¡°Is something wrong, Mano? Mano has a strange look on her face.¡± Mana says looking at me with curiosity The man looks back at us and eyes us both for a little while. ¡°Ah, so that¡¯s your thing¡ be careful, that¡¯s not legal here.¡± The man says looking away from us It takes me several moments to comprehend his statement. ¡°I think you have misunderstood something,¡± I say with a smile My seething anger might be seeping out a bit though because even with his back turned he shivers at my statement. After a while, we arrive at a building with an oddly extravagant sign for the back alley that it was located in. ¡°Welcome to ¡®The Grand Tier Company¡¯! Home of the best loans and fighters in the whole capital!¡± The man says throwing his arms out and presenting the doorway Loans? If I remember correctly, that means that these are the people scamming Tea, which makes this just that much more convenient. ¡°Two birds in one stone¡±, as the saying goes. Still, I never heard the bit about their fighters. Maybe I should gather some more info before I go charging in there alone. ¡°If you have such great fighters then why do you need us?¡± I ask digging for more info ¡°That¡¯s actually a bit of a long story. If you will come in then we can have lunch while we talk.¡± The man says gesturing at the door I don¡¯t want to go in there without more info. I could very well be walking in to a trap, which would make- ¡°Yay! Mana is hungry!¡± Mana says running through the doors before I could manage to stop her ¡°¡¡± I stare stunned as my options slimmed by themselves ¡°Is there a problem?¡± The man asked giving me a slightly worried look ¡°¡No. No problem at all. I will be relying on your hospitality then.¡± I say as I walk inside Snarl ¡°Wha?! Somebody¡¯s Ina got loose!¡± I hear the man scream behind me as I walk through the door I look back outside to see that Kurobe is growling and giving quite a harsh glare at the large man. ¡°Ah, he is with me. I don¡¯t suppose he could come in as well?¡± I ask trying to sound like he is a pet of mine If I told Kurobe to ¡°stay¡± he would more likely bite the head off one of these thugs than listen. As I''m thinking this, however, Kurobe seems to catch on to the situation, and simply walks away. He is still growling softly as he leaves, however. ¡°I¡¯ve never seen a fed Ina behave so aggressively. I have heard that after a long time their personalities begin to reflect their owners though¡ You must be quite the lady.¡± I hear from behind, in a soft and deep man¡¯s voice I turn to see a man who seems to contradict himself in every way. He is wearing fine clothing and has a slicked back professional haircut, but extruding from every opening in his clothing are complex tattoos peeking out. He looks weathered and has many scars, but seems very kind. Probably the most perplexing thing is that between his dulcet tones and kind aura, every inch of my body is warning me about the danger approaching. ¡°Mano¡¡± Mana says hiding behind my leg Even the innocently ignorant Mana seems to understand the danger. ¡°Relax, I have heard of your strength and I simply wish to ask of you a favor. You have my personal word that we have no intention to harm you.¡± The man says with a smile My eyes show me a kind trusting smile, but something is crying out to me that it is the smile of a snake. ¡°My, my it seems I can say very little that will change your opinion of me. Very well, shall we get started then?¡± The man says sitting at a nearby table Chapter 49: An Intimidated Maou ¡°So before we start, I¡¯m sure you have some questions you would like to get off your chest,¡± The man says with a small hand gesture prompting me to ask ¡°Okay¡ Then let''s start with, how did you already hear about me? I closely watched the man who brought us here the entire time, and he never once pulled out a communication stone.¡± I ask as I sit down across from him Mana quickly sits next to me and clings to me tightly. I certainly hope that Mana isn¡¯t the canary singing that it¡¯s time to leave. I don¡¯t think we have the option anymore anyway. ¡°I always have a second person watch over each of our ¡°business ventures¡± so as to properly make countermeasures when they fail. If you had killed that person, for instance, I would be vastly unaware of the danger I would face by challenging you¡± He explains with a soft smile that makes my skin crawl He¡¯s most likely lying to me. Having just one extra set of eyes hanging around doesn¡¯t seem too helpful, and he seems much too conniving to show his cards when asked anyway. ¡°As a point of reference, just what countermeasures would you have taken if I did kill him?¡± I ask He gives me a sense of danger just being in proximity to him. It would be wise for me to learn whether there is a strength proportional to that feeling that I need to prepare for. ¡°Mano¡?¡± Mana whines giving me a look of sadness ¡°Not that I would have!¡± I quickly spout to defend myself It¡¯s hard to put on a menacing act when an innocent gullible girl is clinging to me. ¡°Now now, I don¡¯t think it would be appropriate to speak of such things in front of such a young girl.¡± The man says dodging the question ¡°Let me rephrase then¡ would you mind if I used the ¡°status¡± spell on you?¡± I ask frankly Any sane person put in this position would be trying to understand the level of danger they were facing. He most likely already knows that. I don''t see much point dancing around it. ¡°Oh? I¡¯ve never been asked that one before¡ I can¡¯t see why not I suppose. Feel free then. Do the same on my men if it makes you more comfortable.¡± The man says cracking an odd grin and crossing his legsThis text was taken from Royal Road. Help the author by reading the original version there. I take his offer and proceed to use ¡°status¡± on every person in the room. The results shocked me quite a bit. Nearly everybody I used the spell on is around level 15. Some have unique skills that I haven¡¯t heard of before, though they seemed mostly useless. What shocks me the most is the man sitting across from me. Name: Juire Yan Species: Human Level: 9 Skills: High management Intimidate Curse of fear Sleight of hand Escape The knowledge of others fills you New skill learned: Intimidate He is even weaker than the others! Is the reason he seems so scary that ¡°intimidate¡± skill he holds? Perhaps it will be useful. Still, I¡¯m even more confused now about the mechanics for learning skills. I had to have learned it from him since he''s the only one with the skill, but isn''t he much lower level than me? ¡°Are you finished? Good. Now we are going to play a game. If you can¡¯t guess my name in the next 30 seconds then I am going to have my men hurt your young friend there. Tick tock.¡± The man says, gesturing to his men The men surround us and ready their weapons. ¡°That won¡¯t be necessary for 3 reasons. First, you have already guessed correctly that I learned your name from using ''status''. When I use it I can tell the general health, level, and name of the target. Second, after seeing the average level of your men, yourself included, I¡¯m absolutely confident I can repel your assault. Third, and this one I want your men to listen to as well, Mana can easily hold her own without me here. Just to be thorough, however, let¡¯s say someone did manage to hurt her¡¡± I say, turning my attention to the gathering men I activate the ¡°Intimidate¡± skill for a test run. Clank In a moment, the cocky attitude prevalent in the goons is suddenly replaced with terror. Each of them looks like they saw a ghost. Several drop there weapons as they become paralyzed by fear. This is far more effective than I imagined¡ Perhaps I should be grateful that I managed to receive such a useful skill. ¡°Pfft¡ Paha¡ PAHAhahaahaha! My men deserve a raise! To have brought me such a perfect fit!¡± The man named Juire chuckles, completely unaffected I look at him in confusion. He didn¡¯t buckle at all, despite me not yet deactivating the skill. Did I not meet the conditions to use it on him or something? ¡°Hm? Don¡¯t look so confused sweetheart. I¡¯m afflicted with an eternal curse of fear. Don¡¯t get me wrong, I¡¯m absolutely shaking in my boots, but when you¡¯re scared of everything it seems quite similar to being scared of nothing.¡± Juire explains with a sly look A shiver goes down my spine. Even with no other reason to fear him, his ability to read me so well is dangerous. If I¡¯m not careful, he will learn something damning. ahem ¡°So it¡¯s about time I asked the most important question then.¡± I say after clearing my throat to regain my composure ¡°I was having quite a bit of fun with our previous conversation, but I suppose you are correct. Shall we get to why it is that I brought you here then?¡± Juire asks shifting mood completely Chapter 50: A Maous contract Somehow the air of danger around him is gone, and he seems quite a bit more diplomatic. ¡°I¡¯m not sure how well informed you are, so please excuse me as I explain from the foremost relevant point. The little business I run here is, as you can imagine, slightly less than reputable. You see, we find talent that hasn''t been discovered and we give them a little assistance, retrieving an appropriate portion of their profits afterward, of course.¡± Juire explains With every word he sugar coats my anger grows. I might have fallen for his spiel if I didn¡¯t already see the methods they use. ¡°You''re loan-sharks, I knew that long before your man asked for my assistance,¡± I state plainly Technically, I¡¯m not lying. I did know they were loan sharks before I came to the city. There''s no need to tell him I didn¡¯t know the man who led us here was a member of their group though. ¡°You make us sound so bad. Personally, I think what we are doing is quite fair. Without our help, quite a few of our clients would have starved to death and never capitalized on their talents. If we are to take 99% of their profit it would still be fair considering we are the only reason they are privy to that 1% in the first place.¡± He explains with a slightly shifted mood It seems he caught wind of the fact that I came here with a victim in mind. All the same really, if I am to negotiate with them at all, then it¡¯s best to establish my demands. My only two goals in this matter are to gains some personal funds and to release my friend from their harassment. I¡¯m not some kind of hero that would take out a group of villains just because they are villains. ¡°I¡¯m not a merchant, and I¡¯m not a scholar, but even I know that your theory has a major hole in it. You robbed them of something as soon as they sign a contract. You robbed them of the possible future where they would be able to stand on their own feet without you.¡± I explain, restraining myself from yelling Why am I so angry with them? Because they hurt my friend? Because they are ¡°evil¡±? I can¡¯t put my finger on it but it doesn¡¯t feel like either of those. ¡°I must argue that point. I am no thief, I have stolen nothing. They ¡®sold¡¯ that future to me, and for a rather hefty sum might I add.¡± He says with a smug look Frwaack Chakacha! I can¡¯t restrain myself anymore and my fist comes down on the table. It crumbles in place and dust and debris flies into the air. I finally understand why speaking to him makes me so angry. It¡¯s the constant lies. It¡¯s almost as if he is treating me like I¡¯m stupid. Does he think me so ignorant or childish as to actually believe that he thinks this is fair? More so, does he actually think that I will adopt that belief myself? ¡°It seems that I may have had a bit too much fun at your expense. It¡¯s a bad habit of mine, I apologize.¡± Juire says as he stands from his seat and gives a deep bowLove what you''re reading? Discover and support the author on the platform they originally published on. The dust has yet to settle and it¡¯s hard to even see, yet he is completely unfazed. It¡¯s a bit defusing to see someone react so compliantly after an outburst. ¡°Hmph! Get on with it then!¡± I say leaning back in my seat and crossing my arms If my anger gets the better of me then I will be forced to take care of them by force. I¡¯m sure it would be little trouble, but I would rather not draw any unnecessary attention if possible. ¡°In that case, I will continue. I am an acquaintance of King Enrich and some time back he made me a proposal... a bet if you will. The conditions are simple. We will both choose a champion for the upcoming royal tournament. If his champion wins, then I will make a significant contribution to the royal fund to help with a ¡®project¡¯ that he is planning. On the other hand, if I win then he will award me with a taurch plantation.¡± ¡°Taurch?¡± I ask unfamiliar with the word ¡°You don¡¯t know it? By all appearances, it¡¯s quite a simple plant really. It grows a small stalk that grows a small fruit and it takes nearly an entire year to reach maturity. Most consider it a completely pointless crop. Some even use ¡®inheriting a taurch farm¡¯ as an analogy for receiving a useless or even costly inheritance.¡± Juire explains ¡°and I¡¯m to simply believe that you took such a disadvantageous bet completely aware of all that?¡± I ask skeptically ¡°Well, of course, I have an angle. Some time back I traded a merchant something quite interesting in return for voiding his contract with us. A family secret of his, a method to turn the fat useless root of the taurch into a rare and extremely expensive spice known as ¡®sugar¡¯. His family has long held the secret since a Yuusha of old gave it to them.¡± Juire continues with a wicked smile So his aim is to become a cartel rather than a group of loan sharks then? I suppose in terms of capital he would be able to afford it, and he certainly seems to have quite a bit of manpower. The simple fact that he is in contact with the king means that he is probably more formidable than he is letting on as well. ¡°And? For what reason would I help you win?¡± I ask growing tired of the conversation ¡°I suppose a large sum of money won¡¯t suffice?¡± Juire asks looking somewhat disappointed ¡°... I¡¯m afraid if that is all you have to offer then I must decline.¡± I answer after thinking for a moment Money is always a useful commodity, but this deal would put me at great risk. If it comes to light that I am the Maou, then having associated with known dangerous criminals will be damning. At this point, I¡¯m simply deciding whether it would look more evil to destroy this group, or to bargain with them for Tea¡¯s freedom. ¡°Then how about a portion of all our profits moving from here onward?¡± Juire asks as he pulls out an abacus ¡°If you have nothing better to offer me then I¡¯m leaving,¡± I say standing up ¡°Wait!¡± Juire yells throwing out his hand His men surround me hoping to intimidate me into staying. ¡°Mano?...¡± I hear as I receive a small tug on my sleeve I look to see Mana pleading to me with her eyes¡ sigh ¡°I will be in town for a while on business. I will consider your proposition, and what I would need in return. I¡¯m sure that I will be able to find you when I have my answer.¡± I say before walking away Mana simple smiles and trots along with me. Seriously, I need to gain immunity to those puppy dog eyes of hers. Those eyes could bring the world to an end if she pointed them in the right direction. ¡°Oh, and one more thing. I believe that there is a blacksmith from Jin named ¡®Tea¡¯ under your care?¡± I say looking over my shoulder before leaving ¡°Ah, yes I remember him¡ Quite an excitable fellow, certainly.¡± Juire says with a look slightly outside of his normal composure ¡°I want you to void his contract now as a sign of good faith,¡± I say sternly ¡°Certainly!¡± Juire says with a happy look Don¡¯t make it so easy¡ It makes me look like a fool for taking it so seriously. Chapter 51: A Maou Plots After we left, I contacted the others and told them where we should meet up. I decided not to summon the imps until we all met up again. As we make our way to the meet-up, I continue to think about the offer Juire gave me. Even if I decide not to participate, I should probably attend the tournament. If for no other reason than to learn the general strength of this country¡¯s best fighters. I¡¯ll admit though¡ it does sound a little fun. ¡°Ah! Miss!¡± I hear a familiar voice yell When I turn to see the source, I see Jorge waving happily. ¡°Thank goodness! Are you alright?!¡± He asks as he frantically circles us checking us for wounds ¡°Stop that! Why wouldn¡¯t we be?!¡± I say swatting him away ¡°We received a report that a woman with a similar description to yourself and a child was spotted being taken to The Grand Tier Company. That place is seriously dangerous so I was really worried. It must have been somebody else though.¡± The guard explains giving a sigh of relief ¡°No, that was us. They offered us a job, but we declined.¡± I explain Hopefully, this will dispel any kind of rumors about me working with them. ¡°Yup, they were nice! They gave us good food!¡± Mana spurts out happily ¡°¡Seriously? You''re¡ awesome! Little miss too! Even the guard captain won¡¯t go into The Grand Tier Company unless the king orders him too!¡± ¡Or start worse rumors. ¡°Keep it quiet though. If all goes according to plan, they should be leaving the capital soon enough.¡± I say Their plan, at least. No weird rumors should start now, and I¡¯ll have a fallback if it gets out that I¡¯m working with them. ¡°Got it! You won¡¯t hear another peep about it from me!¡± Jorge responds with a salute ¡°What do you know about the tournament?¡± I ask as we begin walking again ¡°The tournament? I think the next tournament will be the kingdoms annual royal tournament. If you¡¯re looking for a ticket then I think you¡¯re a bit too late. Some people save up for years to be able to attend one of those. Weird thing is, I¡¯ve never seen them selling tickets before¡ They always say they''re sold out, no matter when you come.¡± Jorge says scratching his headSupport the creativity of authors by visiting Royal Road for this novel and more. This is that big of an event? If the scope of the event is that big then the chances of running into somebody that will be a threat later are rather high as well. It also means that nearly every eye in the kingdom will be on me. High stakes, but big rewards. I suppose I can lessen the chances of things going wrong if I enter separate from the deal Juire presented me. ¡°How about entering as a fighter?¡± I ask ¡°Hmm¡ Well, prelims for regular entry ended last month, but you can still enter a sponsored fighter I think. Are you thinking of sponsoring a champion?¡± Jorge asks excitedly ¡°Actually, I was thinking about possibly joining myself. Know anybody that might sponsor me?¡± I ask slightly dejected Juire might have taken this into account. It¡¯s a matter of course that strong fighters would gather for the tournament. His offer might have been as small as it was because entering the tournament itself was meant to be part of the reward. Did he just guess that I wasn¡¯t registered already though? Maybe there is a public roster somewhere. ¡°You?! Are you that strong miss?¡± Jorge asks dumbfounded ¡°I¡¯ve never seen the mettle of this country¡¯s fighters before, so I have no idea how I compare to them. I was quite the fighter back home though.¡± I say casually to sidestep his question I¡¯m kind of used to people reacting like that by this point. Pretending that I have no clue what I¡¯m talking about just seems easiest. ¡°Really? I never would have taken you for much of a fighter, miss. The tournament can be kind of ruthless though, you should really be careful.¡± Jorge says as if explaining it to a child I understand the reason for his tone, but it annoys me nonetheless. Regardless, I keep my expression clear and continue. ¡°I will take the necessary precautions, I assure you; but before that, I need to know if there is even a chance for me to enter. Who all can sponsor a fighter?¡± I ask ¡°Well, to be a sponsor you need a certain amount of money and a royal decree of nobility. I¡¯ve got to say though if anybody was interested in sponsoring a fighter, I think they would already have done so.¡± Jorge explains So Juire really is my only real hope then¡ Well, it¡¯s not mandatory that I go anyway. Nevertheless, letting Juire sweat it out for a little while will make him more willing to sweeten the deal. Once we arrive at the meet-up point I summon the imps and we wait a while for everybody to find us. After a short while, everybody manages to meet back up again aside from Gero. It seems that we lost him at some point while I was chasing Kurobe earlier. We waited for sometime near an hour before Jorge offered to put out a search notice for him. Gero doesn¡¯t seem to eat or sleep, and he should be able to escape any kind of trouble he gets into, so I don¡¯t think we have to worry too much about finding him quickly. I just hope that he has enough sense to try and keep a low profile until then. Once he was finished, Jorge began guiding us to the Inn that he had mentioned earlier. This is slightly off topic, but while we waited, the Imps played tag using their ¡°blink¡± skills. People started to gather and cheer because they thought it was some kind of street performance. Some people started offering tips¡ it was easier to accept the money than to explain their mistake. Chapter 52: An Ambushed Maou After walking for some time, we arrive at an inn that is somewhat hidden by the surrounding buildings. Between two large buildings with flashy signs, it is recessed far enough that it¡¯s shrouded in darkness. If you were passing by on the street, you would not think to find a building there. ¡°This is it! The Hogbods Inn! I stayed here for a while myself when I first came to the capital. The owner is the nicest guy, and he really loves adventurers.¡± Jorge explains as we walk in the front door The interior is almost refreshingly not surprising. The front is set up like any other tavern, with many tables and chairs between the front door and the bar. A large staircase to the left leads to what I¡¯m sure must be the rooms they rent out. The entire place looks worn but well taken care of. ¡°Well, I should probably get going now. My superiors won¡¯t be happy to know that I¡¯ve slacked off almost all day while the checkpoint is still lacking in personnel.¡± Jorge says with a dumb smile while scratching his head ¡°I thought you received permission or something! We wouldn¡¯t have kept you this long if we knew that you were supposed to be working.¡± I spout surprised Not a good way to make a first impression with the city guard by commandeering one of their soldiers on my arrival. More so, considering how busy they are right now. ¡°Don¡¯t worry about it. I kind of took advantage of the situation to goof off with you guys today! I¡¯m sure my commander will understand if I explain the royal seal to him. I might not have a job to save if I wait too much longer though!¡± Jorge explains on the verge of laughter Is he messed up in the head? Wouldn¡¯t one usually be a bit worried right now? ¡°Go then! Jeez, you realize how bad this makes me look, right?¡± I say scratching my head ¡°Ha ha, okay, okay, I¡¯ll catch up with you guys later. I hope you enjoy the inn!¡± Jorge says while leaving ¡°You don¡¯t have to go every day you know! Can¡¯t we just go and- Ah!¡± I hear in a familiar voice from the staircase ¡°AH!¡± I let out while pointing at the source of my surprise Coming down the staircase were none other than the princess and the Yuusha. The princess was standing in the same surprised pose that I was.This story is posted elsewhere by the author. Help them out by reading the authentic version. ¡°Hey, it¡¯s swordsman lady!¡± The Yuusha yells recognizing me and running over to me A pang of head pain hits me as I remember his personality. I swiftly turn my head to curse Jorge for bringing me here. When I do, I see he is just about to turn the corner, but he is looking in my direction as well. ¡°You''re. Wel. Come¡± He seems to mouth out before giving a wink You bastaaaaard! He did this on purpose! Does he know? No, he couldn¡¯t possibly know, right? Did he think that I wanted this? What in the world could have given him that impression? ¡°I¡¯m so glad we met here!¡± The princess yells as she runs up and hugs me ¡°Wha?!¡± I let out surprised ¡°I never got your name before we parted! I was so worried that we wouldn¡¯t meet again!¡± The princess says in near tears as she draws away ¡°You can really be a klutz, Anata!¡± The Yuusha lets out with a smile ¡°You¡¯re the last person I want to hear that from!¡± She yells, turning towards him and throwing her arms down to pout ¡°It¡¯s um¡ good to see you two again.¡± I say still somewhat flustered It¡¯s not to say that I didn¡¯t imagine meeting them here in the capital, but I certainly didn¡¯t expect to see them so soon. I certainly hope there isn¡¯t some kind of fate bringing us together. Don¡¯t I already have it hard enough without having to periodically meet my worst nightmare? Ahem ¡°Let¡¯s start over! My name is Anata Anstatia, I¡¯m the fourth princess of the royal family.¡± The princess says with a bow Even her bow shines with incredible elegance. She gently lifts the sides of the skirt she is wearing, and her form seems impeccable, once again reminding me of a doll. If she were one then surely she would be the treasure of whoever owned it. ¡°Hm? Is there something wrong?¡± She asks bringing her face closer to mine I suddenly realize that I had simply been staring at her for several seconds. Her question snaps me back to my senses. ¡°Oh, ya, um¡ My name is Mano. I am an¡ adventurer?¡± I say trying to copy her introduction and bow It seems incredibly difficult when I try it myself. Thankfully, my stumbling about made the lack of information in my introduction seem a little more natural at least. ¡°Name''s Hark! I don¡¯t know much else though. I like good food and fighting monsters!¡± The Yuusha chimes in with an obnoxious smile I stifle the urge to say ¡°get lost, I don¡¯t care.¡± ¡°Mano is such a pretty name! I¡¯ve not heard it before! Is it foreign?¡± The princess asks ignoring the Yuusha to an extent ¡°Well, it¡¯s um¡¡± I say trying to think of a good excuse ¡°You¡¯re really nailing it there,¡± Kera says as she pats me on the back and gives a condescending look Don¡¯t smack her. Don¡¯t smack her. Don¡¯t smack her. ¡°Hm? Don¡¯t I know you? I can¡¯t quite recall from where though¡¡± The princess says looking hard at Kera ¡°Must be thinkin¡¯ of someone else,¡± Kera says with a suddenly more serious face before walking away That¡ wasn¡¯t normal right? It¡¯s hard to tell with Kera. She¡¯s not that easy to predict. ¡°I¡¯m sorry¡ Did I say something to offend her?¡± The princess asks with a worried look ¡°No, I¡¯m sure she is just tired. We haven¡¯t had a chance to rest in a while.¡± I say without confidence I¡¯m not quite sure why she is acting like that. ¡°Really?! That¡¯s perfect then! Why don¡¯t we share a room?¡± The princess excitedly asks as she grabs my hands and puts them between hers ¡°Huh?¡± I let out Chapter 53: A Maous Friend ¡°Sharing a room?¡± I ask, still trying to process the question ¡°Yes! Won¡¯t it be fun? I¡¯ve never had the opportunity to have a sleepover before! If your friend wants to join us, that would be even better!¡± The princess says excitedly as she practically jumps with joy ¡°Don¡¯t forget about Mana!¡± Mana says, pouting slightly ¡°Oh my! Sorry, sorry, you can join us too if you want.¡± The princess says as she pats Mana¡¯s head with a smile This¡ Is this safe? She is still a teammate of the Yuusha. What if she has ulterior motives? It''s quite possible that they have already figured out who I am. The Yuusha might have some kind of sixth sense that lets him detect the Maou. I felt a strong sense of disgust ever since I first saw his face, but he¡¯s never shown the slightest amount of ill will towards me¡ ¡°Do you¡ not want to?¡± The princess asks, looking down dejected Though she is noticeably upset, she doesn¡¯t stop smiling. It¡¯s almost as if she expected me to turn her down ¡°No, it seems like fun. It will be good not to have to rent another room as well.¡± I answer, trying to seem genuine If she is planning something, then it would be best to try and catch her in the act. If the princess is plotting, it''s better to take her head on now instead of waiting for the situation to escalate. I¡¯ll have Kurobe sleep outside our door to make sure the Yuusha stays at bay. ¡°Yay! Oh, this will be so much fun!¡± The princess says as she lets go of my hand ¡°I still need to arrange lodgings for the rest of my companions though, so why don¡¯t we meet up later?¡± I ask Hopefully without the Yuusha. He doesn¡¯t even seem to be paying attention to us and yet I can¡¯t help but feel uncomfortable around him. ¡°In that case why don¡¯t we meet up for dinner? Our treat!¡± The princess exclaims, clapping her hands together as if she just had a great idea Is it just me, or does she seem really excited for some reason? Perhaps she really is planning on trying something tonight. ¡°Sounds good¡ I had a heavy lunch though so I might just have some bread.¡± I say, remembering earlier today I might have gotten away with it in front of Jorge and that enthusiastic old man, but letting myself go on another eating rampage again in front of the Yuusha would be a death sentence. Even if I survive I would have live with the fact that I showed my arch enemy my most embarrassing side. Stolen content alert: this content belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences. ¡°Really? Would you like me to bring you some stomach medicine?¡± She asks with a slightly worried expression ¡°No really I¡¯m-¡° I manage to say before Kera jumps on my back, interrupting me I nearly fall to the ground with her sudden added weight, but I manage to stay on my feet. ¡°Hey, speaking of food~ You never gave us a chance to eat earlier, and I¡¯m super tired after all that running around.¡± Kera says as she jabs her finger into my cheek I want to be irritated at her¡ but she has a point. Nobody but me has eaten all day, and they have already had an incredible workout between restraining me and finding Mana. My anger is somewhat dwarfed by the guilt I feel. ¡°In that case, I suppose we should go get something to eat first,¡± I say to the princess, trying to keep my composure Somehow it only feels more pathetic to keep your composure while somebody is obviously antagonizing you. ¡°Ah! We have to go do something too! Dinner is at sundown, we will meet you back here!¡± The princess yells and she grabs the Yuusha¡¯s collar and runs off somewhere I get the feeling that the Yuusha being summoned has made her life just as strange as it has mine. ¡°Hey, hey, when are we gonna go~¡± Kera asks and she continues to jab my cheek Fwack krcht! ¡°Ah! Crap, I broke the floorboards a bit with that one. I should apologize to the Innkeeper later.¡± I think aloud as I regret my actions ¡°Why are you more concerned about the floor than the person you just hit!¡± Kera lets out with both of her hands nursing the bump ¡°Do you know any good places to eat, or should I ask the innkeeper for suggestions?¡± I ask Kiel ¡°You¡¯re cruel!¡± Kera barks again ¡°Nah, Tea would usually pack me a few meals when I went on errands,¡± Kiel answers, scratching his head ¡°Why do you seem like you''re getting used to this!¡± Kera yells, grabbing onto Kiel¡¯s shirt with tears running down her face ¡°Well, its¡ you know?¡± Kiel replies, looking away In the end, we just ate at the Inn. The food was rather cheap and from what I heard, it was tasty as well. I abstained of course, for obvious reasons. This Inn is apparently especially suited for adventurers, so those with guild membership get an even bigger discount. I can see why Jorge thought this was a good Inn. I might be a bit more merciful next time I see him. Once they finished eating, I decided that now would be a good time to secure our rooms. ¡°So Kiel will bunk with the imps, Kurobe will sleep outside my door, and Kiri should be okay to sleep outside. What about you Kera? I would appreciate it if you would share a room with Mana and keep an eye on her.¡± ¡°Oh? Wanting a little alone time with the princess?¡± Kera asks with a sly smile as she jabs her elbow into my side ¡°What? It could be a trap, I don¡¯t want you two getting caught up in the cross fire.¡± I explain, confused ¡°Bah! You¡¯re no fun. You don¡¯t have to worry your pretty little head though¡ I have no interest to spend any time with her. Count me out for dinner too, I¡¯ve already got plans.¡± Kera says as she turns to walk away Somehow she seems a little upset, doesn¡¯t she? She has her reasons I¡¯m sure. For now, I suppose that makes two rooms. Without saying anything else, Kera left somewhere while I was paying for our rooms. I¡¯m a little worried about her, but I won¡¯t pry if she doesn¡¯t want to tell me. Chapter 54: A Maou Cooks ¡°Wh-what is this?¡± I ask, befuddled by the sight in front of me ¡°Hm? What do you think? It¡¯s a cookout!¡± The princess says with a wink Don¡¯t act like this is normal! Upon meeting up for our dinner plans with the princess, we were told to follow without asking questions. Of course, I prepared for the worst, and have been anticipating an ambush at any moment¡ Instead, I was met with a scene I couldn¡¯t imagine. The princess led us to a park where a shoddy makeshift grill was set up. ¡°Why a cookout?! I figured we were going to some kind of high-class restaurant.¡± I ask, unable to further suppress my surprise ¡°Well, I would have happily treated you if somebody didn¡¯t blow all of our funds on gear!¡± She complains with a scary glare directed at the Yuusha Isn¡¯t she the princess? Aside from the funds, the Yuusha should have received when he started his journey, shouldn¡¯t the princess have money of her own? How much money must he have spent to run down their collective wallets? ¡°Cool gear is a must for a defender of justice! How do you expect me to go slaying demons and monsters with trash gear? That lady''s stuff is meant to be top notch!¡± The Yuusha starts to yell in defense ¡°The first sword you bought from her broke the same day!¡± The princess retaliated Somehow they seem to have completely forgotten the conversation we were having. Also, doesn¡¯t that sound familiar? ¡°That¡¯s just proof of how great I am! I¡¯m so powerful that even rare-class items shatter when I use them!¡± The Yuusha boasts, puffing out his chest sigh ¡°You have great natural talent, even for a Yuusha. If only you didn¡¯t have that childish naivety; I¡¯m sure you would have gone down in history.¡± The princess let out, placing her hand on her head like she was nursing a headache ¡°Sorry, but I¡¯m a good cook I assure you. I know it¡¯s not what you expected, but won¡¯t you stay anyways?¡± The princess asks, turning to me with an apologetic look ¡°Um, well, it¡¯s no problem I suppose. I can see you have your reasons.¡± I say sympathetically Seems the Yuusha is causing her quite a bit of grief as well. ¡°A week ago I was regarded as a sewer rat¡ and tonight, I eat the princess'' homemade cooking.¡± Kiel says curious at the sudden sincerity in his voice I turn to look at him. Stolen story; please report. When I turn to him, I see him clenching his fist with a determined look and tears streaming down his face. ¡°Are you okay?¡± The princess asks, cocking her head at him ¡°Don¡¯t worry about him. I think those are happy tears.¡± Bik says in a respectful manner ¡°This guy gets it! Good food is above all else!¡± The Yuusha exclaims as he throws his arm around Kiel''s shoulders Seeing as Kiel is about a foot or two taller though, he ends up having to bend over. ¡°Y-ya. I¡¯m just psyched for some good food is all.¡± Kiel says, turning his head away from us The look on his face implies that he realizes how odd he looked. ¡°Ya, Ya good food!¡± ¡°Is there gonna be cake? We love cake!¡± Mak and Kay cheer out as they jump onto the Yuusha and Kiel ¡°Is that so?¡± The princess asks with a bright smile ¡°In that case why don¡¯t I get started? Would you like to help as well Mano-san?¡± The princess asks, yet I seem to be the only one listening anymore ¡°Me? Well¡ I¡¯ve never cooked before, so I don¡¯t know if I will be any help.¡± I say scratching my cheek in embarrassment giggle ¡°That¡¯s alright, why don¡¯t I teach you then? It will be fun.¡± She responds cheerfully Her personality is just so bright and cheery. It almost makes this shabby park and makeshift oven feel a lot more like a party. I need to keep my guard up though. Regardless of her personality, the facts are these two are my enemies. There is no telling just how much information they have collected. ¡°Mano cooking? I¡¯m sure it will be¡ unique?¡± Kiel cautiously says, overhearing our conversation ¡°Hm? Are you implying that what I make won¡¯t be as good?¡± I ask, irritated by his phrasing ¡°Huh? Well I mean¡ nothing you do is normal. I wouldn¡¯t be surprised if you somehow managed to blow up the park if you made an attempt.¡± He responded, only half-denying ¡°Fine! Then I¡¯m going to make something delicious, and you¡¯re not going to get any!¡± I protest ¡°Now, now, I¡¯m sure Mano will be fine. Besides, we are using a grill; at worst she could start a fire.¡± The princess says in a mediating tone That was a rather sharp comment there at the end. Do I really give off the feel of being that bad of a cook? ¡°Oh? Swordman-lady is going to make some food? Tomboy characters are always bad cooks!¡± The Yuusha proclaims with an exceedingly excited look Krtch! There¡¯s that pain in my head again. ¡°Hark-san¡ I still don¡¯t get some of the odd things that you say.¡± The princess frowns in disappointment ¡°Huh? It¡¯s not complicated. When a tsundere cooks for the first time, the food always turns into a burnt mess. Then the protagonist eats it and says ¡®this is delicious¡¯ anyways.¡± The Yuusha explains to the confused princess Fwack! ¡°I¡¯m not a tsundere you punk!¡± I yell out after smacking him with all my might across the head ¡°Youch! You really pack a punch, don¡¯t you? I suppose I didn¡¯t scout you for nothing!¡± He says after nursing his head for a moment To take a strike of mine when I didn''t hold back¡ he¡¯s sturdy at the very least. ¡°Wow! Mano-san can understand him? Even the best scholars of our country have had trouble understanding many of his terms.¡± The princess says with a surprised expression Hm? Chance! ¡°I was born with an innate magic that allows me to understand languages. It doesn¡¯t work 100% of the time, but it¡¯s pretty reliable.¡± I explain If I establish it like this than people won¡¯t question why I can¡¯t tell when people switch languages. The princess seems like she is pretty gullible, so I should be able to get her to vouch for me. ¡°I¡¯ve heard of a similar magic used by dryads! They use it to communicate between tribes. From what I¡¯ve heard though, they can only decipher very simplistic languages¡ To be able to understand Hark-san¡¯s odd terms it must be an amazing ability.¡± The princess says almost lost in thought Chapter 55: A Talented Maou ¡°See? I told you that I could cook!¡± I gloat as I place my food in front of the group ¡°This? How did she¡¡± The Yuusha lets out in stunned disbelief at my skill It wasn¡¯t easy to make something good, the princess didn¡¯t bring any ingredients similar to those from my world. I had to taste test nearly everything, and I almost went into another frenzy when I bit into an especially delicious fruit. Considering the effect it had on me, I decided to use a fair amount of it. ¡°It looks like a monster,¡± Mana says, examining closely How rude! Just because it¡¯s a bit purple, it doesn¡¯t mean that it looks like a monster. ¡°I¡¯ve finished as well!¡± The princess cheers out as she brings out her food It looks good for sure, but it seems a little bland compared to the masterpiece I brought out. ¡°A saint has descended!¡± Kiel yells, out throwing his fist into the air I shoot him a glare. His reaction to hers was a lot better, wasn¡¯t it? Oh! He must have been speechless since he thought I wasn¡¯t good at cooking. ¡°The food from Mano-san¡¯s country is certainly quite unique! I never would have thought to add many of those ingredients to one another. I look forward to trying it!¡± The princess says as she attempts to take a piece of food off of my platter ¡°Wait!¡± The Yuusha yells suddenly Following his command, the princess'' hand freezes in place. ¡°I¡ um¡ I want to try it first!¡± He says with an odd expression Is that his normal complexion? It seems a little blue. ¡°Is he okay? He looks sick.¡± Mana asks Kiel with a tug on his sleeve ¡°There''s something to be said about the Yuusha¡¯s bravery,¡± Kiel says, giving a few sharp nods Is that being brave? It just sounds like he¡¯s being a glutton to me. He better leave some for everybody. ¡°Hm¡ It seems¡ inviting?¡± The Yuusha says as he brings my food closer to his mouth ¡°More like ominous¡¡± Kiel replies ¡°Oi! If you think it¡¯s going to taste bad, then you don¡¯t get to have any!¡± I protest I bring out something that looks this good and yet, he is still being a jerk about it? ¡°Hurk!¡± The Yuusha lets out after quickly shoving the food into his mouthYou might be reading a stolen copy. Visit Royal Road for the authentic version. ¡°How is it?¡± The princess asks in anticipation ¡°It¡¯s *cough* it¡¯s so good that I can¡¯t share it!¡± The Yuusha lets out with a skewed smile ¡°What?! Don¡¯t be selfish! I know it¡¯s good, but let everybody have some!¡± I yell out in frustration Just how self-centered can this guy get?! Aside from the instant fame, wealth, and power, he also gets a companion as nice as the princess. He doesn¡¯t even share his food! ¡°No! This is just so *cough* good!¡± He yells out before digging into the plate He is ripping through it pretty quickly. I rush over and try to pry him away from the meal, but I can¡¯t seem to get him to release it. He is holding onto it like his life depends on it! ¡°It¡¯s¡ no good. I can¡¯t¡. continue!¡± He mutters as his face turns completely blue and he falls backward ¡°Hark!... We will remember you, the bravest of us all.¡± Kiel says in a small prayer at the collapsed Yuusha Mana walks over and begins to poke him with a stick repeatedly. Ha! That¡¯s what you get! He was in such a hurry to take all the food that he must have eaten too quickly! I¡¯m sure he will be fine¡ but just in case I think I¡¯m going to pretend like I didn¡¯t see anything. ¡°So princess, do you want to try?¡± I say, ignoring the collapsed Yuusha ¡°Huh? But what about Hark? Is he okay?¡± She asks, leaning around me to get a better look at him. ¡°Oh, he¡¯s fine I¡¯m sure,¡± I say, waving it off ¡°No¡ Please¡ you can¡¯t¡ let¡ heeeer~ urk.¡± The Yuusha utters before collapsing again He held his hand out to Kiel in a plead. ¡°I will carry on your spirit!¡± Kiel cries out as he charges into the food ¡°Oi! I said you couldn¡¯t have any!¡± I scold him Nobody can say I¡¯m a bad cook now though. Look at how excited people are to eat my food! ¡°Is he really okay? They are acting a little dramatic aren¡¯t they?¡± The princess asks in concern ¡°They are just idiots, ignore them,¡± I say, once again waving them off ¡°Oh god! My insides hurt so badly! How can you do this with food!¡± Kiel cries out as he writhes in fake pain ¡°Again with that?! Are you so selfish that you want to eat my food and insult it!¡± I yell out, snapping slightly These two are so incredibly rude! I can¡¯t even believe them! ¡°Did you even taste it yet?! If you think it¡¯s so good, why don¡¯t you give it a shot!¡± He argues fervently ¡°Fine! If it¡¯ll make you shut up about it, then I will!¡± I exclaim, picking up a utensil I need to be careful; otherwise, I¡¯ll go into an eating frenzy. I scoop one of the more textured parts of my meal out with the utensil and take a large bite. ¡°Mmm!¡± My eyes widen at the surprising flavor ¡°See?! Even you don¡¯t like it!¡± Kiel yells out victoriously ¡°Are you kidding?! This is the best thing I¡¯ve had since I came here in the first place!¡± I blurt out only half paying attention to him Who cares about going into a frenzy? This food is good enough to die for! ¡°Eh?¡± Kiel lets out as the look of victory flushes from his face I quickly go on to take another bite and another! I¡¯m not sure why I¡¯m not losing my reasoning and becoming engulfed with hunger; this food feels like it could possibly drive any normal person mad. Something must be wrong with their tongues if they don¡¯t appreciate food as good as this! ¡°You¡¯re really eating it?...¡± Kiel asks with a worried look as I continue to shovel the food into my mouth ¡°No fair Mano-san! Leave some for me! Why am I the only person who doesn¡¯t get a taste?!¡± The princess pouts loudly ¡°That¡¯s not true, Mana doesn¡¯t get any either.¡± Mana pouts along with her When I reach the bottom of my plate, I feel something that I haven¡¯t really felt since arriving. Truly and totally satisfied. That food was so amazing, and it filled me up so completely. I should cook more often, that can easily become addictive. Everybody else ate the princess'' food aside from Kiel and the Yuusha who were still faking stomach pains. I noticed during this meal, that the imps ate very little. Each one of them ate half as much food as a serving meant for a child. Kurobe, on the other hand, ate everybody¡¯s leftovers to the last scrap. It was overall a very enjoyable dinner aside from the two morons who insulted my food. The princess made me promise to give her some next time. Chapter 56: A Maous Night We made our way back to the inn after the small party we had. I was so tired by the time that we had arrived that I had hardly managed to explain to Kurobe that he needed to stand guard before I stumbled into the room and flopped onto the bed. I suppose that if this is meant to be some form of trap, then it was done wisely. If I were to have to fight right now, I certainly wouldn¡¯t be able to put up a ton of resistance. If I were to fall asleep before they decide to strike, then I might not even wake up in the morning ¡°A bed again, at last!¡± I say as I sprawl out and stretch Somehow aware of the possibility of a trap, I still can¡¯t help but feel relaxed on a good bed. It might be because I am losing confidence in my suspicion that the princess is actually trying to set up a trap. I mean, both of them seemed ready¡ªif not eager¡ªto eat the food that I had prepared, though the Yuusha did joke about needing ¡°poison resistance¡± to be able to come out unscathed. Is that the kind of thing people who believe you¡¯re going to ¡°destroy the world with clever schemes and ultimate power¡± would do? ¡°I agree. Me and Hark have been camping for quite some time now. After sleeping on the high-quality mattress provided for me all this time, it almost brings me to tears when I have to sleep on those ragged sleeping bags.¡± the princess says with a wholeheartedly happy face ¡°That reminds me, I¡¯ve been meaning to ask you something. I apologize if this is rude, but¡ You are royalty, and he is the person meant to save the world, so why are you living the lives of common vagabonds? I figured, at the very least, that the kingdom would give you enough funds to be on level terms with established adventurers.¡± I ask, trying not to hit on touchy subjects There is obviously more to this than what I¡¯ve been told, and that fact alone means that it might not be the kind of thing that she wants others to learn about. ¡°Well, as the Yuusha, Hark did receive a large sum of cash meant to serve both as an incentive to stay within the kingdom and to gear up with. It¡¯s a tradition in our country to allow the Yuusha to follow the ¡®Hero¡¯s path of inauguration¡¯ to allow him to grow into a capable Yuusha.¡± the princess explains with a solemn look ¡°What do you mean by ¡®stay within the kingdom¡¯? Does he have the option to reside in any country he wants to?¡± I ask If the Yuusha decides to stay in Teslagr, then it would be the perfect incentive for me to leave the country myself. I¡¯ve already run into the Yuusha twice within the first week since my arrival. Putting some distance between us might make our encounters significantly less frequent. ¡°Your country must be quite disconnected from the rest of the world for you to not know that much, or are you just a bit of an airhead, Mano-san?¡± the princess asks with a giggle Somehow, I can feel my cheeks becoming warmer at her question. That¡¯s about the nicest way to call me stupid, right? She can say some rather sharp statements without reserve, it seems. If you were to not pay attention, they would slip right by you as well. ¡°Indeed, we have a policy of isolation. Usually, we keep ourselves hidden and have no contact with the outside world¡ but certain things have happened.¡± I say, trying to look troubled This is the cover story that I¡¯m going to be going with for a while, I¡¯ve decided. It draws some attention to me, but it helps to explain my cultural differences as well as some other factors about me that are far out of the ordinary. Still, if I were to blow up a city or summon a tower of fire, I doubt I would be able to stand by that same excuse. ¡°Well, basically, the Yuusha can become royalty of any country he pleases to. The fact that he could easily conquer or create a nation by himself later in life has ensured that freedom. I don¡¯t know about our neighbors, but our country basically wants the Yuusha to become royalty here¡¡± the princess continuesSupport the creativity of authors by visiting Royal Road for this novel and more. She seems a bit distant as she explains, for some reason. Is this a sensitive subject for her? More importantly, how is it that the Yuusha is still looked upon fondly? It sounds like the Yuusha have had their own share of world conquest under their belts. ¡°From what I¡¯ve heard, Teslagr¡¯s ruler is the noble with the purest Yuusha bloodline. Does it have something to do with that?¡± I ask, attempting to dig a bit deeper If that sword-obsessed idiot actually makes a claim to royalty in this country, it seems that they will really just hand it over to him. Fleeing the country might be all but imperative if he becomes the new monarch of this country. The current royalties¡¯ scheming could have some serious consequences for me if I don¡¯t keep my eye on them. ¡°Not exactly. My father says that having a Yuusha as a noble is like a double-edged sword. In the event that we go to war, he would be incredibly useful, but the country would have to bend to the Yuusha¡¯s whim¡ Isn¡¯t that horrible? They treat Hark like he¡¯s some kind of power-hungry monster. They would throw him away if he were to stop being useful¡¡± she answers sorrowfully Huh? Is that really how it is? I suppose there isn¡¯t such a thing as a noble who doesn¡¯t try and retain his own status but to treat the Yuusha as a weapon, of all things? What if he were to perish? How would you handle the Maou? ¡°Wait, there is something I don¡¯t understand. If having the Yuusha as a part of your royalty is such a militaristic boon for a country, then other countries probably want to gain the Yuusha¡¯s favor as well. In that case, wouldn¡¯t being the country that summons him in the first place be favorable? What determines who gets to summon him?¡± I ask If the Yuusha can serve as such a powerful weapon against other countries, there is no way people would be able to come to an agreement about who summons him. Any agreement they did come to could easily be broken after all. The Yuusha being summoned out of turn might call a war on a country, but having the Yuusha means they can win that war. Not that I''m going to start feeling pity for the Yuusha or anything, but I''m sure this must have happened in the past. After being summoned to a world you know nothing about, you would be rather easily tricked into fighting whatever fight you were told was just. Even if you could somehow manage to overpower the Yuusha you still couldn''t finish them off, after all, you can''t go and kill the only thing stopping some great evil from destroying your world. ¡°It¡¯s random, I guess? Every nation capable simply tries to summon him continuously until one succeeds. Many nations have tried to cheat by attempting to summon him early, but they always fails. Legend has it that the Yuusha cannot be summoned until there is an evil for him to fight.¡± the princess returned in an unsure manner. The degree of accuracy of that rumor scared me. ¡°I guess you got lucky then. Well¡ not you personally, I suppose. I mean, you are the one forced to travel with that idiot.¡± I sneer Could it be that it wasn''t a coincidence that we were summoned in the same country? Gero seemed to be pretty sure of where I was going to pop up, so I don¡¯t think my showing up here was random. It also seems oddly coincidental that he was summoned ¡°by random¡± so close to me. If what Gero says it true, and I exist because they finally managed to summon him, perhaps my location was inevitable from the beginning. ¡°I think I¡¯m fortunate, but I worry for Hark. He is too innocent for this world ruled by those who can lie the best¡ I¡¯m sorry it seems I went off-topic. Hark did receive a large contribution, but he blew it all right away on a jewel-encrusted ¡®holy sword¡¯ and some basic armor. He claimed that it would pay for itself in no time, but the first time we went out to fight monsters, he broke the sword.¡± the princess says with a scary look on her face I can¡¯t quite tell if she looks like she feels sick, or if she is ready to commit a murder. Either way, for her face to turn that shade of blue, it must have upset her a fair amount. ¡°Couldn¡¯t you just remove the jewels and sell them to a blacksmith for scrap metal?¡± I ask, trying to calm her down ¡°Hehe, the blade was made of an alloy consisting of worthless metals. Even the jewels were just colored glass.¡± she continues with a chuckle that seems to have given up on life Just how worthless can her companion be? ¡°That explains the Yuusha, but there is one last thing that doesn¡¯t add up.¡± I say ¡°Hmm? What¡¯s that?¡± The princess asks with a now confused look ¡°You¡¯re royalty; even if you¡¯re not the first daughter, I¡¯m sure you must be quite wealthy. You seem to be at least smart enough to not to blow your cash the same way he did, so¡ how did you end up with nothing?¡± I ask A look of worry flushes across her face. ¡°Mano-san¡ I must apologize. I¡¯ve not been totally honest with you.¡± she says, sending a chill down my spine Chapter 57: A Maou Commits I place my hand near the sword I had thankfully not yet put down. It seems like it would have been better to spring the trap on me while I was sleeping or something, doesn¡¯t it? I suppose my questioning must have forced her hand. ¡°Mano-san? What are you doing?¡± The princess asks while tilting her head Huh? ¡°What is it? Do you see something?" The princess asks as she stiffens up "Is it a bug? I really can''t stand bugs!" She begins to whine She looks to scare to look around and confirm her suspicion though. Did I just misunderstand her? I don¡¯t trust her yet, but I don¡¯t want to attack until I know for sure. I¡¯ll play along, but I will make sure to keep my sword nearby for the rest of the night. "Ya, let me get it off you real quick," I say gauging her reaction When I say that a bug is on her she stiffens up even more than before but doesn''t say a word. I go behind her and brush a random place on her back. I stamp on the ground twice to make it seem like I killed the fake insect before I continue. ¡°Okay, I got it,¡± I say as I walk back to the bed ¡°Oh, thank you! To go for your sword at the sight of a bug, you truly must be an amazing swordsman. I was right to try to ask you after all!¡± The princess says happily relaxing I do enjoy her company at least, simply because I don¡¯t have to make up complex excuses for my behavior. She is quite good at doing it for me. ¡°Ask me what?¡± I ask with a bit of confusion ¡°Well, to be totally honest, I didn¡¯t really call you up here just to save on room cost. I have a favor to ask of you, and I was kind of hoping to talk to you in private about it.¡± The princess confesses with a guilty look ¡°What?¡± I let out in my surprise That¡¯s all? This entire setup was to ask me a favor? ¡°Don¡¯t get me wrong! I really liked the idea of us having a sleepover! This is really important though, and we don¡¯t have time to find anybody else¡I hope you¡¯re not angry.¡± The princess elaborates with a continued look of guilt ¡°Pfft! Seriously?¡± I say letting out a chuckle Looking at her mixture of guilt, embarrassment, and desperate eyes I can¡¯t help but feel silly for being so on guard this whole time. My chuckle evolves into low laughter as my shoulders relax. ¡°Wha? Hey, why are you laughing?! I was really worried you know!¡± She says throwing her arms down to poutIf you discover this narrative on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the violation. ¡°Sorry, sorry, what did you need to ask me?¡± I say still trying to stifle more laughter ¡°Somehow I can¡¯t help but feel like I¡¯m being made fun of but¡ It¡¯s about the tournament.¡±The princess says with a worried look The tournament? Do they plan to get involved? A chance to see the Yuusha in action would certainly be helpful. ¡°You see, Hark needs someone to teach him swordsmanship. There is a rather powerful demon hunter entering, and if Hark I''m afraid he might not win. Hark is going to need a teacher if he is to have any chance of winning.¡± The princess continues Teach him how to wield a sword? I wouldn¡¯t even do that if I could. The absolute last thing that I want to do is make the Yuusha more powerful than he already is. I¡¯m not nearly as good with a sword as they think I am either. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but I think I will need to decline.¡± I attempt to say politely ¡°Please, nobody else will do it! Hark is too proud and keeps turning down everybody that I ask!¡± The princess practically begs She grabs my hand and presses forward as her eyes plead to me. She really puts her all into helping the Yuusha doesn¡¯t she? ¡°Please, surely there must be something that I can convince you with. The kingdom will reimburse most teaching expenses for the Yuusha. Father seems especially adamant about Hark winning the tournament.¡± She pleaded Wait¡ the king wants Hark to win? Wasn¡¯t the deal between him and Juire that he would get a large sum of money if his champion won? Does that mean that the person the king has decided to sponsor is the Yuusha? No wonder he seems so confident. ¡°I think I can kind of understand why your father wants him to win, but why do you two care so much about it? Wouldn¡¯t training or taking care of catastrophes be a better use of your time?¡± I ask trying to dig further There is more here than I am being told. That bugs me. ¡°Well¡ It¡¯s Hark that wants to win so bad really. It all started with something my dad told him. My grandfather was obsessed with having the next Yuusha be part of our country as well, so he left a secret with my dad to try and convince the Yuusha if he was summoned in another country. ¡®Azrael¡¯ the demons sword.¡± The princess says with a worried look Somehow the room becomes more chilled when she says the name ¡°Azrael¡±. A moment of silence follows ¡°Why in the world would he be interested in a demon sword?¡± I ask trying to break the silence ¡°Because the demon sword is said to be the legacy of ¡®Azrael''. Legend states that the sword will bring about the first calamity of the new Maou. Father says that grandfather wanted him to use it as a threat. A true Yuusha would sacrifice anything to prevent such a calamity.¡± She continues ¡°but what does all this have to do with the tournament?¡± I ask confused at the weird conversation tangent ¡°The grand prize this year for the tournament is the location of Azrael¡¯s castle that has been a well kept secret of our family since grandfather defeated him.¡± Who is this Azrael person supposed to be? Her grandfather seems like he was probably someone important so it would seem to follow that Azrael is important as well, right? ¡°I can kind of see why the Yuusha would want to know the location of such a place, but why would all the other participants?¡± I ask trying to mask my ignorance of the subject ¡°It¡¯s not been looted yet. Maou tends to gather extremely valuable treasures in their castles. Most consider it the easiest way to get a magical item. Most of the treasures seem to disappear along with the death of the Maou, and what¡¯s left often doesn¡¯t last long against common looters.¡± She answers The Maou?! Azrael was a predecessor of mine? Does that mean that her grandfather was the previous Yuusha? ¡°I have no clue why father refuses to simply tell us the location of the castle so Hark can do something about the demon sword, but if we win he has no choice but to give us the location. Hark might even be able to get some gear that can actually be useful for our fight against the Maou! That¡¯s why we have to make sure that Hark wins. Please, won''t you help us?¡± She pleads again as she finishes her explanation ¡°You misunderstand me, princess. I can¡¯t help you win the tournament, because I¡¯m going to win.¡± I say decisively Chapter 58: A Resigned Maou After I explained to the princess that I was approached by a sponsor to enter the tournament she all but gave up on asking me to train the Yuusha. She still asked if I could simply give him a few pointers, but I managed to divert the conversation each time she did. The rest of the night was spent on a rather enjoyable talk. There had been so little opportunity to rest, that simply talking to somebody for the sake of it had seemed like a distant dream. When I finally lay my head down to rest, I fall asleep instantly. With how soundly I slept, it¡¯s hard to believe that I was paranoid about a trap. As expected though, I woke up earlier than anybody and full of energy. Sleep is almost less satisfying when it¡¯s so easy to wake up. I can¡¯t seem to find any way to measure how well I slept. Falling asleep is the same instantaneous process, and waking up feels like the sleep behind me never happened in the first place. I decide to use the time until the rest of my party wakes up wisely. I take my sword and head to the park where we had our cookout previously. ¡°This can¡¯t be that hard to get used to,¡± I say to myself as I try to get into a good stance Earlier, when I was fighting monsters I could feel that I wasn¡¯t really using my sword correctly. I tried copying what I had seen in anime and movies, but the strikes just never felt like they connected quite right. Rapiers are mainly used for thrusting, right? I try to thrust forward with my sword in many different ways to experiment and find a way that works well. I can¡¯t seem to find a stance that works well though¡ ¡°You¡¯re kidding, right? How did you get your hands on such a high-quality sword if you are this inept with it?¡± I hear from surprisingly close by I turn my head and nearly jump out of my skin when I notice a weathered-looking old man standing only several feet away. His head is devoid of hair save a lone braid tracing halfway down his back. The shade of white in his hair is dulled and dirty. It almost seems to reflect the withered and scarred body it is attached to. He also has a similarly colored goatee hanging down far enough to swing slightly as he moves his head. ¡°Don¡¯t scare somebody like that!... I¡¯ve just not gotten used to it yet.¡± I say a little self-conscious I won¡¯t argue that I¡¯m doing quite badly. I don¡¯t know what it is about this guy, but I can¡¯t help but feel like he knows what he is talking about. Even the way that he stands is odd. He looks like he is in a normal standing position, and yet it''s somehow more imposing. He gives off the same kind of feeling one normally does when they have a sword drawn at you. ¡°You must know the right kind of people if you can say such a thing and still have such a good sword. It could use improvements here and there, but it is far beyond what you should have at your level.¡± He says looking the sword over thoroughlyUnlawfully taken from Royal Road, this story should be reported if seen on Amazon. ¡°I had to learn pretty quickly. Thankfully a good friend of mine is a great blacksmith.¡± I say looking fondly at the sword Tea gave me I already had a pretty good idea, but I really was given quite the gem, wasn¡¯t I? I wonder if the armor he supplied me with is just as good? ¡°Haste is never an excuse for doing poorly! You would do well to remember that.¡± The old man scolds as he runs his hand down his goatee What about that old idiom ¡°haste makes waste¡±? I¡¯m sure this world must have something similar. ¡°What you lack isn¡¯t time, but a good instructor! I can feel power in your movements even if you don¡¯t know how to focus it. The first thing you need to do is to get your balance in line.¡± The old man preaches Is he going to give me some pointers? I suppose I was just doing this as a kind of time waster anyway. The older man picks up a nearby stick and strikes a stance that I recognize next to me. Compared to the pose I was using where I was facing my opponent and holding my sword in front of me, his body is turned sideways. He is holding both of his arms outward in opposite directions. It is a stance that I remember seeing fencers take during matches. ¡°Like this?¡± I ask as I attempt to copy the stance ¡°No, no , no. If you place your weight on your feet like that then you won¡¯t move around nearly as fast, and if you keep your spine bent like that then all your doing is striking an especially stupid looking pose!¡± The old man gripes as he strikes the points he is criticizing with his stick I adjust my stance until he seems mostly satisfied and try a few more strikes. ¡°Huh?¡± I let out after a few attempts All of these strikes seem to have even less power than before. Holding the sword in front leaves little room to put power into it, and this odd stance makes moving around difficult. ¡°Not what you were expecting?¡± The old man asks with a slightly irritated look ¡°I can¡¯t draw it back far enough like this.¡± I let out absentmindedly as I attempt a few more times ¡°How about an example then?¡± The old man says as he walks in front of me and strikes the same pose ¡°Strike at me however you think will work best, and I will show you the power of this stance.¡± He continues confidently ¡°Shall I get a stick as well?¡± I ask as I look around for one that would work well ¡°Don¡¯t bother with that kind of dribble. Just strike at me with the sword your familiar with, it will get the point across faster.¡± He answers with an impatient tone With my real sword? Even if he does know what he¡¯s doing, isn¡¯t that a bit irresponsible? What if I seriously injure him? I don¡¯t know where any of the hospitals are. Does this world even have conventional hospitals? Perhaps I can just use ¡°Restore¡± on him if things go badly. ¡°This is your idea of learning in a hurry? I¡¯m going to grow even older if you don¡¯t hurry up and come at me!¡± The old man gripes annoyed I suppose I¡¯ll hold back and give it a shot. Still unfamiliar with the new stance, I revert to a mixture of old and new. I hold a hand out in front of me to keep my balance and to aim my strike as I draw back my sword arm. Once I am sure of my aim and power I leap forward and lunge my sword at his chest. ¡°Pathetic!¡± He yells a moment before the world spins In a moment my vision went from a rapidly approaching old man to a set of trees and bushes. Disoriented by the sudden change I lose my balance and fall forward. When I manage to gather myself I notice that at some point my lunge had been diverted to the left of the old man. The weird thing about it though, was that I didn¡¯t feel a thing. It was as if my body had just suddenly turned all at once. ¡°You¡¯re a hundred years too young to be worrying about fighting on fair grounds with me girly. Heheheh.¡± The old man laughs confidently as he brags Chapter 59: A Maous Utter Defeat What just happened? Aside from turning his head to look down at me, the old man hasn¡¯t moved an inch. Judging from some of the accidental outbursts I have had in the past, even if I¡¯m holding back I should be hitting harder than a semi-truck. Is it even possible for a normal human to deflect that much power? ¡°Is that it? It doesn¡¯t seem like you¡¯ve learned anything yet. Get up and try again!¡± The old man lectures ¡°I don¡¯t plan to give up until I figure out what you just did,¡± I say plainly as I get up Could it have been some kind of magic? That would explain why I didn¡¯t feel anything. He didn¡¯t do any kind of chant though¡ Even I feel a compulsion to say some kind of chant. Is there a form of magic that doesn¡¯t need one? That might be worth exploring. Only one way to figure out if this is even magic though. ¡°Wraaah!¡± I let out as I strike again Unfortunately, it ended with the same result. Even though I put more power into this one it still felt like all of a sudden my strike was completely missing its mark. ¡°You¡¯ll never learn at this rate. It¡¯s not the kind of thing you can learn by charging in the same way over and over again. Come at me from every angle, and don¡¯t hold back!¡± The old man shouts The atmosphere around him seems filled with energy. Somehow you can¡¯t help but feel a little hot-blooded looking at it. ¡°You better not regret those words later!¡± I yell in return as I lunge at him from where I fell There was a change this time though. Instead of my whole body, just my sword is deflected to the side. I can also see the old man¡¯s stance noticeably change to meet my strike. So it¡¯s a technique after all? I imagine if it was magic then it wouldn¡¯t require him to face me when it activated. Isn¡¯t that based on too little though? I still have no clue what the boundaries of the magic in this world are¡ Every time I go to sleep I seem to completely break them. I strike continuously at the old man trying to catch a glimpse of what is happening to my sword. I focus more on the speed of my strikes than the power. Whenever my sword is deflected to the side I quickly retract it to strike again, and whenever I am toss aside with it I attempt to strike from the new angle. I try to change up my strikes occasionally in the hopes of tripping the old man up to show a new side to this trick, but in the end every strike I send gets deflected ¡°More! More! You won¡¯t even grasp something this simple if you don¡¯t pick up the pace!¡± The old man lectures while deflecting my strikes ¡°Hah¡ hah¡ Simple? If you¡¯re not using magic then I think you¡¯re going at mach speeds.¡± I complain as I catch my breath for a moment ¡°Hm? I¡¯m not sure I follow, but I¡¯m using no trickery. What would you learn if I used magic to crush you while you are still so inexperienced?¡± The old man scoffs cockilyStolen story; please report. Seriously? Humans can become this powerful and yet they rely on the Yuusha? I fear the power that idiot of a Yuusha will have later if that is true. If what Gero said is true, then fighting him now would be a mistake, but I need to do something before he becomes too powerful in the future. ¡°Don¡¯t become distracted! Learn some focus!¡± The old man yells as he lunges forward with the stick in his hand pointing it at me My instincts tell me to dodge, and I only just manage to follow them. A cold chill goes down my spine when I hear a popping sound behind me. I look behind to see a small crater similar in size to a baseball carved out of the dirt. A bit of smoke seems to rise from it as if a small explosive just went off. Did he really manage to do that without any kind of magic? I¡¯ve heard of great martial artists being able to do damage with wind pressure alone, but this is ridiculous on a few too many levels. If a strike like that had hit me I think even I would take some serious damage. ¡°Are you trying to kill me?!¡± I let out in surprise as my head dashes back to look at the old man ¡°If that is what it takes to motivate you!¡± He yells in response as he draws back his hand for another blow ¡°Tch! In that case, take this!¡± I yell in return as I prepare a strike of my own I don¡¯t know why this suddenly became so serious, but I don¡¯t have time to defuse the situation! If I don¡¯t do something to end this quickly then I can¡¯t see this ending without injury. The old man hasn¡¯t been striking up until this point, simply facing me and somehow deflecting my blows. Since he has persistently faced me with that odd stance whenever I sent a strike his way, I can only imagine it must be necessary for whatever he is doing. In that case, him attacking me is an opening! If I strike now it might not be deflected. I won¡¯t let this opportunity go to waste! I lunge my sword forward with all my might not at the old man, but at the stick! If I manage to disarm him then I might be able to end this safely. ¡°Aren¡¯t we clever?¡± The old man suddenly asks with a smile on his face BAAAM! I don¡¯t even have time to process his question before if feels like my sword handle explodes and I¡¯m forced to release it. ¡°Huh?¡± my surprise escapes to the surface as I fall to the ground in confusion My sword is laying several feet away from me in perfect condition, and the old man is standing over me with his stick pointing at me. ¡°A fine match!¡± He says with a smile as he throws the stick aside ¡°Wooh!¡± ¡°So coool~¡± ¡°Ya cool!¡± ¡°Way to go princess!¡± A barrage of cheers in familiar voices comes suddenly from the sidelines. When I turn to look I see nearly everybody from my party sitting around watching us. When did they show up?! Did they just watch me get thrashed?! My face can¡¯t help but redden in embarrassment. ¡°I got a bit carried away towards the end, but you have shown your colors well! I will happily take you as my disciple young Yuusha!¡± The old man continues unaffected by the cheers ¡°Huh?!¡± I ask my confusion apparent once again ¡°Do you still not have your wits about you? I made sure not to do any damage to your head, but did you land on it wrong?¡± He asks in a way that is clearly joking ¡°Um¡ I think you¡¯ve misunderstood something. I¡¯m not the Yuusha.¡± I try to explain plainly ¡°Eh?¡± He lets out as his face freezes in surprise It almost feels wrong to explain the misunderstanding. The smile on his face is one of such utter joy that it almost feels like I¡¯m betraying it. ¡°Seriously? You''re not the Yuusha?¡± He asks still clearly in disbelief ¡°No¡ I do know him, however. I could introduce you if you like¡¡± I explain still feeling slightly guilty I can¡¯t really blame him for thinking I¡¯m the Yuusha though. I am meant to be the existence equal to him. Sigh ¡°And I was all excited about the prospect of a decent disciple. Certainly, the Yuusha must be greater still though¡ Perhaps he will even be a challenge!¡± The old man says with a fire in his eyes to himself Somehow, I can only imagine him being disappointed by the actual Yuusha. Chapter 60: A Maou Reconsiders Aside from Gero, Kiri, and Bik, everybody had gathered to watch my morning workout. Kiri snuggled up with the princess last night so I imagine she is still sleeping comfortably, but why is Bik not with them? I wonder how they even knew where to find me for that matter? ¡°So even our inconceivable damsel can be defeated occasionally¡¡± Kera says sarcastically trying to feign disappointment The unabashed grin on her face just makes the whole act look more condescending though. ¡°Don¡¯t mind!¡± Mana spouts out with a determined look on her face Is this their way of consoling me? I don¡¯t really feel like I need it though. Should I be more upset with my loss? Weirdly, more than a feeling of disappointment I feel¡ excited? I wonder if that is just the adrenaline. ¡°That old man was reeeeeal strong! Even Mana doesn¡¯t think she could beat him!¡± Mana continued Her expression is cute as she continues to console me, so a small smile breaks out across my face. Is Mana really that powerful though? I¡¯ve been working under the assumption that I was the stronger one between us, but she does come from rather deep in a dungeon I suppose. Perhaps I should be more mindful of her ability. ¡°Really? He didn¡¯t look that strong to me. He hardly seemed to move at all really, it just looked like our leader here couldn¡¯t aim straight. I mean, at the end she was just flailing around.¡± Kera responds with a shrug The urge to hit her rises. ¡°But he was all like shwing and booosh and fawawawawa!¡± Mana protests while making weird motions in return ¡°All right, all right, you win. The old man was strong. Moving on to another subject though, what are we doing today? If we are going to sell those items then we should really be heading to the market quickly. The market streets are bound to be flooded already with the tournament coming up.¡± Kera says waving off Mana ¡°That is a good question actually. I have to make a stop by The Grand Tier Company for some business, but that certainly won¡¯t take up the whole day. I must admit though, I think I would be pretty useless at haggling¡¡± I say with a worried look It¡¯s a given right? In games you would just go to the shop most relevant to the item and go to ¡°SELL¡±, but here I would actually have to find a buyer and negotiate a price. Considering I don¡¯t even know the proper value of their coin, how am I supposed to do that properly? ¡°I didn¡¯t really want to take you anyways if we are being honest. The merchants here are pretty vicious, they would chew a na?ve girl like you up like you were nothing.¡± Kera says trying to sound intimidating Between her exaggerated movements and her expression, she just ends up looking silly though. ¡°What I meant, for the most part, was that I needed you to fork over the goods. Since most of it was monster junk I should be able to unload it fairly easily. Don¡¯t know what you want me to do with those Sol Crystals though.¡± Kera says with a shrugThe tale has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation. Upon closer inspection, I notice that Kurobe has retrieved his cart, and parked it nearby. Was this their plan the entire time? ¡°I guess I don¡¯t really have any problems with that. I¡¯m keeping Kiel though.¡± I say as I open my menu and begin to identify the objects that I want to sell ¡°Huh?!¡± Kiel lets out with a flustered look His face turns a shade of red for some reason. ¡°I was thinking about swinging down to the Adventurers'' guild and looking into registration if we had time. If it¡¯s simple, I''d want you there so we can go ahead and register as a party.¡± I explain further as I begin to pick stuff out of my inventory to place in the cart. I feel a little bad honestly. There were probably taxes on the items that I brought in that I got away with not paying because of this magic. Perhaps I should carry them in the cart like this before entering the city next time. ¡°Hahaha, don¡¯t mind!¡± Kera says as she pats the back of a dejected Kiel Did I miss something? I spend several more moments sorting out the items I want Kera to barter off before we decide to head out. Given the fact that there are no pressing matters to attend to, we decide to walk leisurely through the street. Kiel and I start talking and eventually the subject shifts to some of the main differences between our worlds. Both of us have enough sense to speak discreetly of course. Who knows who is eavesdropping on us. ¡°So your country elects its leader?¡± Kiel says with a sense of disbelief I can kind of understand why, of course, since from what Kera has told me, no such governments exist in this world. The existence of two selfishly powerful entities that seek to influence the world has kept the dust from settling for quite some time. If a government ever begins to move in a democratic direction, then the religious factions, the royal supporters, a sudden war, and even sometimes the Yuusha himself moves to end it. ¡°Indeed, it¡¯s actually kind of rare to see a true monarchy anymore where I¡¯m from,¡± I respond Honestly, I never learned much about politics in my world. At the end of the day, almost everybody was lying, and it was too much trouble to keep track of why exactly. ¡°Monarchy? You say some strange words occasionally.¡± Kiel says He seems oddly used to it though. I wonder how long it''ll be before they stop pointing it out altogether. ¡°Ah! This is close to where The Grand Tier Company is. We should-¡± I say noticing a familiar alleyway I am interrupted though when I turn my head to talk to Kiel and I notice his foul expression. His expression is a mixture of pain, anger, and sadness. It is obvious that he is clenching his teeth to avoid saying something. ¡°Sorry¡ that was insensitive. I¡¯ll go on my own, you and the others can wait here. I will try to make it quick I promise.¡± I say apologetically To forget how much he despised these people, I can hardly believe I made such a mistake. Not only did they do something so horrible to a close friend of his, but he was forced to sit and watch as they did so for years. I can only imagine how he would feel meeting their leader. ¡°You¡ aren¡¯t helping them right?¡± Kiel said looking half between me and the ground The look on his face is one I interpret as distrust, but I have never seen an expression like that before. I can only guess at the emotions behind it. ¡°Not exactly. I made a deal with them to fight in the tournament. In return, they will leave the city and void all their current contracts.¡± I explain ¡°¡Why?¡± He asks almost angrily ¡°We both know you could wipe them out almost instantly! Why let them walk away?!¡± He continues as he begins to shout I¡¯m unsure how to react to his anger. It¡¯s certainly justified, but I doubt ¡®because I benefit as well¡¯ will really convince him. I suppose it was a bit of a selfish endeavor in the first place, all things considered. ¡°Should I go and kill them all after all?¡± I say scratching my head a bit as I consider it Kiel''s expression becomes blank for a moment as he stared at me. After something seemed to sink in his face begins to lose color. Chapter 61: An embarrased Maou Kiel stayed behind obediently after that exchange for some reason. I won¡¯t pretend to understand his feelings, but he seemed to be leaning towards working with them in the end so I¡¯m going to go ahead with that. As I approach The Grand Tier Company I notice a somewhat familiar face standing guard out front. It¡¯s the man that picked a fight with Mana and brought us here before. ¡°Oh? Boss said you might be coming around today. He¡¯s waiting in the back¡± The goon says with a smile He was waiting for me? Information sure travels fast with these guys, doesn¡¯t it? I suppose that works in my favor though, it should make this short. ¡°Lead the way,¡± I say as I wave my hand indicating for him to go ahead of me I still don¡¯t trust these guys much at all yet. If they have any traps laid out this time, rather than struggle to use my sword I¡¯m just going to use this lug as a meat shield. ¡°Oh! My bad! Right, this way m¡¯lady.¡± The goon says as he attempts to act more properly Did he think I was asking him to be polite? Whatever, it works. He proceeds to escort me into a room towards the back. The building they are in is surprisingly vast. While the front looks to be about the size of a common storefront, the total size seems to be that of a large complex. There are a few things I notice right away as we reach the room in question. The first is that this area is completely devoid of goons. No matter how far back we walked there was always one close by, but they all seem to be avoiding this room for some reason or another. The other thing I notice is that the design of the door is vastly different as well. It is an immaculate deep crimson red with patterns elevated on the surface that seem to be made of gold. The whole thing just screams ¡°important¡±. ¡°Just go on in and the boss will be waiting for you.¡± The goon that was escorting me says as he starts walking away ¡°You aren¡¯t going in with me?¡± I ask I didn¡¯t really expect him to, but I want to know more about this room before entering. Some small prodding might shed some light on what¡¯s so special about it. Counter to my hopes though instead of explaining why he won¡¯t go in he simply keeps walking. Not that I expected much better of him, but it was rather rude. I open the door slowly and peer inside. To my surprise, it is relatively simple on the inside. There is a table with a pool of water in the center and a couch that seems to wrap around it. It reminds me somewhat in its design of a booth at a host club actually. ¡°Oh? The guest of honor has arrived. Have you come up with your conditions already?¡± Juire says with a sly smile as he sips from a glass filled with something resembling wineUnauthorized duplication: this tale has been taken without consent. Report sightings. Oh right¡ I was supposed to come up with extra conditions for that deal wasn¡¯t I? I completely forgot about that when I decided to participate in the tournament myself. ¡°I¡ have a few,¡± I say trying to sound confident in my lie It¡¯s embarrassing to go back on that now so I guess I will just throw in some random stuff. ¡°Fantastic, why don¡¯t we get started then? I have a series of drinks to help make things more relaxed as we negotiate. Of course, if you would rather have something non-alcoholic I have a few things arranged for that as well.¡± Juire continues with the same sly smile as he indicates an array of bottles Crap¡ I can¡¯t read any of the labels. Does it really matter? I don¡¯t know what any of the drinks taste like anyway. Wait, can I even drink? I suppose the legal age must be low enough if he is offering. He is a criminal though; it¡¯s quite possible he just doesn¡¯t care about such things. ¡°I¡¯m not familiar with any of those so just give me your recommendation,¡± I say as I take a seat ¡°Quite commendable, I must say. Most nobles pretend to know every drink under the sun. ¡®Why of course I¡¯ve had that before, it simply isn¡¯t to my taste!¡¯ It¡¯s rather annoying.¡± Juire responds with a jovial attitude He sounded like he was doing an impression of a rather drunk noble towards the middle. He exaggerated a verbal quirk the noble seemed to have where he talked through his nose somewhat. ¡°I would rather talk about our deal than bicker over drinks,¡± I say to deflect his comment ¡°Shall we get to the point then?¡± Juire asks as he sits back in his chair leaving the bottle on the table between us ¡°I will agree to your terms on three conditions. First, we will be taking the prize for winning the tournament. Second, you will keep our relation to one another a secret. Third, you will¡ um¡ owe me a favor.¡± I explain becoming flustered towards the end once I ran out of ideas Honestly, I still don¡¯t have enough footing in this world to even know what I should want. If I asked for money that would be fine and all, but I¡¯m sure winning the tournament will get us plenty. Magical items seem a bit steep for the job, and we already have the essentials. I might have said it to fill out the number of requests, but having a criminal organization owe me a favor doesn¡¯t sound half bad honestly. ¡°You sure you¡¯re not making these up on the spot?¡± Juire asks in a facetious manner with a knowing smile ¡°Of course not!¡± I say stubbornly with a small blush ¡°Well your conditions are fair enough. I just have two questions. You understand I will have to tell the king of our involvement?¡± He says switching back into business mode ¡°Hm, it can¡¯t be helped. He is the only one you are allowed to tell though.¡± I answer ¡°The second question is my personal favorite.¡± He says in a jovial mood again for a moment before his face becomes serious and intimidating again ¡°Do you really want to trust a criminal to follow through on that favor?¡± He says in a way that chills my blood The look in his eye says much about his past. It is a look of distrust, and equally one ready not to be trusted. ¡°Villains don¡¯t do business in trust, do they? They just make sure the other person knows the consequences of betraying them.¡± I answer seriously and honestly in turn ¡°I knew there was a reason I liked you.¡± He says as his look transitions into a smile ¡°Still, to threaten me so soon after meeting me is a first. You either have nerves of steel or a few screws loose in your head. I¡¯m partial to the second, considering you just called yourself a ¡®villain¡¯¡± he continues As he mentions it, the words that came out of my mouth sink in. My face turns a much darker shade of red as I realize my embarrassing mistake. I¡¯ve got to be careful, I¡¯m only several steps away from becoming a chuuni¡ Chapter 62: A Maous Rules We drink together as we continue the discussion. I try to keep the visit prompt so the others won¡¯t have to wait too long, but what is left of the conversation drags on a bit despite that. The drinks are good, and Juire is intent on enjoying his drink with a new partner. It takes a while, but after nagging at him, Juire finally explains the basics of what I need to know as a sponsored fighter. Even that conversation is far too long, but I manage to gather the key points. The basic rules are: